You are on page 1of 562

C

STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL


WINGS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Chapter
Section Section
Subject Config Page Date Subject Config Page Date

57 − Effective 1 * Mar 10/2006 57−20−00 1 Feb 18/2003


Pages 2 Feb 18/2003
2 * Mar 10/2006
3 * Mar 10/2006
57−21−00 1 Feb 18/2003
4 * Mar 10/2006
2 Feb 18/2003
5 * Mar 10/2006
6 * Mar 10/2006
7 * Mar 10/2006 57−21−00 101 Feb 18/2003
8 * Mar 10/2006
57−21−00 201 Feb 18/2003
57 − Contents 1 Jun 22/2004
2 * Mar 10/2006 57−21−03 1 Feb 18/2003
3 * Mar 10/2006 2 Jun 17/2003
4 * Mar 10/2006 3 Feb 18/2003
5 * Mar 10/2006 4 Feb 18/2003
6 * Mar 10/2006 5 Feb 18/2003
7 Aug 10/2005 6 Jun 17/2003
8 Apr 10/2005 7 Feb 18/2003
9 * Mar 10/2006 8 Feb 18/2003
10 * Mar 10/2006 9 Feb 18/2003
11 * Mar 10/2006
12 * Mar 10/2006
13 * Mar 10/2006 57−21−03 101 Jun 22/2004
14 * Mar 10/2006
57−21−07 1 Feb 18/2003
57−00−00 1 Feb 18/2003 2 Feb 18/2003
2 Feb 18/2003 3 * Mar 10/2006
4 * Mar 10/2006
5 * Mar 10/2006
57−00−00 101 Jun 22/2004 6 * Mar 10/2006
102 Jun 22/2004 7 * Mar 10/2006
103 Jun 22/2004 8 * Mar 10/2006
104 Jun 22/2004 9 * Mar 10/2006
105 Jun 22/2004 10 * Mar 10/2006
106 Jun 22/2004 11 * Mar 10/2006
107 Jun 22/2004 12 * Mar 10/2006
108 Jun 22/2004
109 Jun 22/2004
57−21−07 101 Jun 22/2004
102 Jun 22/2004
57−00−31 101 Jun 22/2004 103 Jun 22/2004
102 Jun 22/2004 104 Jun 22/2004
103 Jun 22/2004 105 Jun 22/2004
104 Jun 22/2004 106 Jun 22/2004

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 57−Effective Page 1
Pages Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Section
Subject Config Page Date Subject Config Page Date

107 Jun 22/2004 13 Feb 18/2003


108 Jun 22/2004 14 Feb 18/2003
15 Feb 18/2003
16 Feb 18/2003
57−21−07 201 * Mar 10/2006
17 Feb 18/2003
18 Feb 18/2003
57−21−12 101 Jun 22/2004 19 Feb 18/2003
102 Jun 22/2004 20 Feb 18/2003
103 Jun 22/2004 21 Feb 18/2003
104 Jun 22/2004 22 Sep 28/2004
105 Jun 22/2004 23 Feb 18/2003
24 Feb 18/2003
57−21−12 201 Feb 18/2003 25 * Mar 10/2006
26 * Mar 10/2006

57−21−17 1 Feb 18/2003


2 Feb 18/2003 57−21−31 101 Sep 28/2004
3 Feb 18/2003 102 Sep 28/2004
4 Feb 18/2003 103 Sep 28/2004
5 Feb 18/2003 104 Sep 28/2004
105 Sep 28/2004
106 Sep 28/2004
57−21−17 101 Jun 22/2004 107 Sep 28/2004
102 Jun 22/2004 108 Sep 28/2004
103 Jun 22/2004 109 Sep 28/2004
110 Sep 28/2004
57−21−27 1 Feb 18/2003 111 Sep 28/2004
2 Feb 18/2003 112 Sep 28/2004
3 Feb 18/2003 113 Sep 28/2004
114 Sep 28/2004
115 Sep 28/2004
57−21−27 101 Feb 18/2003
116 Sep 28/2004
117 Sep 28/2004
57−21−31 1 Feb 18/2003 118 Sep 28/2004
2 Feb 18/2003 119 Sep 28/2004
3 Feb 18/2003 120 Sep 28/2004
4 * Mar 10/2006 121 Sep 28/2004
5 * Mar 10/2006 122 Sep 28/2004
6 * Mar 10/2006 123 Sep 28/2004
7 Feb 18/2003 124 Sep 28/2004
8 * Mar 10/2006 125 Sep 28/2004
9 Feb 18/2003 126 Sep 28/2004
10 Feb 18/2003 127 Sep 28/2004
11 * Mar 10/2006 128 Sep 28/2004
12 Feb 18/2003

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 57−Effective Page 2
Pages Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Section
Subject Config Page Date Subject Config Page Date

129 Sep 28/2004 57−21−55 201 Feb 18/2003


130 Sep 28/2004
57−30−00 1 Feb 18/2003
57−21−31 201 * Mar 10/2006 2 Feb 18/2003

57−21−32 1 Feb 18/2003 57−30−00 101 Feb 18/2003


2 Feb 18/2003
3 Feb 18/2003
57−31−00 1 Feb 18/2003
4 Feb 18/2003
2 Feb 18/2003
5 Feb 18/2003
6 Feb 18/2003
7 Feb 18/2003 57−31−00 101 Feb 18/2003
8 * Mar 10/2006
9 * Mar 10/2006 57−31−14 1 * DELETED
2 * DELETED
57−21−32 101 Jun 22/2004 3 * DELETED
102 Jun 22/2004 4 * DELETED
103 Jun 22/2004 5 * DELETED
6 * DELETED
57−21−32 201 * Mar 10/2006
57−31−14 101 Jun 22/2004
102 Jun 22/2004
57−21−55 1 Feb 18/2003
103 Jun 22/2004
2 Feb 18/2003
3 Feb 18/2003
4 Feb 18/2003 57−31−14 201 Feb 18/2003
5 Feb 18/2003
6 Feb 18/2003 57−31−31 1 Apr 10/2005
7 Feb 18/2003 2 Aug 10/2005
8 Feb 18/2003 3 Aug 10/2005
9 Feb 18/2003 4 Aug 10/2005
10 Feb 18/2003 5 * Mar 10/2006
11 Jun 22/2004 6 Aug 10/2005
12 Feb 18/2003 7 Aug 10/2005

57−21−55 101 Apr 10/2005 57−31−31 101 Apr 10/2005


102 Jun 22/2004 102 Apr 10/2005
103 Jun 22/2004 103 Apr 10/2005
104 Jun 22/2004
105 Apr 10/2005
106 Apr 10/2005 57−31−51 1 Feb 18/2003
107 Apr 10/2005 2 Feb 18/2003
108 Apr 10/2005 3 Feb 18/2003

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 57−Effective Page 3
Pages Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Section
Subject Config Page Date Subject Config Page Date

57−31−51 101 Apr 10/2005 57−41−29 1 Feb 18/2003


102 Apr 10/2005 2 Sep 28/2004
103 Apr 10/2005 3 Feb 18/2003
104 Apr 10/2005 4 Feb 18/2003
105 Apr 10/2005 5 Feb 18/2003
106 Apr 10/2005
107 Apr 10/2005
57−41−29 101 Jun 22/2004
108 Apr 10/2005
102 Jun 22/2004
109 Apr 10/2005

57−41−31 1 Feb 18/2003


57−31−51 201 * Mar 10/2006
2 Feb 18/2003
3 Jun 17/2003
57−40−00 1 Feb 18/2003
2 Feb 18/2003
57−41−31 101 Feb 18/2003
102 Sep 16/2003
57−41−00 1 Feb 18/2003 103 Apr 10/2005
2 Apr 10/2005 104 Sep 28/2004
105 Sep 28/2004
106 Sep 16/2003
57−41−00 101 Feb 18/2003
107 Sep 28/2004
108 Jun 17/2003
57−41−00 201 * Mar 10/2006
57−41−31 201 Aug 10/2005
57−41−12 1 Feb 18/2003 202 Jun 22/2004
2 * Mar 10/2006 203 Aug 10/2005
3 * Mar 10/2006 204 Aug 10/2005
4 * Mar 10/2006 205 Aug 10/2005
5 * Mar 10/2006 206 Aug 10/2005
6 * Mar 10/2006 207 Aug 10/2005
7 * Mar 10/2006
8 * Mar 10/2006
57−50−00 1 Dec 15/2004
9 * Mar 10/2006
2 Feb 18/2003
10 * Mar 10/2006
11 * Mar 10/2006
12 * Mar 10/2006 57−51−00 1 Feb 18/2003
13 * Mar 10/2006 2 Feb 18/2003

57−41−12 101 Jun 22/2004 57−51−00 101 Feb 18/2003


102 Jun 22/2004
57−51−14 1 Feb 18/2003
2 * Mar 10/2006
3 * Mar 10/2006

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 57−Effective Page 4
Pages Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Section
Subject Config Page Date Subject Config Page Date

4 * Mar 10/2006 109 Apr 10/2005


5 * Mar 10/2006 110 Apr 10/2005
6 * Mar 10/2006
7 * Mar 10/2006
57−51−31 201 * Mar 10/2006
8 * Mar 10/2006
9 * Mar 10/2006
10 * Mar 10/2006 57−52−00 1 Feb 18/2003
11 * Mar 10/2006 2 Jun 22/2004
12 * Mar 10/2006 3 Feb 18/2003
13 * Mar 10/2006 4 Jun 22/2004
14 * Mar 10/2006 5 Jun 22/2004
15 * Mar 10/2006 6 Feb 18/2003
16 * Mar 10/2006 7 Jun 22/2004
17 * Mar 10/2006
18 * Mar 10/2006 57−52−00 101 Jun 22/2004
19 * Mar 10/2006 102 Jun 22/2004
20 * Mar 10/2006 103 Jun 22/2004
104 Dec 15/2004
57−51−14 101 Jun 22/2004
102 Jun 22/2004 57−52−00 201 * Mar 10/2006
103 Jun 22/2004
104 Jun 22/2004
105 Jun 22/2004 57−52−00 01 201 Apr 10/2005
202 Apr 10/2005
203 Apr 10/2005
57−51−14 201 Feb 18/2003 204 Apr 10/2005

57−51−31 1 Feb 18/2003 57−52−00 02 201 Apr 10/2005


2 Feb 18/2003 202 Apr 10/2005
3 Sep 16/2003 203 Apr 10/2005
4 Sep 16/2003 204 Apr 10/2005
5 Sep 16/2003 205 Apr 10/2005
6 Sep 16/2003 206 Apr 10/2005
7 Sep 16/2003 207 Apr 10/2005
8 Sep 16/2003 208 Apr 10/2005

57−51−31 101 Apr 10/2005 57−52−00 03 201 Apr 10/2005


102 Apr 10/2005 202 Apr 10/2005
103 Apr 10/2005 203 Apr 10/2005
104 Apr 10/2005 204 Apr 10/2005
105 Apr 10/2005 205 Apr 10/2005
106 Apr 10/2005 206 Apr 10/2005
107 Apr 10/2005 207 Apr 10/2005
108 Apr 10/2005 208 Apr 10/2005

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 57−Effective Page 5
Pages Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Section
Subject Config Page Date Subject Config Page Date

209 Apr 10/2005 57−53−00 03 201 Apr 10/2005


210 Apr 10/2005 202 Apr 10/2005
211 Apr 10/2005 203 Apr 10/2005
212 Apr 10/2005 204 Apr 10/2005
205 Apr 10/2005
206 Apr 10/2005
57−53−00 1 Dec 15/2004
2 Jun 22/2004 207 Apr 10/2005
3 Jun 22/2004 208 Apr 10/2005
209 Apr 10/2005
4 Jun 22/2004
210 Apr 10/2005
5 Jun 22/2004
211 Apr 10/2005
6 * Mar 10/2006
212 Apr 10/2005
7 * Mar 10/2006
213 Apr 10/2005
8 * Mar 10/2006
9 * Mar 10/2006
10 * Mar 10/2006 57−54−00 1 Feb 18/2003
11 * Mar 10/2006 2 Feb 18/2003
3 * Mar 10/2006
4 Sep 16/2003
57−53−00 101 Jun 22/2004
5 Sep 16/2003
102 Jun 22/2004
6 * Mar 10/2006
103 Jun 22/2004
7 * Mar 10/2006
104 Jun 22/2004
105 Jun 22/2004
106 Jun 22/2004 57−54−00 101 Jun 22/2004
107 Jun 22/2004 102 Jun 22/2004
108 Jun 22/2004 103 Jun 22/2004

57−53−00 201 * Mar 10/2006 57−54−00 201 Feb 18/2003

57−53−00 01 201 Apr 10/2005 57−55−00 1 Feb 18/2003


202 Apr 10/2005 2 Feb 18/2003
203 Apr 10/2005 3 * Mar 10/2006
204 Apr 10/2005 4 * Mar 10/2006
5 * Mar 10/2006
57−53−00 02 201 Apr 10/2005 6 * Mar 10/2006
7 * Mar 10/2006
202 Apr 10/2005
8 * Mar 10/2006
203 Apr 10/2005
9 * Mar 10/2006
204 Apr 10/2005
10 * Mar 10/2006
205 Apr 10/2005
11 * Mar 10/2006
206 Apr 10/2005
12 * Mar 10/2006
207 Apr 10/2005
208 Apr 10/2005

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 57−Effective Page 6
Pages Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Section
Subject Config Page Date Subject Config Page Date

57−55−00 101 Apr 10/2005 57−60−00 101 Jun 22/2004


102 Apr 10/2005 102 Jun 22/2004
103 Apr 10/2005 103 Jun 22/2004
104 Apr 10/2005 104 Jun 22/2004
105 Jun 22/2004
106 Jun 22/2004
57−55−00 201 * Mar 10/2006

57−60−00 201 * Mar 10/2006


57−60−00 1 * Mar 10/2006
2 Sep 28/2004
3 Jun 22/2004 57−60−00 01 201 Apr 10/2005
4 Sep 28/2004 202 Apr 10/2005
5 Sep 28/2004 203 Apr 10/2005
6 * Mar 10/2006 204 Apr 10/2005
7 * Mar 10/2006 205 Apr 10/2005
8 * Mar 10/2006 206 Apr 10/2005
9 * Mar 10/2006 207 Apr 10/2005
10 * Mar 10/2006 208 Apr 10/2005
11 * Mar 10/2006 209 Apr 10/2005
12 * Mar 10/2006 210 Apr 10/2005
13 * Mar 10/2006
14 * Mar 10/2006
57−70−00 1 Feb 18/2003
15 * Mar 10/2006
2 Feb 18/2003
16 * Mar 10/2006
17 * Mar 10/2006
18 * Mar 10/2006 57−71−00 1 Feb 18/2003
19 * Mar 10/2006 2 Feb 18/2003
20 * Mar 10/2006 3 Feb 18/2003
21 * Mar 10/2006 4 Feb 18/2003
22 * Mar 10/2006
23 * Mar 10/2006 57−71−00 101 Jun 22/2004
24 * Mar 10/2006 102 Jun 22/2004
25 * Mar 10/2006 103 Jun 22/2004
26 * Mar 10/2006
27 * Mar 10/2006
28 * Mar 10/2006 57−71−00 201 Feb 18/2003
29 * Mar 10/2006
30 * Mar 10/2006 57−72−00 1 Feb 18/2003
31 * Mar 10/2006 2 Feb 18/2003
32 * Mar 10/2006 3 Feb 18/2003
33 * Mar 10/2006 4 Feb 18/2003
34 * Mar 10/2006
35 * Mar 10/2006
36 * Mar 10/2006

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 57−Effective Page 7
Pages Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Section
Subject Config Page Date Subject Config Page Date

57−72−00 101 Jun 22/2004


102 Jun 22/2004
103 Jun 22/2004

57−72−00 201 Feb 18/2003

57−73−00 1 Feb 18/2003


2 Feb 18/2003
3 * Mar 10/2006
4 * Mar 10/2006

57−73−00 101 Jun 22/2004


102 Jun 22/2004
103 Jun 22/2004
104 Jun 22/2004

57−73−00 201 Feb 18/2003

57−74−00 1 Feb 18/2003


2 Feb 18/2003
3 Feb 18/2003

57−74−00 101 Jun 22/2004


102 Jun 22/2004
103 Jun 22/2004

57−74−00 201 * Mar 10/2006

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL 57−Effective Page 8
Pages Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

57−00−00 57−00−00
WINGS − GENERAL 1 ALL
General
Classification of Structures
Wing Stations
WINGS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General

57−00−31 57−00−31
WINGS SKIN AND PLATING − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General

57−20−00 57−20−00
WING MAIN STRUCTURE − GENERAL 1 ALL
Structural Identification

57−21−00 57−21−00
WING BOX STRUCTURE − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
WING BOX STRUCTURE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
WING BOX STRUCTURE − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General

57−21−03 57−21−03
WING−PLANK INTEGRAL STRINGERS − 1 ALL
STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION
General

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 1
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

WING−PLANK INTEGRAL STRINGERS − ALLOWABLE 101 ALL


DAMAGE
General

57−21−07 57−21−07
WING BOX SPARS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION 1 ALL
General
Front Spar, BL0.00 to WS353.00
Rear Spar, BL0.00 to WS353.00
Auxiliary Spar, WS48.30 to WS139.92
Wing Plug Spars, WS353.00 to WS389.00
WING BOX SPARS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Specific
WING BOX SPARS − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs

57−21−12 57−21−12
WING BOX RIBS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Specific
WING BOX RIBS − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs

57−21−17 57−21−17
WING BOX INTERCOSTALS − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
WING BOX INTERCOSTALS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 2
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

General
Specific

57−21−27 57−21−27
WING BOX FITTINGS − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
WING BOX FITTINGS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General

57−21−31 57−21−31
WING BOX SKIN AND PLATING − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
WING BOX SKIN AND PLATING − ALLOWABLE 101 ALL
DAMAGE
General
Specific
No Title
No Title 127
No Title
No Title 128
No Title 129
WING BOX SKIN AND PLATING − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs

57−21−32 57−21−32
WING−BOX ACCESS DOORS − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
WING−BOX ACCESS DOORS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 3
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

General 101
Specific
No Title
WING−BOX ACCESS DOORS −REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs

57−21−55 57−21−55
FLAP HINGE BOXES − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION 1 ALL
General
FLAP HINGE BOXES − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Specific
Hinge Box at WS80.50
Hinge Box at WS127.25
All Other Items
No Title 106
FLAP HINGE BOXES − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General

57−30−00 57−30−00
WINGTIP − GENERAL 1 ALL
Structural Identification
WINGTIP − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General

57−31−00 57−31−00
WINGLET − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION 1 ALL
General
WINGLET − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 4
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

57−31−14 57−31−14
WINGLET FRAMING STRUCTURES − ALLOWABLE ALL
DAMAGE
General
Specific
No Title
WINGLET FRAMING STRUCTURES − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs

57−31−31 57−31−31
SKIN AND PLATING, WING EXTENSION AND 1 ALL
WINGLET − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION
General
SKIN AND PLATING, WING EXTENSION AND 101 ALL
WINGLET − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE
General
Specific
Skin
All Other Items
No Title

57−31−51 57−31−51
FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET − ALLOWABLE 101 ALL
DAMAGE
General
General Limitations
Specific Limitations
FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET − REPAIRS 201 ALL

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 5
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

General 201
List of REOs

57−40−00 57−40−00
LEADING EDGE − GENERAL 1 ALL
Structural Identification

57−41−00 57−41−00
LEADING EDGE STRUCTURE − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
LEADING EDGE STRUCTURE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
LEADING EDGE STRUCTURE − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs

57−41−12 57−41−12
RIBS, WING LEADING EDGE − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
RIBS, WING LEADING EDGE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Specific

57−41−29 57−41−29
LEADING EDGE SHROUDS AND FRAMES − 1 ALL
STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION
General
LEADING EDGE SHROUDS AND FRAMES − 101 ALL
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 6
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

General
Specific

57−41−31 57−41−31
WING LEADING EDGE SKINS − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
WING LEADING EDGE SKINS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Dent Removal
Removal Tool
Procedure
WING LEADING EDGE SKINS − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
Applicability
Limitations
Repair Materials
Repair Procedure 203
Flush Repair
Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements

57−50−00 57−50−00
TRAILING EDGE AND EDGE DEVICES − GENERAL 1 ALL
Structural Identification

57−51−00 57−51−00
TRAILING EDGE STRUCTURE − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
TRAILING EDGE STRUCTURE − ALLOWABLE 101 ALL
DAMAGE
General

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 7
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

57−51−14 57−51−14
FRAMING STRUCTURE, TRAILING EDGE − 1 ALL
STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION
General
FRAMING STRUCTURE, TRAILING EDGE − 101 ALL
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE
General
Specific
FRAMING STRUCTURE, TRAILING EDGE − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General

57−51−31 57−51−31
SKIN AND PLATING, TRAILING EDGE − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
SKIN AND PLATING, TRAILING EDGE − ALLOWABLE 101 ALL
DAMAGE
Metallic Structure
General
Specific
Composite Structure 106
General
General Limitations
Specific Limitations
TRAILING EDGE SKIN AND PLATING − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs

57−52−00 57−52−00
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 8
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL


General
Specific
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 1 − REPAIR ALL
TO FLAP VANE SKIN
General
Applicability
Limitations
Repair Materials
Repair Procedure
Vane Leading Edge Skin Repair
Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements 202
No Title
No Title 204
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 2 − FLUSH 201 ALL
REPAIR TO INBOARD FLAP SKIN
General
Applicability
Limitations
Repair Materials
Repair Procedure
Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements 203
Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection
Requirements
No Title
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 3 − NON− 201 ALL
FLUSH REPAIR TO INBOARD FLAP SKIN
General
Applicability

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 9
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

Limitations
Repair Materials
Repair Procedure
Inboard Flap Skin Non−Flush Repair
Inboard Flap Trailing Edge Skin Non−Flush Repair 203
Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements 204
Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection
Requirements
No Title
No Title 206

57−53−00 57−53−00
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Specific
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 1 − ALL
REPAIR TO FLAP VANE SKIN
General
Applicability
Repair Materials
Repair Procedure
Vane Leading Edge Skin Repair
Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements 202
No Title
No Title 204

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 10
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 2 − 201 ALL


FLUSH REPAIR TO OUTBOARD FLAP SKIN
General
Applicability
Limitations
Repair Materials
Repair Procedure
Outboard Flap Skin Flush Repair
Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements 203
Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection
Requirements
No Title
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 3 − NON− 201 ALL
FLUSH REPAIR TO OUTBOARD FLAP SKIN
General
Applicability
Limitations
Repair Materials
Repair Procedure
Outboard Flap Skin Non−Flush Repair
Outboard Flap Trailing Edge Skin Non−Flush Repair 203
Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements 204
Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection
Requirements
No Title
No Title 207

57−54−00 57−54−00
FLAP HINGE ARMS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION 1 ALL
General
Inboard Flap Hinge Arms
Outboard Flap Hinge Arms

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 11
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

FLAP HINGE ARMS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL


General
Specific
FLAP HINGE ARMS − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General

57−55−00 57−55−00
FLAP HINGE FAIRINGS − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
Inboard Flap Hinge Fairing Structures
Outboard Flap Hinge Fairing Structures
FLAP HINGE FAIRINGS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
General Limitations
Specific Limitations
FLAP HINGE FAIRINGS − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs

57−60−00 57−60−00
AILERON − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION 1 ALL
General
AILERON − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Specific
AILERON − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs
AILERON − REPAIR NO. 1 − REPAIR TO AILERON ALL
SKIN AND PLATING
General

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 12
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

Applicability
Limitations
Repair material
Repair Procedure
Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements 202
Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection
Requirements
No Title

57−70−00 57−70−00
SPOILERS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION 1 ALL
General

57−71−00 57−71−00
INBOARD GROUND SPOILER − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
INBOARD GROUND SPOILER − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Specific
INBOARD GROUND SPOILER − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General

57−72−00 57−72−00
OUTBOARD GROUND SPOILER − STRUCTURAL 1 ALL
IDENTIFICATION
General
OUTBOARD GROUND SPOILER − ALLOWABLE 101 ALL
DAMAGE
General
Specific

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 13
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page Effectivity

OUTBOARD GROUND SPOILER − REPAIRS 201 ALL


General

57−73−00 57−73−00
FLIGHT SPOILER − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION 1 ALL
General
FLIGHT SPOILER − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Specific
FLIGHT SPOILER − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General

57−74−00 57−74−00
SPOILERON − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION 1 ALL
General
SPOILERON − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE 101 ALL
General
Specific
SPOILERON − REPAIRS 201 ALL
General
List of REOs

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−Contents Page 14
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGS − GENERAL

1. General
This chapter contains general information of the wing. Structural identification, allowable damage limits
and repairs are listed in different chapters where applicable areas of the wing are covered.
2. Classification of Structures
The wing structure is classified as primary. For definition of structural classification, refer to SRM
51–00–00.
3. Wing Stations
For wing stations, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
WGLTS26.00 WGLTS3.25

Master
57% WGLT WING INBD TE
WGLTS12.50 (110%) UPPER SHROUD
REAR SPAR
TE (84.5%)
DATUM
AILERON HINGE
10% WGLT LINE (75%)
FRONT SPAR WING OUTBD TE SPOILERON WS
(110%) OUTBD TE (82%) WS 341.89 FS653.20
DATUM 282.00
FLAP LE (79%)
WS FS637.88
WGLTS49.89 SPOILER HINGE WS

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
WS 317.85
LINE (71%)
OUTBD FLAP SPS 246.93 277.10 WS FS666.32
WGLTS33.00 HINGE LINE 263.60 321.32
WS 4.468
UPPER SHROUD AND (80.88%) 255.36 WS
WGLTS19.00 SPOILER TE (83%) VANE LE WS 14.570
SPS SPS 292.00
INBD FLAP 227.46 213.08
INBD FLAP HINGE LE 295.80
WGLTS6.36 WS
LINE (79.2%) WS WS
183.00 FS642.16
WGLTS0.00 WS WS 139.924 226.51
120.382 WS SPS
WS 97.70 272.60
WS 191.44 SPS
56.30 WS WS 162.49 FS626.00
SPOILER HINGE 75.27 241.80 WS
104.099
LINE (69%)
377.40 WS
WS 407.08
353.00 FS
617.59
AIRCRAFT WS
WS
CENTERLINE 330.25 WS
SPS WS 389.00
314.50 366.00
REAR SPAR SPS 204.36 WS
(CENTER) SPS 195.36 WS
294.50
173.46 343.50
BL WS
45.00 26.00
(REF) WS 274.00
FS511.00 242.00 172.47 INCHES
WS (REF)
WS WS WS 264.00
93.00 220.00 247.9
WS 164.60 INCHES

Figure 1
WS WS WS (REF)
WS 199.00 252.8 260.00
58.50 178.00

Wing Stations
WING OUTBD LE
C

BL0.00 WS
80.50 WS WS
137.00 163.00
WS WS
PARALLEL TO AUXILIARY SPAR 127.25 149.58
MID−GLOVE BREAK WS
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FS437.00
106.40 WS
FLAP HINGE LOCATION WING
WS 139.54
ORIGIN WS 96.13
66.2 WS
LEGEND FS411.00 143.189 WS
WS WS
BL − BUTTOCK LINE 50.54 WS 407.08
85.50 148.019 15°
FS − FUSELAGE STATION FPONT BL WS TRUE
SPAR 22.50 47.61 WS
LE − LEADING EDGE (CENTER)
WS 65.75
WGLTS
SPS − SPOILER STATION 29.42 49.89
TE − TRAILING EDGE BL0.00 WS WS
WS WS
WGLTS − WINGLET STATION 96.13 148.019 389.00
353.00
WL − WATER LINE

57−00−00
WGLTS0.00
WRP − WING REFERENCE PLANE WRP
WS − WING STATION WL 53.25

2°20 ’

rsr57001, jl, 14/06/99 WS0.00

Feb 18/2003
Page 2
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN STRUCTURAL


ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS NOT DONE, IT IS
POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE THE INCORRECT DATA.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
1. General
The allowable damage limits to the extruded, machined parts (other than fittings) and formed sheet
metal parts of the wings is given in Figure 101 and Figure 102. For allowable damage limits of the
wings skins, refer to SRM 57−00−31. For allowable damage limits of fittings, refer to the applicable
subject in this chapter.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FLANGE
BULB
TWO WEB SKIN ELEMENT
(EXTRUSIONS
ELEMENTS
ONLY)
AT A HOLE 15T 15T

WEB
T = SKIN THICKNESS

EXTRUDED
FREE SECTION
FLANGE
TOTAL CROSS−SECTION
CORNER
(INCLUDES SKIN)
EXTRUDED AND MACHINED
SECTION ELEMENTS−EXAMPLE

MATERIAL AREA OF MATERIAL


REMOVAL REMOVAL MUST NOT
LIMIT BE MORE THAN 10%
OF ELEMENT WIDTH
A 3
A

DAMAGE
AREA
A
A 3
X
SMALL T1 T2
SURFACE DAMAGE EDGE DAMAGE

REMOVED
DAMAGE
RUN−OUT RUN−OUT
20X 20X 1 T3
MINIMUM MINIMUM
CORNER DAMAGE
NOTES
1 Remove damage as shown for small edge damage,
detail A−A. T3 must be larger than T2 after damage
removal.
T X = DEPTH OF MATERIAL
REMOVAL = 10% THICKNESS 2. For added data, refer to Table in this Figure.
rsr57171.dg, lr, 7/05/04

(T) MAXIMUM 3 The distance of the damage from a hole, fastener,


4
edge or chem−mill radius must not be less than 20X.

A A 4 The bottom of the removed damage must have a


radius of 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) minimum.

Extruded and Machined Parts (Other than Fittings) − Allowable Damage − General
Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MATERIAL TRIMMED
TO REMOVE DAMAGE RADIUS OF REMOVED DAMAGE
IS FOUND BY THE DAMAGE DEPTH (X).
DEPTH X − MUST R = 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) MINIMUM
NOT BE MORE THAN
FASTENER DIAMETER
OR 10% OF ELEMENT
WIDTH

FASTENER EDGE
DISTANCE LIMIT
(EXAMPLE)

DAMAGE REMOVAL
WHERE THE FASTENER EDGE DISTANCES
DO NOT HAVE OVERLAPS

LIMIT OF DAMAGE REMOVAL.


DEPTH X − MUST
RADIUS OF REMOVED DAMAGE IS
NOT BE MORE THAN
FOUND BY THE DAMAGE DEPTH (X).
FASTENER DIAMETER
R = 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) MINIMUM
OR 10% OF ELEMENT
WIDTH

FASTENER
EDGE DISTANCE
LIMIT (EXAMPLE)

DAMAGE REMOVAL
WHERE THE FASTENER EDGE DISTANCES
HAVE OVERLAPS
rsr57172.dg, lr, 7/05/04

EDGE DAMAGE
NOTE
2. For added data, refer to Table in this Figure.

Extruded and Machined Parts (Other than Fittings) − Allowable Damage − General
Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

THE BOTTOM OF THE X = DEPTH OF


REMOVED DAMAGE MUST DAMAGE REMOVAL
HAVE A RADIUS OF 1.0 in. = 10% FLANGE
(25.4 mm) MINIMUM WIDTH MAXIMUM

5
AREA REPAIRED
BEFORE RUN−OUT
20X
MINIMUM

REMOVAL OF NICK OR CRACK


DAMAGE ON AN EDGE

NOTES
2. For added data, refer to
Table in this Figure.
5 Repaired areas must not
T
have an overlap.
B1

LEGEND
B1. Must be less than or = 0.10 x T. B2
B2. Must be less than or = 0.10 x L. L
rsr57173.dg, lr, 7/05/04

ALLOWABLE BLENDS ALLOWABLE TRIMS

Extruded and Machined Parts (Other than Fittings) − Allowable Damage − General
Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 104
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE REMARKS
Cracks are not permitted in webs. Edge cracks that are within the material removal limits
Cracks must be removed per Figure 101. For crack(s) that are not within the specified limits,
contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft Customer Support.
Scratches,
Removed damage must not decrease the thickness (or the cross−section area) of a
nicks, gouges
given element by more than 10%.
and corrosion
Dents Dents are not permitted.
Holes and punctures are not permitted in attachment flanges.
Through holes 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) in diameter can be plugged with AD type rivets
(refer to Notes that follow) if they are not nearer than 4 X the repaired hole diameter to:
− Adjacent holes
− Part edges
Holes and − Corner radii
punctures − Other damage.
NOTE: The hole must not decrease the cross−section area of a given element by more
than 10%.
NOTE: If the adjacent fasteners are rivets or clearance−fit fasteners, use an AD rivet to
plug the hole. If the adjacent fasteners are interference−fit fasteners (e.g. Hi−Lok pins),
contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft Customer Support, (refer to SRM
51−13−01).
Damage is permitted in only one element at a given cross−section. Removed damage at
one element must not have an overlap on removed damage at another element.
NOTE: Attached skins for a distance of 15 X the local skin thickness from the
General
attachment row of fasteners are an element of the cross−section (refer to Figure 101).
If the part was shot peened when it was made, it must be shot peened again (refer to
SRM 51−24−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when more than 30% of its length is
damaged.
NOTE: For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00. Use an
approved repair (refer to SRM 51−13−00) to repair damage that does not agree with the allowable
damage limits.

Extruded and Machined Parts (Other than Fittings) − Allowable Damage − General
Figure 101 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 105
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FLANGE

LIP
SKIN ELEMENT

15T 15T

WEB

ATTACHMENT T = SKIN THICKNESS


FLANGE
FORMED
SECTION
FORMED SECTION
ELEMENT EXAMPLE FREE
FLANGE

NOTES
TOTAL CROSS−SECTION
1 Repaired areas must not (INCLUDES SKIN)
have an overlap.
2. For added data, refer to
Table in this Figure.

X = DEPTH OF
THE BOTTOM OF THE
DAMAGE REMOVAL
REMOVED DAMAGE MUST
= 10% FLANGE
HAVE A RADIUS OF 1.0 in.
WIDTH MAXIMUM
(25.4 mm) MINIMUM

1
AREA REPAIRED
BEFORE RUN−OUT
20X
MINIMUM
rsr57174.dg, lr, 7/05/04

REMOVAL OF NICK OR CRACK


DAMAGE ON AN EDGE

Formed Parts − Allowable Damage − General


Figure 102 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 106
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MATERIAL TRIMMED
TO REMOVE DAMAGE RADIUS OF REMOVED DAMAGE
IS FOUND BY THE DAMAGE DEPTH (X).
DEPTH X − MUST R = 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) MINIMUM
NOT BE MORE THAN
FASTENER DIAMETER
OR 10% OF ELEMENT
WIDTH

FASTENER EDGE
DISTANCE LIMIT
(EXAMPLE)

DAMAGE REMOVAL
WHERE THE FASTENER EDGE DISTANCES
DO NOT HAVE OVERLAPS

LIMIT OF DAMAGE REMOVAL.


DEPTH X − MUST
RADIUS OF REMOVED DAMAGE IS
NOT BE MORE THAN
FOUND BY THE DAMAGE DEPTH (X).
FASTENER DIAMETER
R = 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) MINIMUM
OR 10% OF ELEMENT
WIDTH

FASTENER
EDGE DISTANCE
LIMIT (EXAMPLE)

DAMAGE REMOVAL
WHERE THE FASTENER EDGE DISTANCES
HAVE OVERLAPS
rsr57172.dg, lr, 7/05/04

EDGE DAMAGE
NOTE
2. For added data, refer to Table in this Figure.

Formed Parts − Allowable Damage − General


Figure 102 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 107
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T LEGEND
B1
B1. Must be less than or = 0.10 x T.
B2. Must be less than or = 0.10 x L.

B2
L

ALLOWABLE BLENDS ALLOWABLE TRIMS

MATERIAL AREA OF MATERIAL


REMOVAL REMOVAL MUST NOT
LIMIT BE MORE THAN 10%
OF ELEMENT WIDTH
A 3
A

DAMAGE
AREA
A
A 3
X
SMALL
SURFACE DAMAGE EDGE DAMAGE

RUN−OUT RUN−OUT
20X 20X
MINIMUM MINIMUM

NOTES
2. For added data, refer to Table in this Figure.
3 The distance of the damage from a hole, fastener,
T edge or chem−mill radius must not be less than 20X.
X = DEPTH OF MATERIAL
REMOVAL = 10% THICKNESS 4 The bottom of the removed damage must have a
rsr57175.dg, lr, 10/05/04

(T) MAXIMUM radius of 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) minimum.


4

A A

Formed Parts − Allowable Damage − General


Figure 102 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 108
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE REMARKS
Edge cracks that are within the material removal limits must be removed as shown in
Cracks Figure 102. For crack(s) that are not within the specified limits, contact Bombardier
Aerospace Regional Aircraft Customer Support.
Scratches,
Removed damage must not decrease the thickness or the cross−section area of a given
nicks, gouges
element by more than 10%.
and corrosion
Dents Dents are not permitted.
Holes and punctures are not permitted in attachment flanges.
Through holes 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) in diameter can be plugged with AD type rivets
(refer to Notes that follow) if they are not nearer than 4 X the repaired hole diameter to:
− Adjacent holes
− Part edges
Holes and − Corner radii
punctures − Other damage.
NOTE: The hole must not decrease the cross−section area of a given element by more
than 10%.
NOTE: If the adjacent fasteners are rivets or clearance−fit fasteners, use an AD rivet to
plug the hole. If the adjacent fasteners are interference−fit fasteners (e.g. Hi−Lok pins),
contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft Customer Support, (refer to SRM
51−13−01).
Damage is permitted in only one element at a given cross−section. Removed damage at
one element must not have an overlap on removed damage at another element (refer to
General Figure 102).
NOTE: Attached skins for a distance of 15 X the local skin thickness from the
attachment row of fasteners are an element of the cross−section (refer to Figure 102).
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when more than 30% of its length is
damaged.
NOTE: For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00. Use an
approved repair (refer to SRM 51−13−00) to repair damage that does not agree with the allowable
damage limits.

Formed Parts − Allowable Damage − General


Figure 102 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−00 Page 109
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGS SKIN AND PLATING − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
1. General
For general damage limits for the skins, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−31 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

RADIUS OF REMOVED
DAMAGE IS FOUND BY
MATERIAL TRIMMED THE DAMAGE DEPTH (X)
TO REMOVE DAMAGE R = 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) MINIMUM

X DEPTH = 0.15 in.


(3.81 mm) MAXIMUM

FASTENER EDGE
DISTANCE LIMIT
(EXAMPLE)

DAMAGE REMOVAL
WHERE THE FASTENER EDGE DISTANCES
DO NOT HAVE OVERLAPS

LIMIT OF DAMAGE REMOVAL.


RADIUS OF REMOVED DAMAGE IS
FOUND BY THE DAMAGE DEPTH (X).
X DEPTH = 0.15 in. R = 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) MINIMUM
(3.81 mm) MAXIMUM

FASTENER
EDGE DISTANCE
LIMIT (EXAMPLE)

DAMAGE REMOVAL
WHERE THE FASTENER EDGE DISTANCES
HAVE OVERLAPS
rsr57177.dg, lr, 12/05/04

EDGE DAMAGE
NOTE
1. For added data, refer to Table in this Figure.

Wing Skin and Plating − Allowable Damage − General


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−31 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MAJOR AXIS OF THE


REMOVED MATERIAL
A

MATERIAL
REMOVAL DAMAGE
LIMIT AREA

THE BOTTOM OF THE REMOVED


DAMAGE MUST HAVE A RADIUS
OF 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) MINIMUM

RUN−OUT
2 20X
MINIMUM

T = THICKNESS X = DEPTH OF MATERIAL


OF THE MATERIAL REMOVAL = 10% OF
THICKNESS (T) MAXIMUM

A A
rsr57178.dg, lr, 10/05/04

NOTES
1. For added data, refer to Table in this Figure.
2 The distance of the damage from a hole, fastener,
edge or chem−mill radius must not be less than 20X.

Wing Skin and Plating − Allowable Damage − General


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−31 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE REMARKS
Edge cracks that are within the material removal limits must be removed as shown in
Cracks Figure 101. For crack(s) that are not within the specified limits, contact Bombardier
Aerospace Regional Aircraft Customer Support.

Scratches, nicks, Blending or edge trimming is permitted as per Figure 101.


gouges and Removed corrosion damage must not be more than 10% of the local skin thickness.
corrosion For the removal of corrosion damage, refer to SRM 51−21−06.
Dents Dents are not permitted.
Through holes 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) in diameter can be plugged with AD type rivets (refer
to SRM 51−12−00) if they are not nearer than 4 X the repaired hole diameter to:

Holes and − Adjacent holes


punctures − Skin edge
− Chem milled pocket radii
− Other damage.
If the part was shot peened when it was made, it must be shot peened again (refer to
General
SRM 51−24−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: Approved REPAIR or replacement is necessary when more than 30% of the area of a panel is
damaged.
NOTE: For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00. Use an
approved REPAIR (refer to SRM 51−13−00) to REPAIR damage that does not agree with the allowable
damage limits.

Wing Skin and Plating − Allowable Damage − General


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−00−31 Page 104
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING MAIN STRUCTURE − GENERAL

1. Structural Identification
A. For the structural identification of the wing main structure, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−20−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BL0.00

57−21−00

WS389.00
rsr57110, ll, 27/09/99

Wing Main Structure – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−20−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX STRUCTURE − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
A. For the structural identification for the wing box structure, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BL0.00

57−21−07
57−21−55

57−21−03
57−21−32

57−21−17

57−21−27 57−21−12
57−21−07
57−21−31
WS389.00
rsr57117, na, 24/05/01

Wing Box Structure – Structural Identification Figure 1


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX STRUCTURE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
A. For the allowable damage limits for the wing box structure, contact Bombardier Aerospace
Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−00 Page 101
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX STRUCTURE − REPAIRS

1. General
A. For repairs to the wing box structure, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−00 Page 201
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING−PLANK INTEGRAL STRINGERS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
Stringers are machined integral with the wing skins. For the stringer thickness and height, Figure 1 and
Figure 2.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TAPER H
T T 2
1 2

H
1
WS315.00

WS294.50

WS274.00 BB CC CC S
S S

BB BBCC

WS264.00
AA AA AA
AA AA AA AA
WS242.00
Y R
R R
WS220.00
X

WS199.00

V
WS178.00
W Z Z Z Z Q
U Z Z Z Q Q
WS163.00 T
TT
WS148.00
O O O O
O O O
WS127.25
N N N N P
N N N P PP
WS106.40
WS96.13
WS85.50
K L LL
L
KK L L M MMM MM M

WS65.50
G
F FF FG GGGG HIIIIII JJ J J

WS45.00
E E
A A A B B B C C C C E E EE
A A B B B C C
WS22.50
rsr57002, jl/lr, 2/05/03

D
D D DD D
D
BL0.00 26 24 22 2018 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2
25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3

Upper−Skin Integral Stringers – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 2
Jun 17/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE


Stringers, integral, upper wing planks 601R10003 machined al alloy plate 7150−T7751 CMS
516−6

Key to Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

THICK- THICK- THICK- THICK-


STRING- HEIGHT NESS HEIGHT NESS STRING- HEIGHT NESS HEIGHT NESS
ER 1 1 2 2 ER 1 1 2 2
A 1.41 .160 T 1.50 .210
(35.8) (4.06) (38.1) (5.33)
B 1.58 .180 U 1.50 .210
(40.1) (4.57) (38.1) (5.33)
C 1.55 .180 V 1.50 .210
(39.4) (4.57) (38.1) (5.33)
D 1.65 .230 W 1.50 .210
(41.9) (5.84) (38.1) (5.33)
E 1.65 .200 X 1.50 .210
(41.9) (5.08) (38.1) (5.33)
F 1.41 .160 Y 1.50 .210
(35.8) (4.06) (38.1) (5.33)
G 1.58 .180 Z 1.55 .190 1.50 .190
(40.1) (4.57) (39.4) (4.83) (38.1) (4.83)
H 1.58 .190 AA 1.50 .190
(40.1) (4.83) (38.1) (4.83)
I 1.58 .190 BB 1.50 .190 1.50 .175
(40.1) (4.83) (38.1) (4.83) (38.1) (4.45)
J 1.65 .200 CC 1.50 .190 1.35 .175
(41.9) (5.08) (38.1) (4.83) (34.3) (4.45)
K 1.50 .160
(38.1) (4.06)
L 1.50 .180 1.50 .210
(38.1) (4.57) (38.1) (5.33)
M 1.55 .190
(39.4) (4.83)
N 1.55 .190
(39.4) (4.83)
O 1.55 .190
(39.4) (4.83)
P 1.60 .200
(40.6) (5.08)
Q 1.60 .200
(40.6) (5.08)
R 1.40 .200
(35.6) (5.08)

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 4
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

THICK- THICK- THICK- THICK-


STRING- HEIGHT NESS HEIGHT NESS STRING- HEIGHT NESS HEIGHT NESS
ER 1 1 2 2 ER 1 1 2 2
S 1.40 .200 1.40 .175
(35.6) (5.08) (35.6) (4.45)
Note: All dimensions are in inches followed by millimetres in parenthesis.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 5
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

T TAPER
1 T
2
H
1 H
2

WS314.50

DD
WS294.50 D
M CC
GG
WS274.00
WS264.00
BB FF
WS242.00
W S Z HH
EE
WS220.00 AA
JJ

WS199.00
R

WS178.00
X X II
KK
WS163.00 LL

WS148.02

WS127.25
N
V
WS106.40
WS96.13
T H
T H P
WS85.50
Q P
P Q
WS65.75
F L
M T XY MN P P
YX P P QQ
WS45.00

B G I I J J K
rsr57004.dg, jl/lr, 24/04/03

G I I J K
WS22.50
I
BC D
A E
26
BL0.00 2 4 6 8 10 15 17 19 21 23 25
1 3 5 7 9 14 16 18 20 22 24

Lower−Skin Integral Stringers – Structural Identification


Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 6
Jun 17/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE


Stringers, integral, lower wing planks 601R10004 machined al alloy plate 7150−T7751 CMS
516−6

Key to Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 7
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

THICK- THICK- THICK- THICK-


STRING- HEIGHT NESS HEIGHT NESS STRING- HEIGHT NESS HEIGHT NESS
ER 1 1 2 2 ER 1 1 2 2
A 1.35 .190 T 1.35 .285
(34.3) (4.83) (34.3) (7.24)
B 1.35 .165 U 1.35 1.35
(34.3) (4.19) (34.3) (34.3)
C 1.35 .180 V 1.35 .145 1.35 .200
(34.3) (4.57) (34.3) (3.68) (34.3) (5.08)
D 1.35 .155 W 1.35 .200 1.35 .130
(34.3) (3.94) (34.3) (5.08) (34.3) (3.30)
E 1.35 .205 X 1.40 .260
(34.3) (5.21) (35.6) (6.60)
F 1.35 .215 Y 1.40 .280
(34.3) (5.46) (35.6) (7.11)
G 1.35 .260 Z 1.40 .260 1.40 .168
(34.3) (6.60) (35.6) (6.60) (35.6) (4.27)
H 1.35 .150 AA 1.40 .260 1.40 .138
(34.3) (3.81) (35.6) (6.60) (35.6) (3.51)
I 1.35 .115 BB 1.40 .138 1.40 .118
(34.3) (2.92) (35.6) (3.51) (35.6) (3.00)
J 1.35 .110 CC 1.35 .118
(34.3) (2.79) (34.3) (3.00)
K 1.35 .121 DD 1.35 .168 1.35 .115
(34.3) (3.07) (34.3) (4.27) (34.3) (2.92)
L 1.35 .245 EE 1.40 .260 1.40 .194
(34.3) (6.22) (35.6) (6.60) (35.6) (4.93)
M 1.35 .145 FF 1.40 .194
(34.3) (3.68) (35.6) (4.93)
N 1.35 .245 1.35 .285 GG 1.35 .194
(34.3) (6.22) (34.3) (7.24) (34.3) (4.93)
O 1.35 .154 1.35 .120 HH 1.40 .260 1.40 .177
(34.3) (3.91) (34.3) (3.05) (35.6) (6.60) (35.6) (4.50)
P 1.35 .125 II 1.35 .280
(34.3) (3.17) (34.3) (7.11)
Q 1.35 .125 JJ 1.35 .280 1.35 .100
(34.3) (3.17) (34.3) (7.11) (34.3) (2.54)
R 1.35 .285 1.35 .145 KK 1.35 .260 1.35 .210
(34.3) (7.24) (34.3) (3.68) (34.3) (6.60) (34.3) (5.33)

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 8
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

THICK- THICK- THICK- THICK-


STRING- HEIGHT NESS HEIGHT NESS STRING- HEIGHT NESS HEIGHT NESS
ER 1 1 2 2 ER 1 1 2 2
S 1.35 .285 1.35 .155 LL 1.35 .200
(34.3) (7.24) (34.3) (3.94) (34.3) (5.08)
Note: All dimensions are in inches followed by millimetres in parenthesis.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 9
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING−PLANK INTEGRAL STRINGERS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
For Allowable Damage limits for the Wing−Plank Integral Stringers in this section, refer to SRM
57−21−31 Page Block 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−03 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX SPARS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the wing box spars, refer as follows:
A. Front Spar, BL0.00 to WS353.00
Refer to Figure 1.
B. Rear Spar, BL0.00 to WS353.00
Refer to Figure 2.
C. Auxiliary Spar, WS48.30 to WS139.92
Refer to Figure 3.
D. Wing Plug Spars, WS353.00 to WS389.00
Refer to Figure 4.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BL 2
0.00
WS 15 10
22.50 7
WS 6
29.42 WS 12
45.00 WS
65.75 WS
85.50

1
WS 5
85.50 9 14
WS 11
106.40 WS 10
17 8
127.25 WS
148.01 WS
163.00 WS
178.00

12
12
WS 13 16 18
178.00 WS 19
199.00 WS
220.00 WS
242.00 WS
264.00

WS 19
286.97 WS
306.70 WS
325.94 WS
rsr57006, jl, 11/06/99

WS
341.10
353.00

Front Spar, BL0.00 to WS353.00 – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Center Spar Assembly 601R10200
1 Web 0.071 (1.80) clad 7075−T6 A019
2 Stiffener 0.080 (2.03) clad 7075−T62 A019
3 Caps 600−10308
Upper Machined 7475−T7351 plate † A020
— Lower Machined 7475−T7351 plate † A030
4 Stiffener 600−10200 0.080 (2.03) S−6842 clad A019
7075−T6
— Packing 0.125 (3.18) bare 2024−T3 A020
5 Angle 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A019
Inboard Spar Assembly 601R10037
6 Web 601R10037 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T6 A048 7003−7677
7679−7698
7700−7704
7708−7708
6A Inboard Spar 601R10054 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † A031 7678−7678
7699−7699
7705−7707
7709−8400
7 Web (chem−milled) 601R10037 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T6 A048 7003−7677
7679−7698
7700−7704
7708−7708
8 Lower cap 601R10037 S−6870 extruded 2024−T8511 ‡ A030 7003−7677
7679−7698
7700−7704
7708−7708
9 Upper cap 601R10037 S−6821 extruded 2024−T8511 ‡ A020 7003−7677
7679−7698
7700−7704
7708−7708
10 Z−section 601R10037 S−6844 extruded 2024−T8511 A012

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 3
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
— Radius blocks
Forward 601R10037 0.160 (4.06) bare 2024−T3 A012
Aft 601R10037 0.100 (2.54) bare 2024−T3 A020
11 Angle 601R10037 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7677
7679−7698
7700−7704
7708−7708
11A Angle 601R10054 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7678−7678
7699−7699
7705−7707
7709−8400
12 Angle 601R10037 S−2217 extruded 2024−T8511 A012 7003−7677
7679−7698
7700−7704
7708−7708
13 Angle 601R10037 S−2025 extruded 2024−T3511 A012 7003−7677
7679−7698
7700−7704
7708−7708
Splice Installation, 601R10102
WS29.42
14 Splice plate 600−10269 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T42 A019
15 Upper splice angle 600−10141 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † A020
— Lower splice angle 600−10142 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † A020
Splice Installation, 601R10104
WS148.019
16 Splice plate 601R10230 0.250 (6.35) plate 7075−T7651 A020
17 Upper splice angle 601R10235 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A030
18 Lower splice angle 601R10236 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A030
19 Outboard Spar 601R10036 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A030
— Item not shown
†Canadair Specification CMS 516−02/BAMS 516−002

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 4
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
‡Shot peened
♦ Refer to SRM 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.
NOTE: Corrosion−inhibiting compound is applied over the primer/paint finishes on the forward face of the
front spar between BL0.00 to WS353.00 and on the external surface of the spar cap between BL0.00 and
BL47.20 (refer to SRM 51−21−11).

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 5
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS
85.50
WS
65.75
WS
45.00 2
1
WS
29.24
WS
22.50

4
BL
3 0.00
WS
220.00 WS
199.00
10 WS
178.00 9
WS
12
163.00 WS
11 5
148.00

WS
314.50
WS
294.50 WS 7
285.25
WS 8
6
274.00 WS
264.0 WS
14 256.0 WS
248.0 WS
13 242.00
WS
353.00 WS
343.50 WS
rsr57009, jl, 11/06/99

15
337.00

10

Rear Spar, BL0.00 to WS353.00 – Structural Identification


Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 6
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
1 Center spar 601R10201 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A030
2 Splice plate 601R10329 0.250 (6.35) plate 7075−T7651 A012
3 Angle 601R10328 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A030
Inboard Spar Installation 601R10039
4 Spar Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A030
Splice Installation 601R10105
5 Upper splice angle Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A020
6 Lower splice angle Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A030
— Shim 0.032 (0.81) shim stock ††
7 Splice plate 0.250 (6.35)plate 7075−T7651 A020
8 Angle 0.071 (1.80) clad 7075−T62 A019
— Shim 0.032 (0.81) shim stock ††
Outboard Spar Assembly, 601R10006
WS148.019 to WS353.00
9 Spar, WS148.02 to 601R10038 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A030
WS314.50
10 Zee S−6855 extruded 2024−T3511 A012
11 Zee S−3131 extruded 2024−T3511 A012
12 Zee 600−10006 S−6855 extruded 2024−T3511 A012
13 Zee S−3131 extruded 2024−T3511 A012
14 Zee S−3133 extruded 2024−T3511 A012
— Packer (WS316.40) 0.190 (4.83) clad 2024−T3 A010
— Packer (WS326.32) 0.190 (4.83) clad 2024−T3 A010
15 Outboard spar, WS314.50 601R10313 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A012
to WS353.00
— Item not shown
† Bombardier Specification CMS 516−02
‡ Shot−peened
†† Specification MIL−S−22499, Comp 1, Type I, Class 1
♦ Refer to SRM 51−21−16.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 7
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.
NOTE: Corrosion−inhibiting compound is applied over the primer/paint finishes on the external surfaces of
the spar between BL0.00 and BL47.20 (refer to SRM 51−21−11).

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 8
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS139.92

WS130.10

WS48.30
WS130.10

5 WS139.24
8

4 rsr57011, jl, 11/06/99

Auxiliary Spar, WS48.30 to WS139.92 – Structural Identification


Figure 3

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 9
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Auxiliary Spar Assembly 601R10009
1 Spar 601R10295 Machined 7050−T7451 plate †† A012

2 Deflector plate 600−10009 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
Access Plate Assembly
3 Access plate (bonded) 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T6 A048 §
4 Packing strip (bonded) 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T6 A048 §
5 Access plate 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T6 A010
6 Zee 601R10009 S−3131 extruded 2024−T3511 A012
7 Splice plate 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T6 A010
Inboard Spar Installation 601R10214
8 Angle 601R10270 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A012
‡ Shot−peened
† Bombardier Specification CMS 516−02
†† Bombardier specification CMS 516−03
§ Finish before the parts are bonded. Finish after the parts are bonded is A080
♦ Refer to SRM 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 3

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 10
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS353.00

13
NOTE
If the gap is less than
11
0.032 in.(0.81mm), install a shim.
If the gap is between
0.032 in.(0.81mm) and 0.064 in.(1.63mm),
install a shim and a packer.

12 WS389.00

10

REAR SPAR
WS353.00
7 9

WS389.00

8
4
MAIN SPAR 6
WS353.00
2
4 5

3 WS389.00
rsr57013, na, 05/11/01

FRONT SPAR

Wing Plug Spars, WS353.00 to WS389.00 – Structural Identification


Figure 4

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 11
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Front Spar Installation 601R10850
1 Spar Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A012
Splice Installation, 601R10856
WS353.00
2 Splice angle 0.080 (2.03) clad 7075−T76 A010
3 Splice web 0.080 (2.03) clad 7075−T76 A010
4 Laminated shim 0.032 (0.81) shim stock § X110
5 Packer 0.032 (0.81) clad 7075−T6 A010
Main Spar Extension 601R10867
6 Web 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
7 Upper cap 0.080 (2.03) clad 7075−T62 A010
8 Lower cap 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T42 A010
9 Stiffener 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010
Rear Spar 601R10851
10 Rear spar Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A012
Splice Installation, 601R10878
WS353.00
11 Splice angle Machined 7475−T7351 plate † A012
12 Splice web 0.125 (3.18) clad 7075−T76 A012
13 Shim 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T6 A010
† Bombardier Specification CMS 516−02
‡ Shot peened
§ Specification MIL−S−22499, Comp 1, Type I, Class 2
♦ Refer to SRM 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.
NOTE: Corrosion−inhibiting compound is applied over the primer/paint finishes on the forward face of the
front spar between WS353.00 to WS389.00 (refer to SRM 51−21−11).

Key to Figure 4

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 12
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX SPARS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199 may not
apply to this section. You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item
identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2
below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
A. For the allowable damage limits for the wing box spars, spar webs and spar caps, refer to Figure
101.
B. Allowable damage limits for the remaining components of the wing box spars are not included.
Refer to SRM 51−13−01.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
1. The structure is symmetrical around
the aircraft centerline, unless shown
differently.

DAMAGE DEPTH
2 CODE REMARKS
WS29.42 in. mm
BL0.00 No damage permitted
− −
WS26.00
WS30.60

WS45.00
WS65.75
WS85.50
1

WS85.50 3
5 4
WS106.40
WS148.01 6
WS127.25

WS163.00
WS178.00

WS178.00
WS199.00 WS151.50
WS220.00 7
WS242.00
WS264.00

WS286.97
7 7
WS306.70
WS325.94
WS341.10
rsr57087.dg, om/lr, 3/05/04

WS353.00

FRONT SPAR WS350.50

Wing Box Spars − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
− − No damage permitted

WS95.00 NOTE
1. The structure is symmetrical around
WS65.75 the aircraft centerline, unless shown
WS50.80 differently.

WS45.00
WS29.24

WS22.50

9 8

BL0.00
WS220.00
WS39.40
WS199.00

WS178.00
10
WS148.00
WS163.00
WS151.50
9
WS309.00

WS314.50
WS303.00
WS294.50
WS285.25
WS274.00
11 WS264.00
WS256.00
WS248.00
WS353.00 WS242.00
WS343.50
rsr57088.dg, om/lr, 28/04/04

11
WS337.00
10

REAR SPAR

Wing Box Spars − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
1. The structure is symmetrical around
the aircraft centerline, unless shown
differently.

DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
− − No damage permitted

WS139.92

WS130.10

14
WS112.00

WS96.00

12

WS48.30
rsr57089.dg, om/lr, 28/04/04

13
AUXILIARY SPAR

Wing Box Spars − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 104
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

STIFFENER
TYPICAL
Di NOTE
2. Ribs are not shown
for clarity.
D

SPAR CAP
Do
TYPICAL

SPAR WEB
TYPICAL

DAMAGE

ZONE A

Dg

L
Dg
W

SKIN PLANK
TYPICAL
SPAR
WEB LEGEND
SPAR Zone A = L x W
SKIN CAP
PLANK L = 2 x Dg
W = 2 x 3 in. (76.2 mm) + D f
D = Distance between stiffeners
at the damage location
Di = Distance between stiffeners,
3.00 in. one stiffener inboard
(76.00 mm) of the damage location
Do = Distance between stiffeners,
Df
rsr57090.dg, om/lr, 28/04/04

one stiffener outboard


of the damage location
W 3.00 in.
Dg = The greatest value of
(76.00 mm)
D, Di and Do
D f = Distance between fasteners

Wing Box Spars − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 105
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION DAMAGE REMARKS


Cracks Not permitted. ♦
10% blending is permitted, except from
Scratches, nicks, gouges
BL0.00 to WS148.00 as shown in this Figure.
and corrosion
1, 4 Web †♦
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents
Cracks 10% blending and/or edge trimming is
Scratches, nicks, gouges permitted, except from WS26.00 to WS29.42.
and corrosion †♦
2, 3 Caps
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents
Cracks 10% blending and/or edge trimming is
Scratches, nicks, gouges permitted, except from WS29.42 to WS30.60
and corrosion and from WS144.00 to WS148.00. † ♦
5, 6 Caps
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents
10% edge trimming is permitted on upper and
lower spar caps, except from WS148.00 to
Cracks
WS151.50 and from WS350.50 to WS353.00.
†♦
10% blending and/or edge trimming is
Outboard front permitted, except from WS148.01 to
7 Scratches, nicks, gouges
spar ‡ WS151.50 on integrally machined upper and
and corrosion
lower spar caps and from WS350.50 to
WS353.00. † ♦
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents
10% edge trimming is permitted on upper and
Cracks lower spar caps, except from WS39.40 to
WS45.00. † ♦
10% blending and/or edge trimming is
Center rear spar Scratches, nicks, gouges permitted, except from WS39.40 to WS45.00
8
‡ and corrosion on integrally machined upper and lower spar
caps. † ♦
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents

Wing Box Spars − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 106
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION DAMAGE REMARKS


10% edge trimming is permitted, except from
WS45.00 to WS50.80 and from WS95.00 to
Cracks WS148.00 on integrally machined upper spar
cap and from WS45.00 to WS148.00 on
integrally machined lower spar cap. † ♦
10% blending and/or edge trimming is
Inboard rear spar permitted, except from WS45.00 to WS50.80
9
‡ Scratches, nicks, gouges and from WS95.00 to WS148.00 on integrally
and corrosion machined upper spar cap and from WS45.00
to WS148.00 on integrally machined lower
spar cap. † ♦
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents
10% edge trimming is permitted, except from
WS148.00 to WS151.50 and from WS309.00
Cracks
to WS314.50 on integrally machined upper
and lower spar caps. † ♦

Outboard rear 10% blending and/or edge trimming is


spar permitted, except from WS303.00 to
10 Scratches, nicks, gouges WS309.00 on integrally machined web and
WS148.00 to and corrosion from WS148.00 to WS151.50 and from
WS314.50 ‡ WS309.00 to WS314.50 on integrally
machined upper and lower spar caps. † ♦
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents
10% edge trimming is permitted on integrally
Cracks
machined upper and lower spar caps. † ♦
Outboard rear Scratches, nicks, gouges 10% blending and/or edge trimming is
11 spar WS314.50 and corrosion permitted. †
to WS353.00 ‡
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents
Cracks 10% edge trimming is permitted.
Scratches, nicks, gouges 10% blending and/or edge trimming is
12, 13 Angles and corrosion permitted.
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents

Wing Box Spars − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 107
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION DAMAGE REMARKS


10% edge trimming is permitted, except on
Cracks integrally machined upper spar cap from
WS96.00 to WS112.00. † ♦
10% blending and/or edge trimming is
Outboard Scratches, nicks, gouges permitted, except on integrally machined
14
auxiliary spar ‡ and corrosion upper spar cap from WS96.00 to WS112.00.
†♦
Holes and punctures
Not permitted. ♦
Dents
† No rework is permitted on webs when stiffeners on either side of the web have pre−existing rework or
when the upper and/or lower spar caps of the web have pre−existing rework.
No rework is permitted on upper and lower spar caps when adjacent web has pre−existing rework or when
adjacent skin (wing plank) has pre−existing rework within zone A (refer to Figure 101 for the definition of
zone A).
‡ On integrally machined spars, the minimum height of integral spar caps is up to the web pockets. When
no pocket exists, the minimum height is equal to 1/6 of the spar height.
♦ Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
NOTE: For definition of blending and trimming and applicable limitations refer to SRM 57−00−00, Figure
101.

Wing Box Spars − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 7)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 108
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX SPARS − REPAIRS

1. General
For repairs to the wing box spars, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support
(refer toSRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−21−075 Repair to upper and lower wing skin plug fasteners at front
spar WS353.00 to WS389.00

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−07 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX RIBS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00 Page Block 101−199 may not
apply to this section. You must replace the general limit of 10% with the limits specified for each item
identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2
below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 57−21−12).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−12 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
The structure is symmetrical
around the aircraft centerline,
unless shown differently.

BL0.00

REAR SPAR

WS163.00
FRONT SPAR

WS314.50

DAMAGE WS330.25 WS389.00


CODE REMARKS
DEPTH
Maximum blend
10% depth permitted

STGR STGR STGR REAR SPAR


FRONT SPAR MACHINED
14 12 10 DATUM
TRACE STGR STGR STGR WEB
STGR
15 13 11 9

INTEGRALLY
INTEGRALLY
MACHINED
rsr57144.dg, rm/lr, 12/05/04

1 MACHINED
STIFFENERS
STIFFENERS

RIB AT WS163.00
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Wing Box Ribs − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−12 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BL0.00

REAR SPAR

WS163.00
NOTE
The structure is symmetrical FRONT SPAR
around the aircraft centerline, WS314.50
unless shown differently.
INTEGRALLY WS330.25 WS389.00
REAR SPAR MACHINED
DATUM STIFFENERS FRONT SPAR
TRACE

2 MACHINED
RIB AT WS314.50 WEB
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD

INTEGRALLY REAR SPAR


FRONT SPAR MACHINED DATUM
TRACE STIFFENERS

rsr57145.dg, rm/lr, 12/05/04

MACHINED
3
RIB AT WS330.25 WEB
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Wing Box Ribs − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−12 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS − TABLE 1


ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING REMARKS
10% allowable damage in the area that covers machined
panels and stiffeners between stringers 9 & 15 and
between the upper and lower wing planks. Refer Figure 101
(Sheet 1).
Only one rework either on the web or stringer is allowed per
Integrally zone with the following restrictions:
1 Machined Rib at 601R10199 - No damage is allowed in either zone that has a stiffener
WS163.0 with pre- existing rework, that boarders or is in contact with
both of the zones.
- Blends on webs or stiffeners are not permitted if there is
pre-existing rework on wing skin panels on either side of
the rib, that are between the same two skin stringers as the
damaged web or damaged stiffeners. †
Integrally - Blends on web are not permitted if there is pre−existing
2 Machined Rib at 601R10027 rework on any adjacent stiffener, or any stiffener that
WS314.5 shares (is connected to) the same web panel.
- Blends on stiffeners are not permitted if pre-existing
rework on any adjacent stiffeners, or any stiffener that
Integrally shares (is connected to) the same web panel.
3 Machined Rib at 601R10028 - Blends on web or stiffeners are not permitted if there is
WS330.25 pre-existing rework on wing skin panels on either side of
the rib, that are between the same two skin stringers as the
damaged web or damaged stiffeners. †
† A wing skin panel length equals the distance between two ribs.

Wing Box Ribs − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−12 Page 104
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS ON EXTRUDED AND MACHINED PARTS - TABLE 2


TYPE OF DAMAGE REMARKS
Dents Not permitted.
Cracks 10% edge trim is permitted as per SRM 57−00−00 Figure 101.
Scratches, nicks, gouges
10% edge trim is permitted as per SRM 57−00−00 Figure 101 on all parts.
and corrosion
Holes and punctures Not permitted.
NOTE: In case of blending of parts with multiple flanges, damage is permitted on one of the flanges only.
The blending can be performed either by reduction of flange thickness or by trimming of the flange edge
as shown in Figure 101.

Wing Box Ribs − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−12 Page 105
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX RIBS − REPAIRS

1. General
For repairs to the wing−box ribs, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support
(refer to SRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Generic Repair Engineering Orders (GREO) Manual, CSP−A−092.

REO ISSUE TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−51−046 B Repair to BATT RIB assembly

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−12 Page 201
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX INTERCOSTALS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
A. For the structural identification of the wing box intercostals, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−17 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

0
BL0.0
2

.50
BL22

7 1
ST
R
2D
AT
0 UM
2 2.5 4 3
BL
6

ST
2 .50 R
L2 24
B 7 DA
.00 TU
45 M
6 BL
rsr57015, jl, 11/06/99

ST
R
24
DA
.00 7 TU
45 M
BL

Wing Box Intercostals – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−17 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5
33 0.2
WS
12
20 % CHORD DATUM

0
14.5
W S3

63.00
W S3

MID SPAR
DATUM

13

16
30 .25
WS3

14

0
3.6
S5 15
W
10 9
8.88
S5
W

8 8
rsr57016, jl, 11/06/99

11

Wing Box Intercostals – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−17 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Intercostal Installation 601R10309
1 Intercostal 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T62 A019
2 Shear tie 0.080 (2.03) clad 7075−T62 A019
3 Shear tie 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T62 A019
4 Cleat S−6827 extruded 2024−T8511 A020
5 Doubler 0.080 (2.03) clad 7075−T6 A019
Intercostal Assembly, 600−10267
STR 24, BL22.5 to
BL45.00
6 Intercostal 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A019
7 Angle 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A019
— Packer 0.250 (6.35) clad 7075−T6
Intercostal Installation 601R10344
8 Intercostal 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010
9 Fitting Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A012
10 Tee S−4162 extruded 7075−T6 A012
11 Gusset 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010
Intercostal Installation, 601R10060
WS314.50 to WS330.25
12 Intercostal Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A012
— Laminated shim 0.040 (1.02) shim stock (max) †† X110
Diaphragm Assembly 601R10383
13 Diaphragm 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A010
14 Angle 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T42 A010
15 Cover 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A010
16 Angle 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010
— Laminated shim 600−10383 0.063 (1.60) shim stock ††
— Item not shown
† Canadair Specification CMS 516−02
†† Specification MIL−S−22499, Type 1, Comp I, Class 1

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−17 Page 4
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
‡ Shot peened
♦ Refer to SRM 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−17 Page 5
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX INTERCOSTALS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
When specific allowable damage limits are not supplied in the subject for a given structural element,
use the general allowable damage limits given at the beginning of this chapter (refer to SRM
57–00–00, Page Block 101−199).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−17 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE REMARKS
Cracks Refer toSRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
Scratches, nicks gouges and corrosion are not
permitted. Blending is permitted as perSRM
57−00−00 Page Block 101−199. In the case of
Scratches, nicks gouges and corrosion blending parts with multiple flanges, damage is
allowed on one flange only, for both the flange that
is attached to other structural elements as well as
for the free flange as shown in Figure.
Dents Dents are not permitted.
Holes and punctures Refer to SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
Damage is permitted in only one element at a given
General cross−section. Removed damage at one element
must not have overlap damage at another element.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when 30% or more of its length/area is
damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support.
NOTE: For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.

Wing Box Intercostals−Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−17 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE
REMOVAL LIMIT 2D
NOTE 1
1 No rework permitted in an area within
a 2D radius around fasteners.

No rework permitted D

LEGEND
B1. Must be less than or equal to 0.10 x T.
B2. Must be less than or equal to 0.10 x L.

B1 L

B2

rsr57003.dg, lr, 8/04/04

BLEND AND TRIM

Wing Box Intercostals − Allowable Damage


Figure 102

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−17 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX FITTINGS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For structural identification of the wing box fittings, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−27 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

9 11 2 6
1
12
8

10

3 8
7
(2 PLACES)

5
rsr57018, jl, 11/06/99

Wing Box Fittings – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−27 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Trunnion, main landing 601R10031 al 7050−T74 CMS 514−01 A024
gear
2 Fitting 601R10043 al 7050−T74 forged billet A024
3 Fittings, wing / fuse 601R10103 al 7475−T7351 CMS 516−02 A030
installation
4 Fitting, damper 601R10174 2.0 (50.8) X 1.5 (38.1) X 4.3 A012
(109.2) 7475−T7351 CMS
516−02
5 Diaphragm, damper 601R10383 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A010
6 Shield, hydraulic 601R10709 0.080 (2.03) clad 7075−T62 A023
7 Angle, splice 601R10102 2.50 (63.5) 7475−T7351 CMS A020
516−02
8 Plate, splice 601R10102 1.60 (40.64) clad 2024−T3 A019
9 Fitting, floor support 600−10229 al alloy 7475−T7351 CMS A012
516−02
10 Fitting assembly, 601R10921 12.0 (304.8) X 10.0 (254.0) X A030
bayonet (fwd) 8.0 (203.2) al alloy 7050−T74
CMS 514−01
11 Fitting assembly, 601R10922 14.6 (370.8) X 11.0 (279.4) X A030
bayonet (aft) 8.0 (203.2) al alloy 7050−T74
CMS 514−01
12 Shim 601R10002 0.048 (1.22) X 1.0 (25.4) X 1.0 X110
(25.4) MIL−S−22499 comp 1,
type 1, class 2
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches followed by millimetres in parenthesis.

Key to Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−27 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX FITTINGS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
A. General allowable damage limits for the wing box fittings are not available. Canadair will supply
damage limits as necessary.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−27 Page 101
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX SKIN AND PLATING − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
A. For the structural identification of the wing box skin and plating, refer to Figure 1, Figure 2, and
Figure 3.
B. For the thickness dimension data on the wing−plug skin panels, refer to Figure 3.
C. For the thickness dimension data on the main and outer skin panels, refer to Figure 4.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4 1

2
36
17

UPPER PLANK

3
22

33

20

19

35

21
18
34 32
rsr57020, na, 05/11/01

LOWER PLANK

Skin and Plating, Main Panels – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
Refer to drawing 600−62906.

14

16

15

5
8
11

7
9
24 25

25
23 28 10
27
25 12
26
23

13
29
rsr57021, jl, 11/06/99

31 SCUPPER ASSEMBLY−
23 30 RIGHT SIDE ONLY

Skin and Plating, Main Panels – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Upper Skin Assembly 601R10003
1 Forward plank 601R10040 Machined 7150−T7751 plate † A102
2 Center plank 601R10041 Machined 7150−T7751 plate † A102
3 Aft plank 601R10042 Machined 7150−T7751 plate † A102
4 Butt strap 601R10053 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ‡‡‡ A012
Scupper Assembly (right 600−10047
side only)
5 Cover 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A101
6 Bumper 1.00 (25.40) phenolic sheet ‡‡
7 Clip 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A019
8 Nylon cord Commercial
9 Scupper 600−10169 Nylon plate 6/6
10 Scupper can support 600−10167 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A019
Fuel Filler Installation 600−62006
11 Cap and Adaptor 600−62918 Vendor Part No. 457−529
Assembly (3 fuel tank
configuration)
— Cap (2 fuel tank 601R62151 0.063 (1.60) bare 2024−T3 A010
configuration)
12 Gasket 0.032 (0.81) sheet rubber ¶¶
13 Doubler 0.032 (0.81) CRES †††
Skin Assembly 601R10212
14 Skin 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T6 A109
15 Seal retainer S−4340 formed 2024−T42 A010
16 Rubber seal S−1516 extruded silicone rubber
— Radius block 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T3 A019
17 Panel Assembly 601R10215 Refer to Figure 2
Lower Skin Assembly 601R10004
18 Forward plank 601R10044 Machined 7150−T7751 plate † A104
19 Center plank 601R10045 Machined 7150−T7751 plate † A104

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 4
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
20 Aft plank 601R10046 Machined 7150−T7751 plate † A104 7003−7939
Machined 7475−7351 plate¶¶¶ A001 7940−8999

21 Butt strap 601R10052 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ‡‡‡ A012


— Radius block 601R10003 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T3 A010
22 Lower trunnion strap 601R10933 PH13−8Mo CRES, Cond H1000 S020

Skin Assembly, 601R10213
WS47.063 to WS59.50
23 Lower skin 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T6 A109
24 Angle S−2242 extruded 7075−T6 A012
— Tapered shim 0.100 (2.54) bare 2024−T3 A012
25 Angle S−2167 extruded 7075−T6511 A012
26 Angle S−2167 extruded 7075−T62 A012
— Packer 0.190 (4.83) clad 2024−T3 A012
27 Angle S−2272 extruded 2024−T3511 A012
28 Wedge 600−10213 Extruded 7075−T6 A012
— Packer 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 A012
— Silicone rubber 0.060 (1.52) silicone rubber ‡
29 Bracket 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010
— Shim 600−10213 0.062 (1.58) shim stock ††
— Packer 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 A012
30 Angle S−2038 extruded 7075−T6511 A012
31 Fitting Refer to SRM 57−21−27
— Radius block 0.125 (3.18) bare 2024−T3 A010
— Plug Nylon rod
32 Butt strap (chem−milled) 601R10223 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A011
33 Panel Assembly 601R10216 Figure 2
34 Strap 601R10223 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A011

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 5
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
35 Aft butt strap Machined Ti 6Al−4V titanium
plate
36 Cover (chem− milled) 600−10195 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 A100
— Item not shown
†Bombardier Aerospace Materials Specification BAMS 516−006/CMS 516−06.
†† Specification MIL−S−22499, Type I, Class 2.
††† Specification AMS 5510, Comp 321 or AMS 5512, Comp 347.
‡ Specification AMS 3303.
‡‡ Specification MIL−P−15035.
‡‡‡ Bombardier Aerospace Materials Specification BAMS 516−002/CMS 516−02.
Σ Polyurethane topcoat color grey #16473 per Federal Standard 595
¶Specification AMS 5864
¶¶Specification MIL−R−6855, Class 1, Grade 60
¶¶¶Bombardier Aerospace Materials Specification BAMS 516−002/CMS516−02.
♦ Refer to SRM 51−21−16
♦♦ Grit−blasted (180−grit) (refer to SRM 51−26−00). Two layers of fuel tank coating, Specification
MIL−C−27725 are applied (refer to SRM 51−25−34).
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless specified otherwise.
NOTE: Corrosion−inhibiting compound is applied over the primer/paint finishes on the outer surface of the
upper and lower wing planks between BL0.00 and BL47.20.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 6
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS353.00 WS314.50
1

2 2
2
2
2
2 2
2
3
4
2
3
2

2
RIGHT SIDE ONLY

OUTER WING PANEL − UPPER

5
WS314.50

8 rsr57024, na, 05/14/01

WS353.00

OUTER WING PANEL − LOWER

Skin and Plating, Outer Section – Structural Identification


Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 7
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Outer−Wing Panel 601R10215
Assembly (upper)
1 Skin (chem−milled) 0.190 (4.83) clad 7075−T76 A109
2 Stringer S−6837 extruded 7075−T62 A012
— Radius block 0.190 (4.83) clad 2024−T3 A010
3 Stringer Machined 7075−T7451 plate ‡ † A012

4 Stringer 0.071 (1.80) clad 7075−T62 A010


— Packer 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T6 A010
Outer−Wing Panel 601R10216
Assembly (lower)
5 Forward skin 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A109
(chem−milled)
6 Aft skin (chem−milled) 0.190 (4.83) clad 2024−T3 A109
7 Strap 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T3 A010
8 Stiffener 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T42 A010
— Item not shown
‡ Shot−peened
† Bombardier Aerospace Materials Specification BAMS 516−002/CMS 516−02.
♦ Refer to SRM 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless specified otherwise.

Key to Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 8
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

VIEW LOOKING UP

SKIN THICKNESS
A− 0.100 in. (2.54 mm)
B− 0.085 in. (2.16 mm)
C− 0.070 in. (1.78 mm)

WS 389.00

WS 353.00

2
rsr57026, jl, 11/06/99

5
3

UPPER SKIN

Skin and Plating, Wing Plug – Structural Identification


Figure 3 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 9
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

VIEW LOOKING DOWN

SKIN THICKNESS:
A− 0.125 in. (3.18 mm)
B− 0.070 in. (1.78 mm)
C− 0.055 in. (1.40 mm)

8 USUAL

WS 389.00

WS 353.00
rsr57027, jl, 11/06/99

LOWER SKIN

Skin and Plating, Wing Plug – Structural Identification


Figure 3 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 10
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Upper Skin Installation 601R10870
1 Skin (chem−milled) 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T76 A109
2 Stringer S−6837 extruded 7075−T62 A012
3 Strap 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010
4 Doubler 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T76 A010
5 Angle 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A010
Lower Skin Installation 601R10871
6 Skin (chem−milled) 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A109
7 Stringer 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T42 A010
8 Strap 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010
9 Doubler 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A010
♦ Refer to SRM 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless specified otherwise.

Key to Figure 3

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 11
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS29.421
BL22.50
t4
t3
BL45.00
BL0.00 1 t5
1 1 WS65.75
1 t2
1 1 1 2 WS85.50
2 WS96.13
1 1 1 2
t 2(USUAL)
2 2 2
2 2 5
2 B B 2 5
A 2 2 B 2
t1 B C
2 2 2
A 2 2 2
2 2 2
3 4 4

t3 t5
WS96.13
t2
5
D D t12
t7 t5
5 6
WS148.019
2 2 WS163.00
2 C 2 6
2 5 6 6
E E
2 5 6 6
4 6 6

t 6 (USUAL) t3

WS163.00
t2
6 4 t8
4 WS242.00
6
6
rsr57029, jl, 11/06/99

UPPER PLANK − FORWARD t3


NOTE
1

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 12
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(USUAL) t9 t9 (USUAL)
(USUAL) t7
t5
t1 (USUAL) t7 t7(USUAL)

t2
(USUAL) t 6 t2 t 6(USUAL) t12 t12

WS65.95
WS85.58 BL45.56

(USUAL) t13 t13(USUAL)


t9
t5 12
(USUAL) t14 t14(USUAL)
t5
t5
t1
12
12 t16
t15
t5
12

t16

RIGHT SIDE ONLY

t11
t10 t10 BL45.00

t9 t9
rsr57030, na, 05/14/01

t3 2 t7 t3
NOTE 2
2 Taper (3 PLACES)

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 13
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

t 2(USUAL) WS106.40
BL0.00 WS45.00 WS65.75 WS96.134
t3

3 3 4 6
2 7 L 7 5
J 2 7 L 7 5
2 K K 2 7 5
J 2 2 2 5
4 4 6 8

t3 t6 t3
2 2

WS106.40 WS148.019 t3 WS178.00 WS199.00 WS220.00

6 6 4
5 M M 5 7
5 5 7
5 5
5 5 7
8 8 6

t3
2 t6 2
WS220.00
WS242.00
t5 1 WS264.00
t3 t2 t 38 t WS274.00
12 WS294.50
2 t 39 WS315.00
5 2
7 3 2
7 2
2 Q Q
7
7 7
3 3

t3
rsr57031, na, 05/14/01

NOTE CENTER PLANK − UPPER


2 Taper.

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 14
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

t1 t7 (USUAL)

t 9 (USUAL) t 9 (USUAL)

(USUAL) t 37 t5 t 26 (USUAL)

(USUAL) t 26 t 9 t5 t 9 t 26 (USUAL)

(USUAL) t18 t18 (USUAL)


(USUAL) t19 t5 t19 (USUAL)

t2
t2
t5
t5 t41 t1 t 42 t1

t5 t5
t17
t2 t17
t2

t1 t1

MAIN − TANK GRAVITY FILL − CAP t17


(TURNED CCW 90°) t17

t1 t 42
(USUAL) t 39 t2 t40
FLUX VALVE INSTALLATION
rsr57032, jl, 11/06/99

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 15
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 2 t3
BL0.00 t 3 t 20 t6 WS85.50 WS106.40
6
2
6 T T 6 6 10
t1
6 S S 8 U U 8 8
4 4 4 V V 8 11 4
R 4
R 4 4 4 13
4 4 9 t5
4 4 4
t1 t18 9 13 4
4 9
t17 t 34 21 9
t1
t2

t5 13
2

2 t6 2 t3
WS199.00 WS220.00

10 11 W 11 10
8 10 W 10
11 11 11

13 2
t t2
5

WS220.00 t3 t 22 t12 WS315.00

4 5 2 X X
4 5 7 7 2
4 2 2 2 2
rsr57033, na, 16/05/01

t 22 t2
NOTE
2 Taper.
AFT PLANK−LOWER

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 16
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

t t
(USUAL) t1 20 (USUAL) 20 t1 (USUAL)
t1 t19 (USUAL)


(USUAL) t18 t5 t18 (USUAL)


(USUAL) t17 t21 (USUAL)

(USUAL) t18 t5 t18 (USUAL)


(USUAL) t17 t17 (USUAL)

(USUAL) t13 t5 t13 (USUAL)



(USUAL) t14 t14 (USUAL)

t18 t5 t18

(2 PLACES) t17 t17 (2 PLACES)

t1

− t1

t
t40 20
(USUAL) t 22 t2
rsr57034, jl, 11/06/99

APU FEED OUTLET


(RIGHT SIDE ONLY)

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 17
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

(USUAL) t26 t27(USUAL)


BL0.00 t 23 t 24 t6 2 t2 2 WS65.75
t 30 t 9 t 9

t 25 9 t 30
2
(4 PLACES) t5
t 25 t7 14 15 9
(4 PLACES) 14 t7
t 26 t5
14 t1
15 9
14
t 30 t6
t 25 14 t2 8
(4 PLACES)
t 26 t36 14 (3 PLACES) t27 t 26 (3 PLACES)
t 35
t 32 t17 14 14 (4 PLACES)
t 25 14
14 14 14 14
5 t 28
14 14 14
5 5
2 5
t 26
t17
t12 t 31
t12 t2

FORWARD PLANK − LOWER


rsr57035, mcp, 28/05/99

NOTE
2 Taper.

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 7)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 18
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

t 3(6 PLACES) t 2 (5 PLACES)


t18
t19
t9 WS65.75 2
t2 t6 t 50 t1 t6 t 36 t50 WS148.019
t 37
t9 t5
t 35 34 9 t 33
6 13
t6 t 31
2 5 t17 13 12
(6 PLACES) t 27
t 35 1 2 t 28 2 11
t 31
(6 16 16 33 33 2
t18
PLACES) 14 16 20 33
14 16 20 33 t6
20 t 22
16 16 1
t 6 t12
16 t6 t 3 (2 PLACES)
16 t 6 (4 PLACES)
t12 t12 (4 PLACES)
t12 16
t2

WS148.09 2 t1 (3 PLACES) t1(2 PLACES) t6


WS242.00
t33
9 22 22 4 2
35 22
t8
35
t1
5
t 36 (3 PLACES)
t2
t50 (3 PLACES)
rsr57036, mcp, 27/05/99

FORWARD PLANK − LOWER

NOTE
2 Taper.

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 8)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 19
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS85.50
BL0.00 t5 t 30 t6 t 31 t 30 21 t 30

t 45
19 19

t 32 9 t 9 9 9
9 9 5

9 9 9 9 9
19 17 17 18

t 51 t 29 t 30 9 t 30 t 29 t 30 9 t 29 t 30 9 t 30 t29 t 30

WS148.019
WS85.50 t29 t5 t 29 t6 t5 9 t 29

17 19 t 20
t30
9 9 9 t 33
t5 9 9
t5
9 9 9 9 9
9
18 20 19
t 20

t5 t 30 t 30 t6

CENTER PLANK − LOWER


rsr57037, mcp, 27/05/99

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 9)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 20
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS148.019 WS242.00
t1 t 5 t1 t 46 t6 t 29 t 36 t 29

t 20 t5
19 30 21
9 9 9 9 9
t 33 9 9
t1
9 9 9
9 9 9 9
19 21 t1
t 20
t3
t 29 t6 t1 t 29 t1 t 46 t1 t 46

WS242.00 WS315.00
t 29 9 t 48 t 48
Z Z

21 9 22
t1 9 9 9 9 9
9 9 t1
t6
9 9 9 9 9
t 47
11 13
t2 t 48
t3 t 29 t1
t 29 t 2 t1
t 48 t1
MID PLANK − LOWER

t 29 t29
t9 t33 t1 t6

Z−Z
rsr57038, na, 18/05/01

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 10)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 21
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BL0.00
t5

t 35
t6 t6
t 35
t17 14
t36 t6
14 t 35 t 26 t 40
t17 t 27
t6 14 t 34 14
14 14
t27
t 26
t6 14 6
STGR5
t 32 t6 14 6
19
36 13 5
STGR7 t 30 (USUAL)
5 5
t 21 (USUAL)

t 52 t 35 t 21 (USUAL)
t5 t2 t6 t 26 t 31 t 30 (USUAL) WS65.75
t 27 (3 PLACES)
WS65.75
t 40 t5
t1 t2
t5
t2

t4
12
12 WS127.25
12
12 4
4
4

t17 t2
4 6
(USUAL)
4 t5 5 4
t18
(USUAL) 5 t5 5 10
3 t5 4 13
rsr57039.dg, na/lr, 15/06/04

t17(USUAL) t17 (USUAL) t6


t18(USUAL) t18(USUAL)

AFT PLANK − LOWER

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 11)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 22
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS127.25
t 36 (USUAL) t10 (USUAL)
t 36 (USUAL)
t2

22
22 15 25 31
24 26 23 23 t2

2 t5 t 33(USUAL) 2 t6 t2 WS199.00

WS199.00 t2 WS264.00

12 32 7

12 11 2
t 49
13 11 7

t6

WS315.00
t2 t 34 t3
WS264.00 t 34

27 28 14
27 28 14
33 27 2

t6 t1
rsr57040, na, 22/05/01

NOTE AFT PLANK − LOWER


2 Taper.

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 12)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 23
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

t t40 t43 t21


WS353.00 43 WS314.00
t3 t43
t40

14 14 t6

14 14 t21
14 14

14 14

14 t3
RIGHT SIDE ONLY
14

14
14
14
14
t3

t21 OUTER WING PANEL − UPPER

t44(USUAL) WS314.50
t44
WS353.00

t3
29

29

t3 29
t21 t3
29
t44

29

29 29
rsr57041, na, 22/05/01

OUTER WING PANEL − LOWER

Wing−Box Skin Panels – Thickness Dimension Data


Figure 4 (Sheet 13)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 24
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PANEL THICKNESS DIMENSIONS


POCKETS
LOCATION THICKNESS in. LOCATION THICKNESS in. LOCATION THICKNESS in.
(mm) (mm) (mm)
1 0.090 (2.29) 13 0.150 (3.81) 25 0.205 (5.21)
2 0.100 (2.54) 14 0.080 (2.03) 26 0.215 (5.46)
3 0.115 (2.92) 15 0.230 (5.84) 27 0.070 (1.78)
4 0.120 (3.05) 16 0.075 (1.91) 28 0.065 (1.65)
5 0.110 (2.79) 17 0.290 (7.37) 29 0.055 (1.40)
6 0.125 (3.18) 18 0.270 (6.86) 30 0.275 (6.99)
7 0.105 (2.67) 19 0.300 (7.62) 31 0.195 (4.95)
8 0.130 (3.30) 20 0.280 (7.11) 32 0.145 (3.68)
9 0.200 (5.08) 21 0.250 (6.35) 33 0.085 (2.16)
10 0.135 (3.43) 22 0.180 (4.57) 34 0.175 (4.45)
11 0.140 (3.56) 23 0.190 (4.83) 35 0.170 (4.32)
12 0.160 (4.06) 24 0.225 (5.72) 36† 0.350 (8.89)
t1 0.250 (6.35) t18 0.240 (6.10) t35 0.225 (5.72)
t2 0.200 (5.08) t19 0.185 (4.70) t36 0.280 (7.11)
t3 0.125 (3.18) t20 0.375 (9.53) t37 0.165 (4.19)
t4 0.160 (4.06) t21 0.190 (4.83) t38 0.145 (3.68)
t5 0.300 (7.62) t22 0.120 (3.05) t39 0.135 (3.43)
t6 0.150 (3.81) t23 0.287 (7.29) t40 0.100 (2.54)
t7 0.175 (4.46) t24 0.193 (4.90) t41 0.400 (10.16)
t8 0.070 (1.78) t25 0.275 (6.99) t42 0.320 (8.13)
t9 0.235 (5.97) t26 0.170 (4.32) t43 0.080 (2.03)
t10 0.365 (9.27) t27 0.260 (6.60) t44 0.090 (2.29)
t11 0.500 (12.70) t28 0.155 (3.94) t45 0.290 (7.37)
t12 0.140 (3.56) t29 0.340 (8.64) t46 0.310 (7.87)
t13 0.245 (6.22) t30 0.270 (6.86) t47 0.220 (5.59)
t14 0.195 (4.95) t31 0.350 (8.89) t48 0.295 (7.49)
t15 0.205 (5.21) t32 0.380 (9.65) t49 0.130 (3.30)

Key to Figure 4 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 25
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PANEL THICKNESS DIMENSIONS


t16 0.440 (11.18) t33 0.450 (11.43) t50 0.360 (9.14)
t17 0.180 (4.57) t34 0.095 (2.41) t51 0.410 (10.41)
t52† 0.300 (7.62)
†EFFECTIVITY: 7940−8999
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless specified otherwise.
NOTE: Skin thickness tolerances = ±0.005 in. (±0.13 mm).
NOTE: Numerals represent thickness of machined pockets and t’s represent thickness of stringer
run−outs and of all other padded areas.

Key to Figure 4 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 26
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX SKIN AND PLATING − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−31, page block 101−199 and SRM
57−00−00, page block 101−199 may not apply to this section. You must replace the general limits of
10% with the limits specified for each item identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage
limits for any item not specified in section 2 below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft,
Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
The upper and lower planks of the wing box have integral stringers. This page block gives allowable
damage limits for the wing plank skins and their integral stringers. Allowable damage limits are also
given for the outer wing panels and the wing plugs.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For General − Wing−Box Upper and Lower Planks − Allowable Damage, refer to Figure 101.
For the Wing−Box Upper Plank, refer to Figure 102.
For the Wing−Box Outer Wing Panel Upper Skin, refer to Figure 103.
For the Wing Plug−Upper Skin Panel, refer to Figure 104.
For the Wing−Box Lower Plank, refer to Figure 105.
For the Wing−Box Outer Wing Panel Lower Skin, refer to Figure 106.
For the Wing Plug−Lower Skin Panel, refer to Figure 107.
For the Detail Wing−Box Planks, refer to Figure 108.
For the Wing−Box Upper and Lower Skins, refer to Table 101.
For the Wing−Box Upper and Lower Integral Stringers, refer to Table 102.
For the Wing−Box Outer Wing Panel and Wing Plug Upper and Lower Skins, refer to Table 103.
For the Wing−Box Outer Wing Panel and Wing Plug Stringers, refer to Table 104.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 101
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WING
PLANK
NO REWORK SKIN
1 PERMITTED ONE BAY
ON THIS
DAMAGED
SKIN

RIB

RIB

EXISTING REWORKED
INTEGRAL STRINGER

NOTES
1 Blending of skin is permitted provided the 2 adjacent stringers and rib cap
in the same bay (bay is limited by adjacent ribs and adjacent stringers)
do not have pre−existing damage, except in restricted areas.

2 No rework permitted in an area within a 2D radius around fasteners.

3 Blending up to 10% of stringer thickness or height is permitted provided


the wing skin in the 2 adjacent bays do not have pre−existing damage,
except in restricted areas.

DAMAGE
REMOVAL LIMIT 2D
2
rsr57183.dg, ds/lr, 16/06/04

No rework permitted
D

General − Wing−Box Upper and Lower Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 101

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 102
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

BL0.00 2 WS29.421
REAR WS22.50
SPAR
(REF)

STGR1
STGR2
STGR3
STGR4
STGR5
STGR6
STGR7
STGR8
STGR9
STGR10
STGR11
STGR12
STGR13
STGR14 FRONT SPAR
STGR15 (REF)
STGR16
STGR17 WS85.50
STGR18
STGR19 NOTES
STGR20 1. The structure is symmetrical
STGR21 WS65.75 around the aircraft centerline,
STGR22 unless shown differently.
STGR23 2 For detail, refer to Figure 108,
STGR24 BL45.00 sheet 1.
A
STGR25
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON
STGR26
LEFT SIDE WING UPPER SKIN FROM BL0.00 TO WS85.50
DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.015 0.38
rsr57206.dg, lr, 17/06/04

0.010 0.25 Maximum blend depth permitted


0.005 0.13
− − No damage permitted on skin
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer

Wing−Box Upper Plank − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 103
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

B NOTE
1. The structure is symmetrical
around the aircraft centerline,
unless shown differently.

AUXILIARY
SPAR
(REF)

REAR SPAR
(REF)

STGR5
STGR6
STGR7
STGR8
STGR9
STGR10
STGR11 FRONT SPAR
STGR12 (REF)
STGR13
STGR14
WS148.019
STGR15
STGR16 WS137.60
STGR17
STGR18 WS127.25
STGR19
STGR20
STGR21
B
STGR22 WS106.40
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON
STGR23 LEFT SIDE WING UPPER SKIN FROM WS85.50 TO WS148.019
WS96.134
DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
WS85.50 in. mm
rsr57207.dg, lr, 17/06/04

0.015 0.38
0.25 Maximum blend
0.010
depth permitted
0.005 0.13
− − No damage permitted on skin

Wing−Box Upper Plank − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 104
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

REAR
SPAR
(REF)
STGR6
STGR7
STGR8 WS242.00
STGR9
STGR10
STGR11 WS220.00
STGR12
STGR13
WS199.00
STGR14
STGR15
3
STGR16
WS178.00
STGR17
STGR18
WS163.00
STGR19 C
FRONT
SPAR VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON
(REF) LEFT SIDE WING UPPER SKIN FROM WS148.019 TO WS242.00
WS148.019
NOTES
1. The structure is
symmetrical around the
DAMAGE DEPTH aircraft centerline, unless
CODE REMARKS
in. mm shown differently.
rsr57208.dg, lr, 17/06/04

0.015 0.38 3 No blending permitted


Maximum blend depth permitted within 2.00 in. (50.80 mm)
0.010 0.25
− − No damage permitted on skin of edge of cut−out, all
around.
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer

Wing−Box Upper Plank − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 105
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS314.50

NOTES
1. The structure is symmetrical around the aircraft
centerline, unless shown differently.
3 No blending permitted within 2.00 in. (50.80 mm)
of edge of cut−out, all around.

REAR SPAR
(REF)

STGR6
STGR7
STGR8 WS294.50
STGR9
STGR10
STGR11 WS274.00
STGR12
3
STGR13
STGR14
WS264.00
STGR15
FRONT D
SPAR
(REF) VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON
WS242.00 LEFT SIDE WING UPPER SKIN FROM WS242.00 TO WS314.50

DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.015 0.38
rsr57209.dg, lr, 21/06/04

0.010 0.25 Maximum blend depth permitted


0.005 0.13
− − No damage permitted on skin
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer

Wing−Box Upper Plank − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 106
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

A
CL
WS353.00
FLUTTER
DAMPER

WS330.25

WS314.50

REAR SPAR
(REF)

STRINGER

STRINGER

STRINGER

STRINGER

STRINGER

STRINGER
NOTES
STRINGER
1. The structure is symmetrical
around the aircraft centerline, FRONT SPAR
unless shown differently. (REF) A
2 No blending permitted within VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON
2.00 in. (50.80 mm) of edge of LEFT SIDE OUTER WING PANEL−UPPER SKIN
cut−out, all around. Cut−out
on left side wing only.

DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
rsr57211.dg, lr, 10/06/04

0.010 0.25
Maximum blend depth permitted
0.005 0.13
− − No damage permitted on skin
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer

Wing−Box Outer Wing Panel Upper Skin WS314.50 to WS353.00 − Allowable Damage
Figure 103

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 107
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS389.00

WS362.40
(REF)

WS371.00
WS379.20
(REF)

WS353.00

REAR SPAR
(REF)

STRINGER

STRINGER

STRINGER

STRINGER

STRINGER
A
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON
FRONT SPAR
LEFT SIDE WING PLUG−UPPER SKIN
(REF)

NOTE
rsr57212.dg, lr, 10/06/04

1. The structure is symmetrical


DAMAGE DEPTH
around the aircraft centerline, CODE REMARKS
unless shown differently. in. mm
0.005 0.13 Maximum blend depth permitted

Wing Plug Upper Skin Panel WS353.00 to WS389.00 − Allowable Damage


Figure 104

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 108
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES
A
1. The structure is symmetrical around the
aircraft centerline, unless shown differently.
2 No blending permitted within 2.00 in.
WS29.421 (50.80 mm) of edge of cut−out, all around.
3
STGR26 3 Refer to Figure 108, sheets 2, 3, 4, 9 and 10.
STGR25
STGR24 BL45.00
3
STGR23
STGR22
STGR21 WS65.75
STGR20
STGR19
STGR18
STGR17 WS85.50
STGR16
STGR15
FRONT
STGR14 SPAR
2 (REF)
3

STGR10 2
STGR9
STGR8 2
STGR7
3
STGR6
2
STGR5
STGR4
2
STGR3
STGR2
STGR1

3
REAR
SPAR
(REF) BL0.00 A
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN FROM BL0.00 TO WS85.50
DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm 3
0.015 0.38
rsr57215.dg, lr, 17/06/04

0.010 0.25 Maximum blend depth permitted


3
0.005 0.13
− − No damage permitted on skin
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer WS80.50

Wing−Box Lower Plank − Allowable Damage


Figure 105 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 109
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS85.50
FRONT SPAR B
(REF)
STGR23
STGR22 WS106.40
STGR21
STGR20
STGR19
WS127.25
STGR18
STGR17
STGR16 WS148.019
STGR15
3
STGR14
NOTES
3 1. The structure is
symmetrical around the
STGR10 2 aircraft centerline, unless
shown differently.
STGR9
2 No blending permitted
STGR8 2 within 2.00 in. (50.80 mm)
STGR7 of edge of cut−out, all
around.
STGR6 2
3 Refer to Figure 108,
STGR5 sheets 3, 5, 6, 9 and 10.
REAR SPAR
(REF)

AUXILIARY
SPAR
(REF) B
3
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN FROM WS65.50 TO WS148.019
DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.015 0.38
rsr57216.dg, lr, 17/06/04

0.010 0.25 Maximum blend depth permitted


0.005 0.13
− − No damage permitted on skin
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer

Wing−Box Lower Plank − Allowable Damage


Figure 105 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 110
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS148.019
NOTES
FRONT SPAR
DATUM 1. The structure is symmetrical around the
aircraft centerline, unless shown differently.
WS163.00
STGR18 2 No blending permitted within 2.00 in.
STGR17 (50.80 mm) of edge of cut−out, all around.
STGR16 WS178.00 3 Refer to Figure 108, sheets 6, 7, 8, 10 and 11.
STGR15
STGR14
WS199.00

WS220.00
STGR10
2 3
STGR9
STGR8
WS242.00
STGR7 2
STGR6

REAR SPAR 2
DATUM

C 3
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN FROM WS148.019 TO WS242.00
DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.015 0.38
rsr57217.dg, lr, 17/06/04

0.010 0.25 Maximum blend depth permitted


0.005 0.13
− − No damage permitted on skin
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer

Wing−Box Lower Plank − Allowable Damage


Figure 105 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 111
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS242.00
NOTES
FRONT SPAR 3 1. The structure is symmetrical around the
DATUM aircraft centerline, unless shown differently.
2 No blending permitted within 2.00 in.
STGR15 WS264.00 (50.80 mm) of edge of cut−out, all around.
STGR14 3 Refer to Figure 108, sheets 8, 10, 11 and 12.

WS274.00

STGR10 2
STGR9
WS294.50
STGR8
2
STGR7
3
STGR6 2

REAR SPAR
DATUM
2

D
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN FROM WS242.00 TO WS314.50
3
DAMAGE DEPTH WS314.50
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.015 0.38
rsr57218.dg, lr, 17/06/04

0.010 0.25 Maximum blend depth permitted


0.005 0.13
− − No damage permitted on skin
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer

Wing−Box Lower Plank − Allowable Damage


Figure 105 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 112
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS314.50

WS353.00

FRONT SPAR
DATUM TRACE

NOTES
1. The structure is symmetrical
around the aircraft centerline,
unless shown differently.
3 3 Refer to figure 108 sheet 12.

WS330.25 3

WS343.50 REAR SPAR


A DATUM TRACE
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE OUTER WING PANEL−LOWER SKIN
rsr57214.dg, lr/ds, 10/06/04

DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.005 0.13 Maximum blend depth permitted
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer

Wing−Box Outer Wing Panel Lower Skin WS314.50 to WS353.00 − Allowable Damage
Figure 106

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 113
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS353.00
A
FRONT SPAR
(REF)

WS371.00
STRINGER

STRINGER WS389.00

STRINGER

STRINGER

REAR SPAR
(REF)

NOTES
1. The structure is symmetrical A
around the aircraft centerline,
unless shown differently. VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING PLUG−LOWER SKIN
2 Refer to figure 108, sheet 12.

DAMAGE DEPTH
rsr57213.dg, lr, 10/06/04

CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.005 0.13 Maximum blend depth permitted
− − No damage permitted on skin
− − No damage permitted on skin and stringer

Wing Plug Lower Skin Panel WS353.00 to WS389.00 − Allowable Damage


Figure 107

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 114
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WING UPPER
SKIN AFT PLANK

STGR3 (REF)
2.00 in. (50.8 mm)
AROUND THE
PERIMETER OF THE FITTING

STGR2 (REF)

STGR1 (REF)

REAR SPAR

FITTING
(WING TO FUSE
BL22.50 ATTACHMENT)
FS513.00

BL13.10

No rework permitted
on skin and stringer
rsr57210.dg, ds/lr, 17/06/04

VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON LEFT SIDE WING UPPER SURFACE


AT WING TO FUSE ATTACHMENT FITTING

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 115
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES
1 Measurements in the inboard and outboard
directions are perpendicular to BL0.0 and in
the forward and aft directions at stringers 8
and 16 skin splice joints, are parellel to BL0.0.

2 Measurements are from left side WS62.50 to


right side WS62.50 and from the aft edge of
the skin at the rear spar up to 3 inches forward
BL0.00 of the skin edge.
A
3 Measurements are 3.0 inches each on inboard
WS29.42 and outboard of WS80.50 and from the wing
4.00 in. rear spar to auxiliary spar.
(101.6 mm)
4.00 in.
BL0.0 3.00 in. (101.6 mm) No rework permitted
(76.2 mm) on skin and stringer
3.00 in.
(76.2 mm)
10.00 in. = =
(254.0 mm)
10.00 in. WS80.50
10.00 in. (101.6 mm)
(254.0 mm)
10.00 in. 4.00 in.
(254.0 mm) == FORWARD
(101.6 mm)
PLANK

FRONT SPAR
DATUM
10.00 in.
(254.0 mm)
10.00 in. FORWARD
(254.0 mm) SPLICE JOINT
STGR16 DATUM
10.00 in. = =
(254.0 mm)

AFT SPLICE JOINT


3.00 in. STGR 8 DATUM
2 (76.2 mm)
AFT EDGE
AFT SKIN/AFT
PLANK FLANK AT THE
rsr57184.dg, ds/lr, 21/06/04

REAR SPAR
AUXILIARY SPAR
WS 6.00 in. ==
62.50 (152.4 mm) 3
A
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN FROM BL0.00 TO WS80.50

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 116
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
4 Restriction applies to the ten drain
holes located in the lower wing plank
skin, 5 on the left wing and 5 on the
right wing.
The drain holes are situated in
B the following locations
At BL5 between stringer 5 and 7
At BL7 between stringer 14 and 15
At WS50 between stringer 16 and 17
At WS68 between stringer 14 and 15
At WS88 between stringer 14 and 15

BL0.0
WS22.50

1.0 in.
(2.54 mm) STGR8 DATUM
DRAIN
HOLE 1.0 in. (AFT SPLICE JOINT)
(2.54 mm)
VALVE FORWARD
ATTACHMENT PLANK
HOLES
STGR7 DATUM

1.0 in.
(2.54 mm)
or
R. 3.68 in. AFT
(93.47 mm) PLANK

WS0.00
(BL0.00)
FUEL BOOST
PUMP HOLE BL11.00
rsr57185.dg, ds/lr, 17/06/04

No rework permitted
on skin and stringer STGR5 DATUM

B
VIEW LOOKING UP ON LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN AT
FUEL BOOST PUMP AND WATER DRAIN HOLES

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 117
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
5 Measurements in the inboard and outboard
directions are perpendicular to WS45.00 and
in the forward and aft directions are parallel
to WS45.00

C No rework permitted
on skin and stringer
WS45.00

BL22.50 WS45.00
8.00 in. 2.00 in.
(203.2 mm) (50.8 mm) =
=
6.00 in.
(152.4 mm)

WS65.75

4.00 in. = =
(101.6 mm)
FORWARD
PLANK 6.00 in. FORWARD EDGE OF
(152.4 mm) = = FORWARD PLANK

12.00 in.
5 (304.8 mm)

CENTER
PLANK
STGR16 DATUM

12.00 in.
5 (304.8 mm)

AFT
PLANK STGR8 DATUM

12.00 in. AFT EDGE OF


(304.8 mm) AFT SPAR
= = 8.00 in.
rsr57186.dg, ds, 12/05/04

(203.2 mm)

C
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN AT WS45.00

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 118
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS/BL
127.50
NOTE
6 Measurements in the inboard and outboard
directions are along the plank skin joint and
in the forward and aft directions are
perpendicular to the plank skin joint.

D
No rework permitted
on skin and stringer

WS106.40

FORWARD WS127.50
PLANK (RIB REF)

6.00 in.
(152.4 mm)
6.00 in.
(152.4 mm)
= =

6
CENTER
PLANK
STGR16 DATUM
6.00 in.
(152.4 mm)
6.00 in.
6 (152.4 mm)
AFT
PLANK
6.00 in.
(152.4 mm)
= =
STGR8 DATUM
6.00 in.
(152.4 mm)
rsr57187.dg, ds/lr, 17/06/04

D
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN AT WS127.50

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 119
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
WS148.019
7 Measurements in the inboard and outboard
directions are perpendicular to the WS148.019
and in the forward and aft directions are parellel
to WS148.019 from the forward edge of the
forward plank to the aft edge of the aft plank.

E No rework permitted
on skin and stringer

FORWARD EDGE
OF FORWARD PLANK

WS148.019
RIB (REF) 7
FORWARD
PLANK = = 8.00 in.
(103.2 mm)

WS178.00

FRONT SPAR (REF)


CENTER
PLANK

STGR16 DATUM

AFT
PLANK

4.00 in.
(101.6 mm)
4.00 in.
(101.6 mm)
AFT EDGE
OF AFT FLANK STGR8 DATUM
10.00 in.
(254.0 mm) = =
rsr57188.dg, ds/lr, 17/06/04

REAR SPAR (REF)


E

VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN AT WS148.019

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 120
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS/BL NOTE
168.00 8 Measurements in the inboard and outboard
directions are perpendicular to WS168.00
and in the forward direction parallel to
WS168.00 from the aft edge of the plank.

F No rework permitted
on skin and stringer

CENTER PLANK

SPLICE STGR8
DATUM (REF)

AFT
PLANK
8.00 in.
(203.2 mm)

REAR SPAR DATUM


2.00 in.
AFT EDGE (50.8 mm)
OF AFT PLANK WS178.00
2.00 in. (RIB REF)
(50.8 mm)
WS163.00
(RIB REF) WS168.00
(NO RIB) 8
rsr57189.dg, ds/lr, 17/06/04

F
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER SKIN AT WS168.00

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 7)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 121
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
WS242.00 9 Measurements in the inboard and outboard
directions are parallel to the front spar and
in the forward and aft directions are
parallel to the WS242.00.

No rework permitted
G on skin and stringer

WS242.00
10.00 in. (RIB REF) 9
(254 mm)
FORWARD
PLANK 2.00 in. FORWARD
(50.8 mm) END OF
STGR16 FRONT SPAR
DATUM LOWER CAP
FRONT
SPAR DATUM
CENTER
PLANK

STGR14
DATUM
90
DEGREES

EDGE OF THE
ACCESS HOLE
rsr57190.dg, ds/lr, 17/06/04

G
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER FORWARD AND CENTER PLANKS AT WS242.00

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 8)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 122
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS 45.00
4.00 in.
(101.6 mm) 10
H
4.00 in.
(101.6 mm)
10
4.00 in. WS 65.75
(101.6 mm)
4.00 in.
(101.6 mm)
WS 45.00
WS 65.75

FORWARD
SPLICE DATUM−
STGR16
AFT
SPLICE
STGR8 ACCESS PANEL
RIB
DATUM

10
RIB
10 ON WING LOWER SKIN PLANK
NO REWORK IS PERMITTED
WITHIN 2 INCHES AROUND
THE PERIMETER OF THE
STEEL STRAP 601R10933−1

MLG LOWER
TRUNNION STRAP

REAR SPAR DATUM

No rework permitted NOTE


on skin and stringer
10 No rework zone limit is 2 inches
(50.8 mm) measured from the
center of the outer row of
fasteners/holes.
AUXILIARY SPAR
DATUM
rsr57191.dg, ds/lr, 17/06/04

H
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER CENTER
AND AFT PLANKS AT WS45.00 AND WS65.75

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 9)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 123
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES
11 No rework is permitted within 2.0 inches
(50.8 mm) around the perimeter of the
forward and aft fittings located at WS80.50,
J WS127.50, WS178.00, WS220.00 and
WS264.00.
17 Hinge box fairing removed for clarity.

WS80.50
WS127.25
WS178.00 No rework permitted
WS220.00 on skin and stringer
WS264.00

FORWARD 2.00 in.


FITTING 11 (50.80 mm)
ALL AROUND FW
D
AFT
FITTING D
INB

2.00 in.
11 (50.80 mm)
WING ALL AROUND
LOWER−AFT PLANK

OUTBOARD FLAP
HINGE−BOX
(REF)
rsr57192.dg, ds/lr, 21/06/04

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD AT


17
FITTINGS FOR HINGE BOX AT WS178.00
(VIEW SIMILAR AT WS80.50, WS127.25, WS220.00 AND WS264.00)

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 10)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 124
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
K
12 Measurement in the inboard and outboard directions
are perpendicular to the respective WS as shown and
in the forward direction are from the aft edge of the
wing lower skin to stringer 8 (fwd edge of the aft plank).

WS80.50
WS127.25
WS178.00
WS220.00 No rework permitted
on skin and stringer
WS264.00
LOWER SKIN
FORWARD
PLANK WS127.25

WS148.00
WS168.00
STGR16 WS178.00
DATUM
WS199.00

WS220.00
FORWARD
EDGE WS242.00
OF AFT
PLANK
WS264.00
LOWER SKIN
AFT CENTER PLANK
EDGE
OF AFT
PLANK FRONT
== 6.00 in. SPAR
(152.4 mm) DATUM
AUXILIARY
SPAR 1 6.00 in. ==
(152.4 mm)
1 STGR8
6.00 in. == DATUM
1 (152.4 mm)
REAR
LOWER SKIN 6.00 in. == SPAR
AFT PLANK (152.4 mm) DATUM
rsr57193.dg, ds/lr, 17/06/04

1
AFT EDGE
K OF AFT
PLANK
VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER AFT PLANK AT
FLAP HINGE BOXES WS127.25 TO WS264.00

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 11)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 125
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
13 Measurement is all around the perimeter
from the edge of the cut out.
WS/BL
314.50 14 Measurement in the inboard and outboard
WS/BL directions are perpendicular to WS314.50
353.00 and in the forward direction from the aft
edge of the aft plank skin.
15 Measurement in the inboard and outboard
directions are perpendicular to WS314.50
and in the aft direction is parallel
L to WS314.50.
16 Measurement in the inboard and outboard
directions are from WS353.00 and in the
SKIN SPLICE forward and aft directions from the rear
ALONG RIB (REF)
spar datum.
6.00 in.
15 (152.4 mm)
FORWARD EDGE OF
6.00 in. FORWARD PLANK SKIN
(152.4 mm)

12.00 in.
(304.8 mm)

CENTER PLANK
3.00 in.
STGR8 SKIN SPLICE (76.20 mm)
13

AFT PLANK
16
6.00 in.
(152.4 mm) = =

REAR SPAR =
DATUM =
WS294.50 5.00 in. 6.00 in.
(127.0 mm) (152.4 mm) AFT EDGE WS353.00
OF AFT
14 WS314.50 PLANK SKIN
4.00 in.
WS330.25 (101.6 mm)
No rework permitted
rsr57194.dg, ds/lr, 17/06/04

on skin and stringer


L

VIEW LOOKING UP ON
LEFT SIDE WING LOWER CENTER AND AFT PLANKS
FROM WS294.50 TO WS353.00

Detail Wing−Box Planks − Allowable Damage


Figure 108 (Sheet 12)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 126
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Box Upper and Lower Skins − Allowable Damage


Table 101
DESCRIPTION DAMAGE TYPE LIMITS/REMARKS
Wing− box upper Dents Not Permitted.
and lower skins
Cracks Maximum blend depth areas, and areas where no
damage is permitted are shown in Figure 102 and
Scratches, nicks, gouges, and Figure 105.
corrosion
No rework to a plank skin (interior or exterior) is
permitted if prior rework to either adjacent stringer
or either adjacent rib cap exists in the same bay
(bay is limited by ribs and stringers). In summary,
one instance of damage per bay is permitted.
Refer to Figure 101.
No rework is permitted in an area within a 2D
radius around fasteners. Refer to Figure 101.
Refer to SRM 57−00−31, page block 101−199 for
blending details.
Holes and punctures Not Permitted.
General Damage is permitted in only one element at a
given cross−section. Removed damage at one
element must not have an overlap damage at
another element.
If the part was shot peened when it was originally
made, it must be shot peened again (refer to SRM
51−41−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: The “no rework permitted” restriction is applicable to the wing plank skin/integral stringers only
even though other components exist in respective subject areas.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when 30 % or more of its length/area is
damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support.
NOTE: For full instructions the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.
NOTE: Restricted area(s) may overlap in some Figures.








Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 127
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing−Box Upper and Lower Stringers − Allowable Damage


Table 102
DESCRIPTION DAMAGE TYPE LIMITS/REMARKS
Wing− box upper Dents Not Permitted.
and lower integral
stringers Cracks Maximum blend depth areas, and areas where no
damage is permitted are shown in Figure 102 and
Scratches, nicks, gouges, and Figure 105.
corrosion
No rework to a stringer is permitted if prior rework
to a skin surface (interior or exterior) exists in the 2
adjacent bays (bay is limited by ribs and stringers).
Refer to Figure 101.
No rework is permitted in an area within a 2D
radius around fasteners. Refer to Figure 101.
Refer to SRM 57−00−00, page block 101−199 for
blending details.
Holes and punctures Not Permitted.
General Damage is permitted in only one element at a
given cross−section. Removed damage at one
element must not have an overlap damage at
another element.
If the part was shot peened when it was originally
made, it must be shot peened again (refer to SRM
51−41−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: The “no rework permitted” restriction is applicable to the wing plank skin/integral stringers only
even though other components exist in respective subject areas.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when 30% or more of its length/area is
damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support.
NOTE: For full instructions the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.
NOTE: Restricted area(s) may overlap in some Figures.








Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 128
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Wing Panel And Wing Plug, Upper And Lower Skins − Allowable Damage
Table 103
DESCRIPTION DAMAGE TYPE LIMITS/REMARKS
Outer wing panel, Dents Not Permitted.
upper and lower
skins
Wing plug, upper Cracks Maximum blend depth areas, and areas where no
and lower skins damage is permitted are shown in Figures 103,
Scratches, nicks, gouges, 104, 106 and Figure 107.
corrosion
No rework to a plank skin (interior or exterior) is
permitted if prior rework to either adjacent stringer
or either adjacent rib cap exists in the same bay
(bay is limited by ribs and stringers). In summary,
one instance of damage per bay is permitted.
Refer to Figure 101.
No rework is permitted in an area within a 2D
radius around fasteners. Refer to Figure 101.
Refer to 57−00−31, page block 101−199 for
blending details.
Holes and punctures Not Permitted.
General Damage is permitted in only one element at a
given cross−section. Removed damage at one
element must not have an overlap damage at
another element.
If the part was shot peened when it was originally
made, it must be shot peened again (refer to SRM
51−41−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: The “no rework permitted” restriction is applicable to the wing plank skin and stringers only even
though other components may exist in respective subject areas.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when 30 % or more of its length/area is
damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support.
NOTE: For full instructions the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.
NOTE: Restricted area(s) may overlap in some Figures.








Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 129
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Outer Wing Panel And Wing Plug, Upper And Lower Stringers − Allowable Damage
Table 104
DESCRIPTION DAMAGE TYPE LIMITS/REMARKS
Outer wing panel, Dents Not Permitted.
upper and lower
stringers
Wing plug, upper Cracks Maximum blend depth areas, and areas where no
and lower stringers damage is permitted are shown in Figures 103,
Scratches, nicks, gouges, 104, 106 and Figure 107.
corrosion
No rework to a stringer is permitted if prior rework
to a skin surface (interior or exterior) exists in the 2
adjacent bays (bay is limited by ribs and stringers).
Refer to Figure 101.
No rework is permitted in an area within a 2D
radius around fasteners. Refer to Figure 101.
Refer to 57−00−00, page block 101−199 for
blending details.
Holes and punctures Not Permitted.
General Damage is permitted in only one element at a
given cross−section. Removed damage at one
element must not have an overlap damage at
another element.
If the part was shot peened when it was originally
made, it must be shot peened again (refer to SRM
51−41−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: The “no rework permitted” restriction is applicable to the wing plank skin and stringers only even
though other components may exist in respective subject areas.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when 30 % or more of its length/area is
damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support.
NOTE: For full instructions the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.
NOTE: Restricted area(s) may overlap in some Figures.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 130
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING BOX SKIN AND PLATING − REPAIRS

1. General
For repairs to the wing plank, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support
(refer toSRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
CAUTION: REPAIRS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (*) ARE AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATION
ITEMS (REFER TO SRM 51−13−00). THE APPLICABLE MANDATORY INSPECTION
REQUIREMENTS ARE IN THE STRUCTURAL REPAIR LIMITATIONS SECTION OF
PART 2, APPENDIX B, OF THE CRJ200 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS MANUAL
(CSP−A−053).
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−21−030 * Repair to wing lower planks fuel tank access door cutouts
601R−57−21−046 * Aft lower wing plank generic repair
601R−57−21−130 * Repair to lower wing plank LWS148.019 and RWS148.019
601R−57−21−131 Deviation to REO601R−57−21−130
601R−57−21−470 Deviation to REO601R−57−21−130
601R−57−21−138 Temporary repair to lower aft skin plank
601R−57−21−169 * Repair to aft wing plank STR5 to 7, LH & RH, BL11.18 (fuel
boost pump satellite holes

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−31 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING−BOX ACCESS DOORS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the access doors and panels on the wing’s surfaces, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEGEND
t1= 0.050 in. (1.27 mm). t15= 0.520 in. (13.21 mm).
t2= 0.055 in. (1.40 mm). t16= 0.040 in. (1.02 mm).
t3= 0.060 in. (1.52 mm). t17= 0.079 in. (2.01 mm).
t4= 0.065 in. (1.65 mm). t18= 0.168 in. (4.27 mm).
t5= 0.450 in. (1.14 mm) (Item 24). t19= 0.362 in. (9.91 mm).
t6= 0.510 in. (12.96 mm) (Item 24A). t20= 0.552 in. (14.02 mm). CL
t7= 0.080 in. (2.03 mm).
WS 80.49
t8= 0.090 in. (2.29 mm).
t9= 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).
t10= 0.125 in. (3.18 mm). WS 127.25
t11= 0.130 in. (3.30 mm).
t12= 0.142 in. (3.60 mm).
t13= 0.150 in. (3.81 mm).
t14= 0.032 in. (0.81 mm).
WS 274.00

WS 314.50

WS 389.00

2 1
WS 96.134
STR 12
3 VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON TOP SKIN
OF AIRCRAFT WING

11 t3 t10

12
rsr57044.dg, mcp/rm, 06/02/03

t9

Wing−Box Access Doors, Upper and Lower Wing Surfaces – Structural Identification
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

t9

t3 t8

FUEL CAP
(REF)

5 4
rsr57045.dg, rm, 05/02/03

t8

Wing−Box Access Doors, Upper and Lower Wing Surfaces – Structural Identification
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

10 9 RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND


SIDE ONLY CL SIDE ONLY
7
WS 80.49

WS 127.25

8
TYPICAL 2 PLACES WS 274.00
7
7A
WS 314.50

WS 389.00

23

6 6 7
STR 12 6 6A 6A 7A 24
6A
VIEW LOOKING UP ON BOTTOM SKIN
OF AIRCRAFT WING

t17 t18 t19 10 (REF) t15 9 (REF) t14 t16

PHENOLIC ASSEMBLY 8 (REF)


600−10057−43 t6
(REF) t5
t7

CLAMP RING ASSEMBLY


601R10907−19
(REF) t12
7
7A
rsr57051.dg, rm, 06/02/03

Wing−Box Access Doors, Upper and Lower Wing Surfaces – Structural Identification
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 4
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

t1 t11 t7 7A

t7 t11 t13 t1

FOR −7ONLY
CLAMP RING ASSEMBLY
FOR −7A REFER TO VIEW "N"
601R10907−19
(REF)
6
6A

t1 t11 t4 6A

t4 t11 t13 t1
rsr57052.dg, rm, 05/02/03

FOR −6 ONLY
FOR −6A REFER TO VIEW "T"

Wing−Box Access Doors, Upper and Lower Wing Surfaces – Structural Identification
Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 5
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

t4 t10

17 18

16

17 (REF) 18 (REF)

OML
16 (REF)

t17 t18 t19 t14

t20

PHENOLIC STRIP
t16
600−10050−13
(REF)
GASKET
600−10342−1
13 (REF)
t1 t2
rsr57054.dg, rm, 05/02/03

Wing−Box Access Doors, Upper and Lower Wing Surfaces – Structural Identification
Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 6
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

22

21

20

22

19
t10 21 21 t9
AB

REAR SPAR
DATUM
(REF)
22 20
22 22
t2

t10

15 15

t8
14 14

t1
rsr57055.dg, rm, 05/02/03

Wing−Box Access Doors, Upper and Lower Wing Surfaces – Structural Identification
Figure 1 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 7
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Door 601R10934 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 † A109
2 Door 600−10003 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 † A109
3 Cover, flux valve 600−10195 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 † A100
4 Access Panel 601R10048 0.090 (2.29) 7075−T76 †† ♦♦♦ A109
5 Stiffener S−6837 extruded 7075−T6511 ¶ A012
6 Door, fuel tank access 601R10906 0.150 (3.81) 7075−T73 ††† A048 7002
6A Door, fuel tank access 0.150 (3.81) 7075−T73 ††† A039 7003−8400
7 Door, fuel tank access 0.150 (3.81) 7075−T73 ††† A048 7002
7A Door, fuel tank access 0.150 (3.81) 7075−T73 ††† A039 7003−8400
Bonded Door Assy 600−10051 A045‡‡‡
8 Dish, outer 0.625 (15.88) 2024−T351 ‡ A045♦
♣♣
9 Honeycomb .430 (10.92)
MIL−C−7438−2−6−5/32−7 N
(5052)
10 Plate, inner 0.032 (0.81) 2024−T3 ‡ A045♦
♣♣
Cover, Assy (Right Wing 600−10047
Only)
11 Cover 0.125 (3.18) 2024−T3 ‡ A101♣
12 Bumper (Phenolic) 1.00 (25.4) MIL−P−15035 Type
FBI
13 Panel 600−10240 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 † A102
14 Panel 600−10058 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 ‡ A109
15 Stiffener 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 † A010
Bonded Assy 600−10050 A045♦♦
16 Dish, outer 1.00 (25.4) 2024−T351 ‡ A045
17 Plate, inner 0.032 (0.81) 2024−T3 ‡ A048
18 Honeycomb 0.480 (12.19)
MIL−C−7438−2−6−5/32−7 N
(5052)
Panel Assy 601R10049
19 Panel 0.125 (3.18) 7075−T76 †† A110

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 8
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
20 Channel 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 ¶¶ A048
21 Channel 0.071 (1.80) clad 7075−T62 ¶¶ A048
22 Channel 600−10049 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 ¶¶ A048¶¶¶
23 Door 600−10380 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 † A014‡‡
24 Cover, fuel boost pump 601R62182 AMS 4260 al alloy 356−T6 A021 7002−7079
24A Cover, fuel boost pump AMS 4260 al alloy 356−T6 A021 7080−8400
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.
†: Specification QQ−A−250/5.
††: Specification QQ−A−250/25.
†††: Specification QQ−A−250/12.
‡: Specification QQ−A−250/4.
‡‡: Paint exterior per finish code X010 with CMS 565−09 Polyurethane topcoat color #16473 per FED
STD 595.
‡‡‡: Finish A081 after bonding except in seal groove and at area which phenolic−strip is cemented.
♦: Omit chromic acid anodize
♦♦: Finish A081 after bonding except in seal groove.
♦♦♦: It is permissible to use 7075−T6 QQ−A−250/13 al alloy clad material and age it to temper T76 per
MPS 168−7.
¶: Specification QQ−A−200/11.
¶¶: Specification QQ−A−250/13.
¶¶¶: Finish A082 after bonding.
♣: Omit fuel tank coating.
♣♣: Finish A048 before bonding.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 9
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING−BOX ACCESS DOORS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
When specific damage limits are not supplied in the subject for a given structural element, use the
general allowable damage limits in this chapter (refer to SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.
A. No damage permitted in the following wing box access doors:
(1) Wing Upper Surface
(a) Access doors identified as Items 1, 2 and 3 in the structural identification subject (refer
to SRM 57−21−32, Figure 1, page block 1).
(2) Wing Lower Surface
(a) Access doors identified as items 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 23 in
the structural identification subject (refer to SRM 57−21−32, Figure 1, Page Block 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CHEM MILL LINE


(REF)

Ø 4D TYPICAL

BLENDED
DAMAGE

REMOVED
DAMAGE

NOTE MAXIMUM DEPTH ALLOWED


1 Reworked area must be a minimum of FOR DAMAGE ACROSS
2D from any fasteners. Damage must DIFFERENT LOCAL THICKNESSES
be a minimum of 20X from the edge. IS 10% OF THINNEST SECTION

REMOVE DAMAGE BY
REMOVE DAMAGE BY ROUNDING OUT TO A
ROUNDING OUT TO A MINIMUM RADIUS OF
MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) AS
1.00 in. (25.4 mm) AS SHOWN
SHOWN 0.130 in.
D (3.30 mm)
0.050 in. (REF)
(1.27 mm)
(REF)

0.080 in.
rsr57005.dg, lr/lr, 10/03/04

2D 2D (2.03 mm)
(REF)
1 1

A A

Wing−Box Access Doors − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE LOCATION LIMIT REMARKS


Edge Not permitted
Cracks
Other Not permitted
Edge Not permitted
Maximum 10% of Remove the damage.
local nominal Depth of damage must not exceed the limits shown
Scratches, thickness. For in this table and Figure 101.
Nicks, damage across
Gouges and different local Damage is not permitted on access doors listed in
Other paragraph 2.A.
Corrosion thicknesses, the
maximum depth is
10% of the thinnest
section. Refer to
Figure 101.
Holes and
Any Location Not permitted
Punctures
Dents Not permitted
For complete instruction on the treatment of allowable damage repair limits, refer to SRM
General 57−00−00.
No rework permitted in an area within a 2D radius around fasteners, refer to Figure 101.

Wing−Box Access Doors − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING−BOX ACCESS DOORS −REPAIRS

1. General
For repairs to the wing−box access doors, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−21−079 Repair to fuel tank access door
601R−57−21−118 Repair to fuel tank access door clamping ring
601R−57−21−166 Repair to wing plank ring assembly access panels.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−32 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLAP HINGE BOXES − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
Refer to Figure 1 for the structural identification of the flap hinge boxes located at WS80.50, and
WS127.25, refer to Figure 2 for WS178.00 and Figure 3 for WS220.00 and WS264.00.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

33
32

55 23 (REF)
3 (REF)
22 11
56 12

2
43
41
39

41 47
43 48 (2 PL)
44
29
28

4 45 42(2 PL)
30 6 21(2 PL)
17 (2 PL) 49
9 15 (2 PL) 50(2 PL)
10 13 46 52 (2 PL)
51(2 PL)
28 53
33 44 54
3 32 40
23
18 24
14
46
27
38
25
26 53
8 40
37
22 36
rsr57046, mcp, 28/05/99

31 39
16
7 34
19 35
20
31
5

Inboard Flap Hinge Boxes – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Fitting, hinge (fwd) 601R10317 1.50 (38.1) X 2.75 (69.85) D017
MIL−S−5000 (4340) cond. H.
T. 140−160 KSI
2 Fitting, hinge (aft) 601R10315 2.50 (63.5) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
3 Support 601R10115 1.75 (44.45) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
4 Support 601R10115 1.75 (44.45) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
5 Fitting, yoke 601R10916 1.75 (44.45) X 3.50 (88.90) D016
MIL−S−5000 (4340) cond. H.
T. 140−160 KSI
6 Fitting, yoke 601R10916 1.75 (44.45) X 3.50 (88.90) D016
MIL−S−5000 (4340) cond. H.
T. 140−160 KSI
7 Strap 601R10136 0.312(7.92) clad 2024−T351 A010
8 Strap 601R10136 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
9 Fitting 601R10919 4.0 (101.6) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
10 Plate 601R10919 0.160 (4.06) MIL−S−18729 D010
(4130) cond HT 124−145 KSI
11 Plate 601R10180 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
12 Plate 601R10180 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
13 Plate 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A, comp 301
14 Plate 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A, comp 301
15 Plate 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A, comp 301
16 Angle 601R10139 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
17 Plate 601R10139 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−t42 A010
18 Angle 601R10139 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 annealed
19 Angle 601R10139 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 annealed

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
20 Angle 601R10139 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 annealed
21 Angle 601R10139 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
22 Angle 601R10139 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
23 Angle 601R10139 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
24 Angle 601R10139 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
25 Angle 601R10139 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
26 Angle 601R10139 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
27 Angle 601R10139 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
28 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
29 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
30 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
31 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
32 Angle 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A023
33 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond A023
A comp 301
34 Jumper, bonding 600−14500 0.032 (.81) al al 2024−T3 A010
35 Fitting, hinge 601R10916 1.50 (38.1) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
36 Beam 601R10917 1.50 (38.1) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
37 Beam 601R10917 1.50 (38.1) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
38 Strap 601R10136 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A010
39 Fitting, yoke 601R10918 MIL−S−18729 (4130) cond HT D010
124−145 KSI
40 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
41 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 4
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
42 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
43 Plate 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
44 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
45 Packer 601R10368 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T6 A019
46 Angle 601R10809 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
47 Plate 601R10809 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A010
48 Angle 601R10809 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
49 Angle 601R10809 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010
50 Angle 601R10809 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
51 Angle 601R10809 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010
52 Packer 601R10368 0.032 (.81) clad 7075−T6 A010
53 Angle 601R10809 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010
54 Jumper, bonding 600−14500 0.050 (1.27) 3003−H14 A012
55 Fitting, hinge (fwd) 601R10320 1.50 (38.1) al alloy A048
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
56 Fitting, hinge (aft) 601R10316 2.75 (69.85) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 5
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3(REF)

13
14

15

16 24
26(2 PL)
12 20

2
29
27
17(2 PL) 7
25(2 PL)
23
28
9
22 19(2 PL) 30
11
20
18(2 PL)
5
rsr57050, mcp, 28/05/99

10 3
4

6
21 8

Middle Flap Hinge Box – Structural Identification


Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 6
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Fitting, hinge (fwd) 601R10088 1.75 (44.45) al alloy A048
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
2 Fitting, hinge (aft) 601R10930 2.75 (69.85) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
3 Support 601R10911 1.75 (44.45) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
4 Support 601R10911 1.75 (44.45) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
5 Fitting, hinge 601R10109 1.50 (38.1) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
6 Fitting, hinge 601R10109 1.50 (38.1) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
7 Fitting, yoke 601R10928 1.75 (44.45) MIL−S−5000 D016
(4340) cond HT 140−160 KSI
8 Fitting, yoke 601R10109 2.25 (57.15) MIL−S−5000 D010
(4340) cond HT 140−160 KS
9 Strap 601R10112 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
10 Strap 601R10112 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
11 Fitting 601R10913 4.25 (107.95) al alloy A012
7050−T7451 CMS 516−03
12 Plate 601R10913 0.160 (4.06) MIL−S−18729 D010
(4130) cond HT 125−145 KSI
13 Plate 601R10108 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
14 Plate 601R10108 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
15 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
16 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
17 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
18 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
19 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond S023
A comp 301
0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 cond
20 Retainer 601R10929 S023
A comp 301

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 7
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
21 Bracket 601R10140 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
22 Bracket 601R10140 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
23 Bracket 601R10140 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010
24 Bracket 601R10140 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A010
26 Bracket 601R10140 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
27 Bracket assembly 601R10367 0.500 (12.7) al alloy A024
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
28 Bracket assembly 601R10367 0.500 (12.7) MIL−S−5000 D015
(4340) cond HT 160−180 KSI
29 Jumper, bonding 600−14500 0.032 (.81) al al 2024−T3 A010
30 Jumper, bonding 601R10140 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T3 A002
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 8
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

31
32
1
2

51
34 48 (2 PL)
52 45 37 53 (2 PL)

19 54
26(2 PL) 59
19 24 56
12 50 (2 PL) 47(2 PL)
16
17 46
42
55
20 44 59
27 54 36 49
18 (2 PL)
(2 PL) 25(2 PL) 33
7 23
21 28
11 9
17 20 35
3 57
10 14(2 PL) 43 39
4 41 40

WS 264.00
5
WS 220.00 22 8
6
27(REF) 56 (REF)
28 (REF) 55 (REF)
rsr57053, mcp, 28/05/99

30 58
13 3 (REF) 33 (REF)
38

Outboard Flap Hinge Boxes – Structural Identification


Figure 3

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 9
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Fitting, hinge (fwd) 601R10089 1.75 (44.45) al alloy A048
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
2 Fitting, hinge (aft) 601R10931 2.75 (69.85) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
3 Support 601R10912 1.60 (40.6) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
4 Support 601R10912 1.60 (40.6) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
5 Fitting, hinge 601R10110 1.50 (38.1) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
6 Fitting, hinge 601R10110 1.25 (31.75) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
7 Fitting, yoke 601R10928 1.75 (44.45) MIL−S−5000 DO16
(4340) cond HT 140−160 KSI
8 Fitting, yoke 601R10109 2.25 (57.15) MIL−S−5000 D010
(4340) cond HT 140−160 KS
9 Strap 601R10112 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
10 Strap 601R10112 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
11 Fitting 601R10914 3.50 (88.9)) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
12 Plate 601R10914 0.160 (4.06) MIL−S−18729 D010
(4130) cond. HT 125−145 KSI
13 Plate 601R10108 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
14 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 S023
cond. A comp 301
15 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 S023
cond. A comp 301
16 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 S023
cond. A comp 301
17 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 S023
cond. A comp 301
18 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 S023
cond. A comp 301
19 Retainer 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 S023
cond. A comp 301
20 Jumper, bonding 600−14500 0.032 (.81) al al 2024−T3 A010

Key to Figure 3 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 10
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
21 Angle 601R10161 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
22 Angle 601R10161 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
23 Plate 601R10161 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
24 Plate 601R10161 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A010
25 Angle 601R10161 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
26 Angle 601R10161 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
27 Bracket 601R10367 0.500 (12.7) al alloy A024
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
28 Bracket 601R10367 0.500 (12.7) MIL−S−5000 D015
(4340) cond. HT 160−180 KSI
29 Jumper, bonding 600−14500 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T3 A010
30 Plate, side 601R10108 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
31 Fitting, hinge (fwd) 601R10090 1.75 (44.45) al alloy A048
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
32 Fitting, hinge (aft) 601R10932 2.50 (63.5) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
33 Fitting, hinge arm 601R10910 1.75 (44.45) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
34 Strap 601R10112 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
35 Strap 601R10112 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
36 Fitting, mid 601R10915 3.50 (88.9) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
37 Plate 601R10915 0.160 (4.06) MIL−S−18729 D010
(4130) cond. HT 125−145 KSI
38 Plate 601R10180 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
39 Fitting, hinge 601R10111 1.50 (38.1) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
40 Fitting, hinge 601R10111 1.50 (38.1) al alloy A012
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
41 Fitting, yoke (aft) 601R10111 2.25 (57.15) MIL−S−5000 D010
(4340) cond. HT 140−160 KSI

Key to Figure 3 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 11
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
42 Fitting, yoke (fwd) 601R10928 1.75 (44.45) MIL−S−5000 D016
(4340) cond. HT 140−160 KSI
43 Angle 601R10138 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
44 Plate assembly 601R10929 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 S023
cond. A comp 301
45 Plate 601R10138 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A010
46 Plate 601R10138 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
47 Angle 601R10138 0.063 (1.60) MIL−S−5059 type S020
301 1/2 hard
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 3 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 12
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLAP HINGE BOXES − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00 may not apply to this section.
You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item identified in section 2
below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2 below, contact
Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Service.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
A. Hinge Box at WS80.50
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.
B. Hinge Box at WS127.25
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 102.
C. All Other Items
Contact, Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support, (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 101
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

A 2

4
2

A HINGE BOX WS80.50

1.00 in.
(25.4 mm)

1.00 in.
(25.4 mm)
rsr57067, ds, 20/04/04

No rework permitted
B FITTING HINGE

Flap Hinge Boxes − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE
REMOVAL LIMIT 2D
1

LUG
HOLE

EDGE
DISTANCE

90 DEGREES

NOTES
1 No rework permitted in an area within a 2D radius
around fasteners.
2 No rework permitted in a circular area of radius = edge
distance around lug hole + zone inside the tangeant
to that circle area to the perpendicular of the side
of the lug.

No rework permitted
rsr57068, ds, 20/04/04

Flap Hinge Boxes − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING AND PART NUMBER


1 Hinge Arm Fitting WS80.50 601R10115 −5/−6/−7/−8
2 Fitting Yoke (Fittings Flap Hinge Box 601R10916−5/−9/−10
WS80.50)
3 Lower Strap WS80.50 601R10916−5/−7
4 Fitting Hinge (Fittings Flap Hinge Box 601R10916−11/−12/−13/−14
WS80.50

Flap Hinge Boxes − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 104
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TYPE OF
ITEM DAMAGE REMARKS
Edge trim is permitted as per SRM 57−00−00 Figure 101 on all machined
Cracks parts that are covered in this section, except as shown in Figure 101 of
this section.
Scratches, 10% blends and edge trims are permitted as per SRM 57−00−00 Figure
1, 2, 3, and nicks, gouges 101 on all machined parts that are covered in this section, except as
4 and corrosion shown in Figure 101 of this section.
Holes and
Holes and punctures are not permitted.
punctures
Dents Dents are not permitted.
All other
items of
All Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support.
Hinge Box
WS80.50
Refer to SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
General If the part was shot peened when it was originally made, it must be shot peened again (refer
to SRM 51−24−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when more than 30% of its
length/cross−section area is damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft Customer
Support.
NOTE: No blend is permitted in an area within 2D radius around fasteners as shown in Figure 101 of this
section.
NOTE: In the case of blending parts with multiple flanges, damage is allowed on one flange only, for both
the flanges that is attached to other structural elements as well as for the free flange as shown in SRM
57−00−00 Figure 101.
NOTE: For full instructions on treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.

Flap Hinge Boxes − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 105
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS127.25 B

0.025 in. (0.63 mm)


MAXIMUM
rsr57014.dg, lr, 25/01/05

FORWARD AND AFT LUG


B
OF INBOARD FITTING AT WS127.25

Flap Hinge Boxes − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 106
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING AND PART NUMBER


1 Hinge Arm Fitting WS127.25 601R10917−1/−2

Flap Hinge Boxes − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 107
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM TYPE OF DAMAGE REMARKS


Cracks Cracks are not permitted
Scratches, nicks,
The Blend depth of 0.025 (0.635) is permitted on both parts at
gouges and
1 the same time, only at location shown in view B of Figure 102.
corrosion
Holes and punctures Holes and punctures are not permitted.
Dents Dents are not permitted.
All other items
Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
of Hinge Box All
Support.
WS127.25
Refer to SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
General If the part was shot peened when it was originally made, it must be shot peened again
(refer to SRM 51−24−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: For full instructions on treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.

Flap Hinge Boxes − Allowable Damage


Figure 102 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 108
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLAP HINGE BOXES − REPAIRS

1. General
A. For repairs to the flap hinge boxes, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−21−55 Page 201
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGTIP − GENERAL

1. Structural Identification
A. For the structural identification of the wingtip, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−30−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WGLTS49.89

57−31−00

WS389.00
rsr57111, ll, 28/09/99

Wingtip – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−30−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGTIP − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
A. For allowable damage limits for the wingtip primary structure, contact Bombardier Aerospace
Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−30−00 Page 101
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGLET − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
A. For the structural identification of the winglet, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WGLTS49.89

57−31−51

57−31−31

57−31−31

57−31−14

57−31−14

57−31−51

WS389.00
rsr57115, ll, 28/09/99

57−31−51

Winglet – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGLET − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
A. For the allowable damage limits for the winglet, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft,
Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−00 Page 101
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGLET FRAMING STRUCTURES − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
When specific damage limits are not supplied in the subject for a given structural element, use the
general allowable damage limits given in this chapter (refer to SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−14 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WGLTS33.00

WGLTS26.00

WGLTS19.00

WGLTS12.50

WS389.00 WGLTS6.36
WS409.08 WGLTS3.25
2

DAMAGE
NOTE REMOVAL LIMIT 2D
No rework permitted in an area within 1
1
a 2D radius around fasteners.
rsr57042.dg, yf/lr, 16/03/04

No damage permitted D

Winglet Framing Structures − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−14 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION REMARKS


1 Rib at WS389.00 No damage permitted.
Maximum blend depth of 8% of web thickness is permitted on the
2 Rib Web at WS409.08
rib web.
3 Spar Fittings No damage permitted.
Use the general allowable damage limits (refer to SRM
Cracks 53−00−00, Page Block 101−199)) when specific damage limits
Scratches, nicks, are not supplied for a given structural element in this subject.
General
gouges and corrosion No rework permitted in an area within a 2D radius around
Holes and punctures fasteners, refer to Figure 101.
Dents are not permitted on any structure.

Winglet Framing Structures − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−14 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WINGLET FRAMING STRUCTURES − REPAIRS

1. General
For repairs to the winglet framing structures, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft,
Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Generic Repair Engineering Orders (GREO) Manual, CSP−A−092.

REO ISSUE TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−31−063 NC Repair to winglet Aft spar, spar splice WGLT STA
36.00, RHS and LHS

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−14 Page 201
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SKIN AND PLATING, WING EXTENSION AND WINGLET − STRUCTURAL
IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the winglet skin and plating, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 1
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

57−31−51

57−31−51

57−31−51
A 8

9
2

1
11 12 7
rsr57061.dg, lr, 19/04/05

10
6
3

Skin and Plating, Wing Extension and Winglet − Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 2
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

13 13
13 13
13 13
20 20
20 20
C 14 14
D
G D

E
F E
D D
A

14 19
35
t2
C
37
t2
34
t3
LEGEND t2 t2 36
t1 − 0.070 in. (1.78 mm).
t 2 − 0.065 in. (1.65 mm). WS389.00
t 3 − 0.080 in. (2.03 mm).

F
VIEW LOOKING UP
ON LOWER SKIN
13
13
13
18 WS389.00
17
16 33
15
t1 t1
13
13
32
13

WS404.08
rsr57062.dg, ps/lr, 19/04/05

E E WS406.08

G
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ON UPPER SKIN

Skin and Plating, Wing Extension and Winglet − Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 3
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS389.00
29
23 J
26 25
K
J
K WS409.08
A

24
L

23 L TRAILING
26
EDGE RIB
CLIP (REF)
21 H (REF)
30
22 25
30
(REF)
27 31
21 28
21 28
21 31 28
21 22 31 28
21 28 28
21 28
21 J J 28
21 28
30 22 22 28
28
27
N

M
K K EFFECTIVITY: L L EFFECTIVITY:
7003−7234 7003−7234

21 31
21 28
30 28
rsr57063.dg, lr, 6/06/05

M EFFECTIVITY: N EFFECTIVITY:
7235−8400 7235−8400

Skin and Plating, Wing Extension and Winglet − Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 4
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
Skin, outboard 0.040 (1.02) / 0.125 (3.18) clad
1 600−15108 A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T3
Skin, inboard 0.040 (1.02) / 0.125 (3.18) clad
2 600−15108 A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T3
3 Strap 600−15108 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
4 Door 600−15108 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A109
5 Strap 600−15108 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
6 Strap 600−15108 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T3 A010
7 Stiffener 600−15108 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T42 A010
8 Strap 600−15108 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
0.010 (.25) Kevlar 49 5 ply / 8 ply
9 Leading edge 600−15111 E109
CMS 532−01,Type I
0.004 (.102) dia RR−W−360 type
10 Screen, aluminum 600−15111
1, class 2, 120 mesh 5056
11 Bracket 600−15111 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
12 Plate 600−15111 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T3 A002
13 Skin 600−15109 3 ply graphite CMS 532−05 E109
2 ply fibreglass CMS 532−06,
14 Insulator E109
style 120
15 Filler 600−15109 CMS 532−05
16 Filler 600−15109 CMS 532−05
17 Filler 600−15109 CMS 532−05
18 Filler 600−15109 CMS 532−05
0.040 (1.02) aluminum alloy
19 Packer 600−15109 A010
2024−T3
20 Filler 600−15109 CMS 532−05
600−10387 Kevlar 49, Type I, Class 2, CMS
21 Skin, Upper §
−59, −60 532−01

600−10387 0.250 (6.35) Nomex, Type 1,


22 Honeycomb, core
−11, −12 CMS539−01

600−10387
23 Plate 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 † †† 7003−7061
−31, −32

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 5
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
600−10387
Phenolic MIL−P−15035, Type
24 Trailing edge wedge −19, −20, E002
FBM
−71, −72
600−10387 Phenolic MIL−P−15035, Type
25 Trailing edge member E002
−65, −66 FBM

600−10387
26 Plate 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 † A046 7062−7234
−67
120 lightning protection mesh
600−10387 5056 alloy, RR−W−360, Type 1,
27 Wire§mesh
−23 Class 2, 0.0390 (0.991)
+/−0.0004 (0.010)
600−10387 Kevlar 49, Type I, Class 2, CMS
28 Skin, lower §
−61, −62 532−01

600−13039
0.625 (15.88) alloy 6061−T0 §§ A010 7003−7028
−9, −10
29 Static Discharger
600−130139
0.625 (15.88) alloy 6061−T42 §§ A010 7029−8400
−11, −12
600−10387 0.010 (2.54) Fiber Glass, prepreg,
30 Skin, upper § 7235−8400
−89, 90 CMS532−18, Type 2

600−10387 0.010 (2.54) Fiber Glass, prepreg,


31 Skin, lower § 7235−8400
−91, −92 CMS532−18, Type 2

600−10380
32 Skin, upper 0.100(2.54) clad 2024−T3 † A014
−55, −56
600−10380
33 Doubler 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T3 † A010
−59, −60
600−10380
34 Doubler 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T3 † A010
−63, −64
600−10380
35 Skin, lower 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 † A014
−57, −58
600−10380
36 Doubler 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 † A010
−61, −62
600−10380 A014
37 Door, access 0.125 (3.18) 2024−T3 †
−15, −16 §§§

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 6
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
Note: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.
† Specification AMS QQ−A−250/5.
†† Apply conductive coating, see SRM 51−21−11.
§ Skin assembly interior finish is E002 and exterior finish is E109, refer to SRM 51−21−16.
§§ Specification AMS QQ−A−225/8.
§§§ Exterior finish X010 polyurethane topcoat color 16473, federal standard 595 (refer to SRM
51−21−11).

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 7
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SKIN AND PLATING, WING EXTENSION AND WINGLET − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
For definitions of terms used, refer to SRM 51−00−16.
For definitions of abbreviations and acronyms used, refer to SRM 51−00−18.
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−31 may not apply to this section.
You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item identified in section 2
below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2 below, contact
Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
A. Skin
For the allowable damage limits to the inboard and outboard skins, refer to Figure 101.
B. All Other Items
Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 101
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES
1. The structure is symmetrical around
the aircraft centerline, unless shown
differently.
2 No rework permitted in an area within
a 2D radius around fasteners.

No damage permitted

DAMAGE
REMOVAL LIMIT
2D
2

D
INBOARD SKIN
A
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
rsr57007.dg, lr, 14/04/04

OUTBOARD SKIN
B
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD

Skin and Plating, Wing Extension and Winglet − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 102
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DAMAGE REMARKS


Refer to SRM 57−00−31 Figure 102, Page Block
Cracks
101 to 199.
Refer to SRM 57−00−31 Figure 102, Page Block
Scratches, nicks, gouges and 101 to 199.
corrosion
10% blend permitted.
Skin, outboard
Refer to SRM 57−00−31 Figure 102, Page Block
(chem−milled Holes and punctures
101 to 199.
and skin,
inboard Dents Dents are not permitted.
(chem−milled)
DWG600−15108 Damage is permitted in only one element at a given
cross−section.
Removed damage must not have overlap damage
General at another element.
If the part was shot peened when it was originally
made, it must be shot peened again (refer to SRM
51−24−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when more than 30% of its length/area
is damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft Customer Support.
NOTE: No rework is permitted in an area within a 2D radius around fasteners as shown in Figure 101 of
this section.
NOTE: For full instructions on treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.

Skin and Plating, Wing Extension and Winglet − Allowable Damage Limits − General
Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−31 Page 103
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the winglet fillets and fairings, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

10 4
6

8 18

9
15

20
22
16 13 14 19
11 21

17
rsr57064, ps, 28/05/99

12

Winglet Fillets and Fairings − Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Fairing, tip 600−15110 6 ply graphite CMS 532−05 E109
2 Insulator 600−15110 2 ply fibreglass CMS 532−06
style 120
3 Discharger base 600−15110 M / F 2−23 base, Chelton
Electrostatics
4 Filler 600−15110 0.500 (12.7) Phenolic E002
MIL−P−15035 typ. FBM
5 Shim 600−15110 0.032 (.81) MIL−S−22499 comp
1, type 1, class 2
6 Skin, inner 600−10385 3 ply Kevlar CMS 532−01 Type I E002
7 Skin, outer 600−10385 3 ply Kevlar CMS 532−01, Type I E109
8 Screen, aluminum 600−10385 0.004 (.102) dia RR−W−360 type
1, class 2, 120 mesh 5056
9 Honeycomb 600−10385 0.250 (6.35) Nomex CMS
539−01, Type 1
10 Filler 600−10385 5 ply Kevlar CMS 532−01, Type I
11 Plate 600−10385 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T3 A010
12 Window 600−10385 0.250 (6.35) polycarbonate sheet
Rohm and Haas Tuffak FI−6
13 Fairing, inboard 600−10388 Kevlar CMS 532−01, Type I E001
14 Strap 600−10388 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
15 Plate 600−10388 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T3 A010
16 Strap 600−10388 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
17 Plate 600−10388 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T3 A010
18 Strap 600−10388 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T42 A010
19 Screen, aluminum 0.004 (.102) dia RR−W−360 type
1, class 2, 120 mesh 5056
20 Fairing, top outboard Kevlar CMS 532−01, Type I E001
21 Fairing, lower outboard Kevlar CMS 532−01, Type I E001
22 Discharger base M / F 2−23 base, Chelton
Electrostatics
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
A. The allowable damage limits given in this procedure are only for the components which follow.
You must not use these allowable limits for any other part number:
– Forward fairing assembly, part numbers 600−10385−1007 and 600−10385−1008.
– Outboard fairing assembly, part numbers 600−10388−55 and 600−10388−56.
– Inboard fairing, part numbers 600−10388−45 and 600−10388−46.
– Tip fairing assembly, part numbers 600−15110−17 and 600−15110−18.
– Trailing edge assembly, part numbers 600−15109−45 and 600−15109−46.
– Leading edge assembly, part numbers 600−15111−3 and 600−15111−4.
B. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01)
when:
– there is damage that is more than the limits that follow
– the part number (or dash number) of the damaged part is not given above.
2. General Limitations
NOTE: These general limitations must be applied before the specific limitations are considered.
Refer to Figure 101. Damage is not allowed in the areas shown.
3. Specific Limitations

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 101
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WINGLET TIP

WINGLET LEADING
EDGE

WINGLET TRAILING
EDGE

WINGLET FORWARD
FAIRING

WINGLET
MAIN−BOX

WING−TO−WINGLET
SIDE FAIRING

NOTE
rsr57230.cgm

Left side shown.


Right side opposite.

Fillets and Fairings, Winglet − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 102
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WINGLET TIP

2.00 in.
D (50.8 mm)

C
A

3.00 in. (76.2 mm) AFT


FROM LEADING EDGE
No damage permitted
B LOWER/OUTER SURFACE

2.00 in. WINGLET TIP


(50.8 mm)
5.81 in.
(147.57 mm)
1.00 in.
(25.4 mm)

UPPERMOST
FASTENER
1.00 in.
(25.4 mm)

C
rsr57231.cgm

D UPPER/INNER SURFACE

Fillets and Fairings, Winglet − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 103
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WINGLET TRAILING
E EDGE

A
3.00 in.
(76.2 mm)

E LOWER/OUTER SURFACE

WINGLET TRAILING
EDGE

No damage permitted
rsr57232.cgm

F UPPER/INNER SURFACE

Fillets and Fairings, Winglet − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 104
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WINGLET LEADING
EDGE G

WINGLET
MAIN−BOX
FASTENER
NINE

1.00 in.
(25.4 mm)
H A
2.00 in.
(50.8 mm)

FASTENER
24.00 in. ONE
(609.6 mm)

No damage permitted

SANDWICH PANELS
G INCLUDING RAMPS

SANDWICH PANELS WINGLET FORWARD


rsr57233.cgm

INCLUDING RAMPS FAIRING


H

Fillets and Fairings, Winglet − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 105
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
Leading Edge It is acceptable for one in ten Replace ineffective fastener at
Trailing Edge/Main fasteners to be ineffective next ’A’ check.
Box interface joints provided:

Forward and Side − the end three fasteners remain


Fairings effective
Fasteners − at least three fasteners remain
effective either side of the
ineffective fastener
− the fastener location is not at
the end of a row or at the corner
of a fairing.
Free edge The maximum crack length (L) Apply speed tape to the
allowed is 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) damaged areas (Refer to SRM
provided: 51−27−15).
− the crack is more than 3L from Do a detailed visual inspection at
a structural fastener every subsequent ’A’ check for
− there are no more than two damage propagation and speed
cracks per square foot. tape integrity. Replace the speed
tape as necessary.
Less than 3L from a The maximum crack length (L) Do a permanent repair no later
structural fastener allowed is 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) than the next ’C’ check.
provided:
− the affected fastener is one in a
row of ten or more fasteners with
three fastener locations on either
side (if they exist) undamaged
− not more than one fastener
Cracks location in ten is damaged
− the fastener location is not at
the end of a row or at the corner
of the fairing.
All other areas The maximum crack length (L)
allowed is 2.00 in. (50.8 mm)
provided:
− the distance from any
unrepaired damage or structural
fastener is 3L minimum
− there are no more than two
cracks per square foot
− the crack is not opening on a
free edge
− local panel width is 8.0 in.
(203.2 mm) minimum.

FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET—Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 106
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
Winglet forward The maximum puncture diamater Apply speed tape to the
fairing (D) allowed is 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) damaged areas (Refer to SRM
provided: 51−27−15).
− the distance from any Do a detailed visual inspection at
unrepaired damage or structural every subsequent ’A’ check for
fastener is 3D minimum damage propagation and speed
− there are no more than two tape integrity. Replace the speed
punctures per square foot. tape as necessary.
Do a permanent repair no later
All other areas The maximum puncture diamater than the next ’C’ check.
Holes and (D) allowed is 2.00 in. (50.8 mm)
punctures provided:
− the distance from any
unrepaired damage or structural
fastener is 3D minimum
− the distance from any free
edge is 3D minimum
− there are no more than two
punctures per square foot
− local panel width is 8.0 in.
(203.2 mm) minimum.
All areas Dent does not penetrate skin and No repair necessary.
is less than 0.040 in. (1.02 mm)
deep.
Dent is more than 0.04 in. (1.01 Treat as penetration of 0.500 in.
mm) deep but is less than full (12.70 mm).
penetration. Do a tap test and check for
delamination at next ’A’ check. If
there is delamination, refer to the
limits for delamination.
Dents or
depressions All other areas The maximum dent diamater (D) Do a tap test around the dent. If
allowed is 2.0 in (50.8 mm) there is fiber damage, cracks,
provided: delamination or disbonding on
− the distance from any either surface of the structure,
unrepaired damage or structural refer to the relevant damage type
fastener is 3D minimum for limits.

− there are no more than three No repair necessary.


dents per square foot
− local panel width is 6.50 in.
(165.1 mm) minimum.

FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET—Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 107
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
All areas The maximum dent diamater (D) Do a tap test around the dent. If
allowed is 2.0 in (50.8 mm) there is fiber damage, cracks,
provided: delamination or disbonding on
Dents or either surface of the structure,
depressions − the distance from any
unrepaired damage or structural refer to the relevant damage type
(Cont’d) fastener is 3D minimum for limits.

− there are no more than three Do a permanent repair no later


dents per square foot. than the next ’C’ check.

All areas The maximum damage length (L) Do a detailed visual inspection at
is 4.00 in. (101.6 mm) provided: every subsequent ’A’ check for
− the damage is limited to only damage propagation.
one ply maximum depth 0.012 in. Do a permanent repair no later
(0.30 mm) otherwise refer to than the next ’C’ check.
Scratches allowable damage limits for crack
− the distance from any
unrepaired damage is a minimum
of 3L or 4.00 in. (101.6 mm)
If more than one ply is cut treat
as a gouge.
All areas The allowable limits given for Apply speed tape to the
holes and punctures must also damaged areas (Refer to SRM
be considered in addition to the 51−27−15).
allowable limits given below. Do a detailed visual inspection at
The maximum area of damage every subsequent ’A’ check for
Nicks or shall be 1.00 square inch damage propagation and speed
gouges provided: tape integrity. Replace the speed
− the maximum damage length tape as necessary.
(L) is 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) Do a permanent repair no later
− the distance from any than the next ’C’ check.
unrepaired damage is a minimum
of 3L or 4.00 in. (101.6 mm).

FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET—Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 7)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 108
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
Free edge The maximum delamination Insert fasteners local to
length (L) allowed is 2.00 in. delamination area with two
(50.8 mm) provided: fasteners either side of
− the distance from any delamination. Use pitch of 6D
unrepaired damage or structural and edge distance of 3D.
fastener is 3L minimum Apply speed tape to the
− there are no more than three damaged areas (Refer to SRM
delaminations per square foot 51−27−15).

− maximum delamination area is Do a tap test at every


4.0 square in. subsequent ’A’ check for damage
propagation.
Delaminations Do a permanent repair no later
than the next ’C’ check.
All other areas The maximum delamination No temporary repair necessary.
length (L) allowed is 2.00 in. Do a tap test at every
(50.8 mm) provided: subsequent ’A’ check for damage
− the distance from any propagation.
unrepaired damage or structural Do a permanent repair no later
fastener is 3L minimum than the next ’C’ check.
− there are no more than three
delaminations per square foot
− maximum delamination area is
4.00 square in.
Laminate Edge erosion is acceptable Apply speed tape to the
(free edge) provided: damaged areas (Refer to SRM
− the damage is limited to two 51−27−15).
plies maximum Do a detailed visual inspection at
− the damage length in the wind every subsequent ’A’ check for
direction does not exceed 1.50 damage propagation and speed
in. (38.1 mm) tape integrity. Replace the speed
tape as necessary.
Erosion − the damage does not exceed
more than two attachments in the Do a permanent repair no later
crosswind direction. than the next ’C’ check.

Laminate Maximum erosion of one ply shall


(all other areas) be treated as a scratch.
More than one ply removed is
treated as a puncture hole.
Sandwich No damage allowed.
Upper Do a tap test or visual inspection No damage is allowed.
Disbonds Wing−to−Winglet to locate damage.
Side Fairings Joint

FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET—Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 8)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 109
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FILLETS AND FAIRINGS, WINGLET − REPAIRS

1. General
For repairs to the winglet fillet and fairings, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM 57−31−51), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Repair Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−30−001 Temporary repairs for winglet tip, T/E lower outboard,
wing−box extension and aft wing plug fairings
601R−57−31−002 Tip fairing − alternate fasteners
601R−57−31−005 Trailing edge fairing general repair procedure
601R−57−31−006 Winglet tip fairing repair
601R−57−31−012 General repair to wing, winglet fairing (secondary structure)
601R−57−31−034 Repair to LH & RH winglet outboard fairing
601R−57−31−065 Temporary repair to winglet tip fairing LH and RH
601R−57−31−076 Repair to winglet tip fairing
601R−57−31−196 Temporary repair to winglet leading edge fairing erosion at
front spar attachments
601R−57−31−204 Generic temporary repair to LH & RH winglet leading edge
fairing erosion
601R−57−31−330 Fastener substitution for winglet tip fairing installation
601R−57−32−025 Generic repair to winglet mismatch

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−31−51 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
LEADING EDGE − GENERAL

1. Structural Identification
A. For the structural identification of the leading edge, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−40−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS50.54

57−41−00

WS389.00
rsr57112, ll, 28/09/99

Leading Edge – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−40−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
LEADING EDGE STRUCTURE − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
A. For the structural identification of the leading edge structure, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS50.54

WS66.20
A
B
57−41−12 C

57−41−29

57−41−31

57−41−31
WS139.54

WS143.189
A
WS149.58

WS149.58

57−41−31

WS252.87
57−41−12

57−41−12 57−41−29

WS350.348
WS247.95

57−41−12 B WS252.87
57−41−31

WS386.348
57−41−29
WS389.00
rsr57114.dg, ll/lr, 01/12/04

57−41−29

C 57−41−31

Leading Edge Structure – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−00 Page 2
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
LEADING EDGE STRUCTURE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
A. For the allowable damage limits for the leading edge structure, refer to the following sections:
(1) Leading edge skin and plating, refer to SRM 57−41−31, Page Blocks 101 – 199,
(2) For the other leading edge structures, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft,
Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−00 Page 101
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
LEADING EDGE STRUCTURE − REPAIRS

1. General
For repairs to the leading edge structure, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer toSRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−41−001 Alternate and oversize fasteners
601R−57−41−009 Repair to wing leading edge skins
601R−57−41−037 Wing leading edge rivets missing

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−00 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
RIBS, WING LEADING EDGE − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the Leading Edge ribs from WS50.54 to WS149.58, refer to Figure 1.
For the structural identification of the Leading Edge ribs from WS149.58 TO WS386.348, refer to
Figure 2.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

A B C
WS50.54
24 12
29 WS58.00
11 25 30
28 WS66.20
WS66.20 26
WS72.43 24
40 27
WS79.70 34

WS86.45 32 33

WS96.34 31 35
WS101.00
37 13 42
A 36
41
WS108.70
1
WS116.40
2
37
WS124.10
3
4
38
(2 PLACES) WS131.80

WS139.54 38
5 WS139.54
WS143.189
WS148.019 6
WS149.58 B
20
7
18
39
8
14 38
22
19 9
rsr57066.dg, na/lr, 31/10/05

17 10
21
15
23
16
C

Leading Edge Ribs, WS50.540 to WS149.580 − Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 2
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
Leading−Edge 601R12016
Assembly, WS66.25 to
WS139.54
1 Rib 600−12017 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−5, −6
1A Rib 601R12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−23, −24
2 Rib 600−12018 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−1, −2
2A Rib 601R12020 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7300
−1, −2
2B Rib 601R12020 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7301−7595
−7, −8
2C Rib 601R12020 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10
3 Rib 601R120191 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7300
−1, −2
3A Rib 601R120191 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7301−7595
−7, −8
3B Rib 601R120191 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10
4 Rib 600−12026 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
4A Rib 601R12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−41, −42
5 Rib 600−12020 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
5A Rib 601R12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−27, −28
6 Rib 600−12021 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
6A Rib 601R12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−29, −30

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 3
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
7 Rib 600−12022 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
7A Rib 601R12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−33, −34
8 Rib 600−12023 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
8A Rib 601R12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−35, −36
9 Rib 600−12024 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
9A Rib 601R12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−39, −40
10 Rib 600−12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
10A Rib 601R12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10
11 Rib 600−12002 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−21, −22
12 Rib 600−12107 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−3, −4
−15, −16
13 Rib 600−12003 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−23, −24
14 Rib 600−12038 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7054
−23, −24
14A Rib 600−12038 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7055−7061
−25, −26
15 Rib 600−12039 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7054
−27, −28
15A Rib 601R12039 CMS516−02 7475−T7351 A012 7055−7061
−3, −4
16 Rib 601R12045 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 4
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
16A Rib 601R12045 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−19, −20
17 Strap 600−12025 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7001−7061
−5, −6
17A Strap 601R120371 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7062−7595
−17, −18
17B Strap 601R120371 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−25, −26
18 Angle 600−12025 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−7, −8
19 Strap 600−12038 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−21, −22
20 Angle 600−12038 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−17, −18
21 Strap 600−12039 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−19, −20
22 Angle, outboard 600−12039 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−23
23 Angle, inboard 600−12039 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−21
24 Doubler 600−12015 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−9, −10
−11, −12
−13, −14
−15, −16
25 Angle 600−12002 M / F S−2163−X ♠ A012 7003−8400
−25, −27
26 Stiffener 600−12002 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−5
27 Angle 600−12002 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−7, −8
28 Clip 600−12002 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−11, −12

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 5
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
29 Stiffener 600−12002 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−23, −24
30 Stiffener 600−12107 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−5, −6, −7, −8
31 Angle 600−12107 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−9, −10
32 Bracket 600−12107 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7037
−13, −14
32A Bracket 600−12107 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A028 7038−7061
−9501, −9502
32B Bracket 600−12107 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7062−8400
−17, −18
33 Clip 600−12003 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−13, −14
34 Angle, attach 600−12003 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−29, −30
35 Stiffener 600−12003 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−25, −26
36 Angle 600−12003 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−7, −8
37 Clip 600−12016 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−50
38 Cleat 600−12016 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−53, −54
39 Clip 600−12038 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−15, −16
40 Stiffener 600−12016 0.025 (.64) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−29, −30
41 Stiffener 600−12003 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−5, −6
42 Doubler 600−12016 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−79, −80
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 6
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
♦ Refer to SRM51−21−16.
♠ Refer to SRM51−32−59.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 7
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS158.52
WS149.58
13 2 WS167.46

14 3
WS176.408 A

1
WS185.35
15
(4 PLACES) WS194.29
15
(20 PLACES) WS203.23
WS212.181
WS252.87 4
WS221.123
5
16 WS261.813 WS230.05
6
WS270.756 WS239.00
7
33 WS279.699 WS247.95
8
17 WS288.641
9
31 WS297.585
(6 PLACES) 10
18
WS305.527
11
19
20 WS315.47 34 12
30
(10 PLACES) WS324.413
WS350.348
WS333.356
WS366.00 21 22
WS342.299
WS377.40 23

WS386.348 24
32
27 25
rsr57069.dg, ps/cc, 19/10/05

28 26

29
A

Leading Edge Ribs, WS149.580 to WS386.348 – Structural Identification


Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 8
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
Leading−Edge 601R12044
Installation, WS149.58 to
WS247.952
1 Rib 601R12045 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7594
−3, −4
1A Rib 601R12045 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7595−8400
−19, −20
2 Rib 601R12046 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
2A Rib 601R12046 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−7689
−5, −6
2B Rib 601R12046 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7690−8400
−11, −12
3 Rib 601R12047 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
3A Rib 601R12047 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4
4 Rib 601R12048 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
4A Rib 601R12048 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10
5 Rib 601R12049 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
5A Rib 601R12049 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4
6 Rib 601R12050 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
6A Rib 601R12050 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10
7 Rib 601R12051 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
7A Rib 601R12051 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 9
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
8 Rib 601R12052 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
8A Rib 601R12052 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−7689
−9, −10
8B Rib 601R12052 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7690−8400
−13, −14
9 Rib 601R12053 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
9A Rib 601R12053 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4
10 Rib 601R12054 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
10A Rib 601R12054 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−7689
−9, −10
10B Rib 601R12054 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7690−8400
−13, −14
11 Rib 601R12055 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
11A Rib 601R12055 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4
12 Rib 601R12058 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
12A Rib 601R12058 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10
13 Doubler 601R12045 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7001−7061
−5, −6
13A Doubler 601R12045 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7062−8400
−7, −8
14 Angle 600−12045 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−11, −12
15 Clip 600−12077 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−1, −3

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 10
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
Leading−Edge 601R12062
Installation, WS252.87 to
WS389.00
16 Rib 601R12063 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
16A Rib 601R12063 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−7689
−9, −10
16B Rib 601R12063 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7690−8400
−21, −22
17 Rib 601R12064 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
17A Rib 601R12064 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4
18 Rib 601R12065 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
18A Rib 601R12065 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10
19 Rib 601R12066 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
19A Rib 601R12066 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4
20 Rib 601R12067 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
20A Rib 601R12067 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10
21 Rib 601R12068 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
21A Rib 601R12068 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4
22 Rib 601R12069 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
22A Rib 601R12069 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 11
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
23 Rib 601R12070 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
23A Rib 601R12070 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4
24 Rib 601R12071 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
24A Rib 601R12071 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−9, −10
25 Rib 601R12072 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−1, −2
25A Rib 601R12072 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−8400
−3, −4
26 Rib 601R12073 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
26A Rib 601R12073 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−7689
−15, −16
26B Rib 601R12073 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7690−8400
−19, −20
27 Rib 601R12412 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
27A Rib 601R12412 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−7689
−7, −8
27B Rib 601R12412 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7690−8400
−13, −14
28 Rib 601R12410 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4
28A Rib 601R12410 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−7689
−5, −6
28B Rib 601R12410 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7690−8400
−11, −12
29 Rib 601R12411 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7595
−3, −4

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 12
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE♦ TIVITY
29A Rib 601R12411 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7596−7689
−5, −6
29B Rib 601R12411 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7690−8400
−13, −14
30 Clip 600−12078 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−1, −3, −5,
−7, −9, −11,
−13, −15
31 Clip 600−12077 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−1, −3
32 Strap 601R12412 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−7689
−5, −6
32A Strap 601R12412 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7690−8400
−15, −16
33 Doubler 601R12063 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−7, −8
34 Doubler 601R12058 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−7, −8
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.
♦ Refer to SRM51−21−16.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 13
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
RIBS, WING LEADING EDGE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199 may not
apply to this section. You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item
identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2
below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
A. For the allowable damage limits for the wing leading edge ribs, refer to Figure 101.
B. Allowable damage limits for the remaining components of the wing leading edge rib assemblies
are not included. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to
SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DAMAGE REMARKS


10% blending and edge trimming are
Scratches, nicks, gouges
permitted ; refer to SRM 57−00−00, Page
and corrosion
Block 101−199.
All formed ribs in SRM 10% edge trimming is permitted ; refer to
57−41−12, Page Block Cracks
SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
1−99.
Refer to SRM 57−00−00, Page Block
Holes and Punctures
101−199.
Dents Not permitted.
NOTE: For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.

Ribs, Wing Leading Edge − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−12 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
LEADING EDGE SHROUDS AND FRAMES − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the leading edge shrouds and frames, refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−29 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

A
B WS50.54
C
WS58.00
20
2
WS66.20
WS66.20 3
WS72.43 (3 PLACES)
10
1 WS78.38

13
11
WS86.45 6 12
(4 PLACES) 14 16
5 15
WS101.00 16
17 21
WS96.34 18
19
WS108.70
A
2
1 WS116.40
4
(6 PLACES) WS124.10

WS131.80
2
7 WS139.54
(6 PLACES)
WS139.54
WS143.189
WS148.019 B 8
9 WS149.58
(3 PLACES)
rsr57071.dg, na/lr, 17/06/04

Leading Edge Shrouds and Frames – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−29 Page 2
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Edging 600−12031 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
2 Edging 600−12031 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
3 Shroud 600−12016 0.020 (.51) clad 2024−T3 A010
4 Stiffener 600−12016 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T3 A010
5 Shroud 600−12030 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T42 A010
6 Cover 600−12016 0.020 (.51) clad 2024−T3 A010
7 Stiffener 600−12016 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
8 Doubler 600−12092 0.160 (4.06) clad 7075−T6 A100
9 Shroud 600−12041 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T42 A010
10 Frame, landing light 601R12104 0.500 (12.7) formed al alloy A109 7001−
plate 7075−T73 7196
10 Frame, landing light 601R12104 3.0 (76.2) machined al alloy A109 7197−
plate 7075−T7451 7999
11 Angle 600−12104 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
12 Channel, inboard 600−12104 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
13 Channel, outboard 600−12104 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
14 Deck 600−12106 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
15 Channel 600−12104 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010
16 Bracket 600−12105 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010
17 Window 600−12109 0.250 (6.35) Plexiglass SS
MIL−P−8141 finish A
18 Frame, window 601R12132 0.312 (7.92) al alloy A109
2024−T351
19 Angle 600−12104 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010
20 Shroud 600−12112 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
21 Angle 600−12104 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−29 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS149.58

WS167.46
WS158.52
12 WS185.35
WS176.408
5
12
WS203.23
14 WS194.29
11
14 WS221.123
WS212.181
WS252.87
11 WS239.00
WS261.813 5
13
WS230.05
(4 PLACES)
WS270.756 11
WS279.699
WS247.95
WS288.641 10
4 9
(5 PLACES) WS297.585
6
(5 PLACES) WS305.527
5
WS315.47
9
WS324.413 8 9 10
WS333.356
5 WS342.299
WS350.348
WS366.00

WS377.40

WS386.348
3 1
rsr57073, ps, 31/05/99

7
1
2
7

Leading Edge Shrouds and Frames – Structural Identification


Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−29 Page 4
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Shrouds 601R12062 0.016 (.41) clad 2024−T3 A010
2 Shim 601R12062 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
3 Packer 601R12062 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
4 Shrouds 600−12062 0.016 (.41) clad 2024−T3 A010
5 Edging 601R12076 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
6 Door 600−12124 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T3 A010
7 Door 601R12127 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T42 A010
8 Shroud 600−12061 0.032 (.81) clad 2024−T42 A010
9 Clip 600−12061 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
10 Clip 600−12061 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010
11 Door 600−12125 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
12 Door 600−12125 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A010
13 Shroud 600−12044 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
14 Shroud 600−12044 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A010
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−29 Page 5
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
LEADING EDGE SHROUDS AND FRAMES − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199 may not
apply to this section. You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item
identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2
below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits for the leading edge shroud and frame, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−29 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DESCRIPTION DAMAGE REMARKS


10% edge trim permitted as per SRM 57−00−00,
Cracks
Page Block 101−199.
Scratches, nicks, gouges and 10% blends and edge trim permitted as per SRM
All items † corrosion 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
Permitted as per SRM 57−00−00, Page Block
Holes and punctures
101−199.
Dents Not permitted. ‡
Shrouds † Cracks
(600−12016, Scratches, nicks, gouges and
600−12062, corrosion
601R12062) Not permitted. ‡
Window † Holes and punctures
(600−12019) Dents
† Refer to SRM 57−41−29, Page Block 1−99, Figures 1 and 2.
‡ Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
NOTE: For definition of blending and trimming and applicable limitations refer to SRM 57−00−00, Figure
101.

Leading Edge Shroud and Frame − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−29 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING LEADING EDGE SKINS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the leading edge skin, Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS50.54

1
WS66.20

2
WS149.58

3
WS139.54

WS143.89

WS149.58
WS252.87

6 4

5
WS350.348 WS247.95
WS252.87

WS386.348
WS389.00 7
rsr57075, na, 23/05/01

10

Wing Leading Edge Skins – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE EFFECTIVITY
1 Skin, upper (chem− 600−12112 0.080 (2.03) / 0.125 (3.18) A100
milled) 6013−T6 AMS 4347
2 Skin, lower (chem− 600−12112 0.080 (2.03) / 0.125 (3.18) A100
milled) 6013−T6 AMS 4347
3 Skin (chem−milled) 600−12029 0.050 (1.27) / 0.100 (2.54) A100
clad 2024−T3
4 Skin 601R12037 0.100 (2.54) 6013−T6 A100
AMS 4347
5 Skin 601R12037 0.100 (2.54) 6013−T6 A100
AMS 4347
6 Skin (chem−milled) 601R12057 0.050 (1.27) / 0.100 (2.54) A100
6013−T6 AMS 4347
7 Door 601R12060 0.125 (3.18) 6013−T6 A100
AMS 4347
8 Skin (chem−milled) 601R12074 0.042 (1.07) / 0.100 (2.54) A100
6013−T6 AMS 4347
9 Skin (chem−milled) 601R12074 0.042 (1.07) / 0.080 (2.03) A100
6013−T6 AMS 4347
10 Cap 601R12081 0.160 (4.06) 6013−T6 A100
AMS 4347
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 3
Jun 17/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING LEADING EDGE SKINS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
A. For the allowable damage limits for the wing leading edge skins, Figure 101. For the wing
leading−edge skin zones and limits to use when you install aerodynamic filler, Figure 102.
2. Dent Removal
A. You can use the procedure that follows, when specified in Figure 101, to remove dents or to
prepare dents for the installation of aerodynamic filler.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR, MAKE SURE THAT UNDERLYING STRUCTURES
SUCH AS RIBS, PICCOLO TUBE ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THE DAMAGE OR
SUBSEQUENT REPAIR WORK.
B. Removal Tool
(1) For a tool that you can use to pull dents and that you can make locally, Figure 103.
C. Procedure
Remove dents as follows:
(1) Drill a 0.086−inch (2.18 mm) diameter hole in the center of the dent.
(2) Install a MS24625−4 (or equivalent) self−tapping screw in the hole to a depth where threads
are formed in the skin.
(3) Remove the screw and install the tool (Figure 103).
(4) Pull the dent out slightly more than the moldline. Use a contour board and form the area to
the correct contour.
(5) Ream the screw hole to 0.143/0.146−inch (3.63/3.71−mm) diameter and countersink for a
bulbed blind rivet, Part No. NAS1739E4−( ).
(6) Inspect the area around the hole with fluorescent liquid penetrant (refer to the
Non−Destructive Testing Manual, CSP A−010).
(7) If there are no cracks, install the rivet Part No. NAS1739E4−( ) (refer to SRM 51−42−12) wet
with PR 1750, Class B sealant (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
(8) Where it is necessary, make sure that the rivet head is aerodynamically smooth with the
adjacent surfaces (refer to SRM 51−14−06). If necessary, shave the broken rivet stem (refer
to SRM 51−42−10).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 101
Feb 18/2003
DEPTH IN.
DAMAGE QUANTITY (mm) WIDTH/LENGTH IN. (mm) REMARKS

Master
0.010
Blend damage to a smooth contour (refer to
Multiple (0.251) —
SRM 51−12−00).
maximum
For a damage greater than 0.020 inch (0.51

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
mm), contact Bombardier Regional Aircraft
Division, Customer Service or install an
aerodynamically smooth (refer to SRM
51−14−06) (flush−type) repair.
Canadair Engineering has no technical
Scratches objection to a ferry flight in these
0.020 circumstances provided;
Isolated — − The wing anti−ice system is not used and,
(0.51)
− Both ice detectors are operative and,
− Flight is not conducted in known or
forecast icing conditions.
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the operator
to obtain the proper authorization from the
applicable civil air authority prior to a ferry
flight.
C

Figure 101 (Sheet 1)


STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Leading−Edge Skin and Plating – Allowable Damage

57−41−31
Page 102
Sep 16/2003
DEPTH IN.
DAMAGE QUANTITY (mm) WIDTH/LENGTH IN. (mm) REMARKS

Master
Continued operation of the aircraft − Cracks
are not permitted.
Canadair Engineering has no techical
objection to a ferry flight in these

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
circumstances provided;
− Stop−drill ends of cracks 0.25 in.
Multiple 4.0 (102) maximum for one (0.635mm). Cover with adhesive tape, 3M
crack. Part No. 425 or equivalent and,
Cracks or —
2.0 (51) maximum for − The wing anti−ice system is not used and,
Isolated multiple radial cracks. − Both ice detectors are operative and,
− Flight is not conducted in known or
forecast icing conditions.
NOTE: It is the reponsability of the operator
to obtain the proper authorization from the
applicable civil air authority prior to a ferry
flight.
C

Figure 101 (Sheet 2)


STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Leading−Edge Skin and Plating – Allowable Damage

57−41−31
Page 103
Apr 10/2005
DEPTH IN.
DAMAGE QUANTITY (mm) WIDTH/LENGTH IN. (mm) REMARKS

Master
One dent only permitted between adjacent
0.25 ribs.
Isolated
(6.35) maximum Dent contours must be smooth without
25 X depth minimum cracks or creases.

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
0.080 Minimum distance between edges of
Multiple
(2.03) maximum adjacent dents − 0.5 in. (12.7mm).

1) Install an aerodynamically smooth (refer


to SRM 51−14−06) (flush−type) repair or;
Dents 2) Pull (refer to paragraph C.) or push the
(structural dent into contour limits. If necessary, use
limits) † aerodynamic filler (refer to SRM 51−12−00).
Install an aerodynamically smooth
(flush−type) repair on or before the
Not in limits subsequent “C” Check.
NOTE: Inspect the filler at each Service
Check. Replace the filler if there is chipping
or flaking.
NOTE: Pull or push the dents into contour
(refer paragraph 2.c), sufficient to permit the
filler thickness to be within limits as per data
C

Figure 101 (Sheet 3)


provided in Figure 102.
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Wing Leading−Edge Skin and Plating – Allowable Damage

57−41−31
Page 104
Sep 28/2004
DEPTH IN.
DAMAGE QUANTITY (mm) WIDTH/LENGTH IN. (mm) REMARKS

Master
0.25 2.0 Only one dent is permitted on each side of
Isolated
(6.35) maximum (51.0) maximum the aircraft.

0.080 2.0 Minimum permitted distance between the


Multiple
(2.03) maximum (51.0) maximum edges of adjacent dents − 0.5in. (12.7mm).

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
1) Install an aerodynamically smooth (refer
to SRM 51−14−06) (flush−type) repair or;

Dents 2) Use aerodynamic filler (refer to SRM


(aerodynamic 51−12−00) to put the contour back into
limits) limits. Install an aerodynamically smooth
(flush−type) repair on or before subsequent
“C”Check.
Not in limits
NOTE: Inspect the filler at each Service
Check. Replace the filler if there is chipping
or flaking.
NOTE: Pull or push the dents into contour
(refer paragraph 2.c), sufficient to permit the
filler thickness to be within limits as per data
provided in Figure 102.
You can plug holes through 0.25 in.
C

(6.35mm) in diameter with

Figure 101 (Sheet 4)


countersunk−head AD−type rivets if they are
not nearer than 4 hole diameter to:
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

− Adjacent holes
− Skin edges
Holes and
— — — − Other damage.
punctures
NOTE: If necessary for aerodynamic
smoothness (refer to SRM 51−14−06), mill

Wing Leading−Edge Skin and Plating – Allowable Damage


the rivet heads level with the adjacent
surfaces.

57−41−31
NOTE: Install the rivets wet with PR 1750,
Class B sealant (refer to SRM 51−23−00).

Sep 28/2004
Page 105
DEPTH IN.
DAMAGE QUANTITY (mm) WIDTH/LENGTH IN. (mm) REMARKS

Master
General leading edge roughness of not
greater than 220−grit sandpaper
Surface 0.003 (0.003in./0.076mm) is acceptable for
Roughness
Multiple (0.076) — service. Surface roughness in excess of
(Aerodynamic
maximum 220−grit is not recommended for continued
Limits)

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
service and should be removed at the
earliest opportunity.
Erosion damage must be blended out
Surface 0.010 mechanically (refer to SRM 51−12−00) and
Roughness aerodynamically smooth (refer to SRM
Multiple (0.254) —
(Structural 51−14−06). Maximum permitted
Limits) maximum accumulated blend depth is 0.010in.
(0.254mm).
There are no limits for the linear dimension
of the removed damage if standard edge
General
distances are maintained (refer to SRM
edge — — —
51−40−06). A decreased edge distance of
damage
1.5 X fastener diameter is permitted for 10
percent of the linear dimension.
† Dents are permitted in skins only. No damage is permitted in the internal structure.
C

NOTES: In areas where allowable damage is treated, obey the aerodynamic smoothness limits given in SRM 51−14−06.

Figure 101 (Sheet 5)


For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00. Use an approved repair (refer
to SRM 51−13−00) to repair damage that does not agree with the allowable damage limits.
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

If the leading edge is removed for repair, added time is necessary for the aerodynamic sealant to cure (refer to
SRM 51−23−00 and SRM 51−23−16).

Wing Leading−Edge Skin and Plating – Allowable Damage

57−41−31
Page 106
Sep 16/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
WS148.019 1 Do not countersink the holes.
WS0.00 The protruding countersunk−heads
attach the filler to the skin.
WS389.00 2 Spanwise width of each dent
must not be more than
6.0 inches (15.2 cm).
Total spanwise width of dents
LEADING EDGE must not be more than
ZONE 2 12.0 inches (30.5 cm) for each side
of the aircraft
3 For depth X and chordwise width
2 limits refer to the filler depth
LEADING EDGE limits table in this figure.
SPANWISE
ZONE 1 WIDTH 4 Rivets are mandatory in Zone 1.
Rivets are optional in Zone 2.

CHORDWISE
A A 3
WIDTH

FILLER DEPTH LIMITS


FILLER
EC1751 A/B DEPTH X CHORDWISE WIDTH
X 3 Inch (mm) Max. Inch (mm) Max.
0.125 (3.18) 0.75 (19.1)

INSTALL MS20601AD4 1 4
rsr57081, ps/rm, 02/08/04

(OR EQUIVALENT)
BLIND RIVETS (TWO MINIMUM)
TO HOLD THE FILLER IN PLACE

A A

Wing Leading Edge – Allowable Damage Limits and Repair Data


Figure 102

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 107
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MINIMUM DISTANCE
BETWEEN PIVOT AND
MS 24625−4 SCREW
(OR EQUIVALENT)
6.0 INCH (15.2 cm)

LOCALLY MADE
TOOL

MS 24625−4
SELF−TAPPING SCREW
(OR EQUIVALENT)
rsr57082, na, 23/05/01

NOTE
Make the dent removal tool from
locally available materials.

Wing Leading Edge – Dent Removal Tool


Figure 103

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 108
Jun 17/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
WING LEADING EDGE SKINS − REPAIRS

1. General
This topic contains an approved generic repair to the wing leading edge skin that has damage which is
more than permitted by allowable damage limits (refer to SRM 57−41−31 Page Block 101).
2. Applicability
This repair applies to damage in chem−milled pocket areas or plain skin areas with a maximum
thickness of 0.100 in (2.54 mm).
A. Limitations
(1) This repair applies to the inboard wing leading edge segment only, from WS66.20 to
WS139.54, left and right side.
(2) This repair applies only to the geometry defined (refer to Figure 202).
(3) The repair must be a minimum of two bays from any existing repair.
NOTE: If approved repair does not cover the area of damage, contact Bombardier Aerospace
Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
3. Repair Materials
For a list of repair materials for the wing leading edge skin repair, refer to Figure 201.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 201
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

MATERIAL REFER- FINISH


ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER ENCE CODE
Make from new leading
1 Skin Insert — A100
edge skin
0.050 (1.27) clad
2 Repair Strap — A023
2024−T3
0.050 (1.27) clad
3 Repair Strap — A023
2024−T3
0.025 (0.64) AISI 301
4 Repair Strap — S020
AMS5518 (1/2 hard)
0.025 (0.64) AISI 301
5 Repair Strap — S020
AMS5518 (1/2 hard)
0.050 (1.27) clad
6 Skin Filler — A100
2024−T3
0.050 (1.27) clad
7 Repair Strap — A023
2024−T3
0.050 (1.27) clad
8 Repair Strap — A023
2024−T3
0.050 (1.27) clad
9 Interior Skin Filler — A023
2024−T3
0.025 (0.64) AISI 301
10 Repair Strap — S020
AMS5518 (1/2 hard)
0.025 (0.64) AISI 301
11 Repair Strap — S020
AMS5518 (1/2 hard)
0.050 (1.27) clad
12 Skin Filler — A100
2024−T3
0.050 (1.27) clad
13 Doubler — A023
2024−T3
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches followed by millimeters in parenthesis.

Wing Leading−Edge Skin Repair Materials


Figure 201 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 202
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4. Repair Procedure
A. Flush Repair
(1) Remove the external finish coatings in the repair area (refer to SRM 51−26−00).
(2) Remove the existing fasteners in the repair area.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(3) Cut away damaged skin as required and as shown in Figure 202.
(4) Remove all burrs and sharp edges sufficiently to get a 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) radius. Ensure
a surface finish of 125 RHR or better.
NOTE: RHR is the Roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinches or
micrometers (in parenthesis). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filling.
(5) Do a liquid penetrant inspection (LPI) (refer to NDTM 51−20−08) or eddy current (refer to
NDTM 51−20−06) of the cut edges. Make sure that all damage was removed and there is
no crack.
(6) Touch up the edges of cut line according to Finish Code A010 (refer to SRM 51−21−16.
(7) Make the repair items listed in Figure 201 as shown in Figure 202 (refer to SRM 51−24−16).
Form and/or roll parts to match the wing leading−edge contour.
(8) Maintain a 0.31 inch (7.87 mm) radius at the corners of the repair parts.
(9) Seal all faying surfaces. Aerodynamic seal and wet assemble all the repair parts per SRM
51−23−00.
(10) Maintain a minimum of 2D + 1/16 inch (1.59 mm) edge distance.
(11) Install rivets per SRM 51−42−06.
(12) Install Hi−Lites per SRM 51−42−21.
(13) Polish the external surface to match the skin quality in the surrounding area.
(14) Refinish surfaces to the original finish requirements per SRM 51−21−11.
5. Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements
There are no specific intervals for this repair. The current inspection program is not affected by the
installation of this repair.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 203
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

0.030 to 0.060 in.


(0.762 to 1.52 mm) 0.100 in.
1 TYPICAL GAP (2.54 mm)
TYPICAL

RADIUS
0.75 in.
(19.05 mm) 4
0.38 in. TYPICAL
(9.65 mm)
TYPICAL 0.100 in. 5
(2.54 mm)
TYPICAL
TRACE OF
WRP
0.44 in.
(11.18 mm)
TYPICAL
1
TYPICAL

RADIUS 0.100 in.


0.75 in. (2.54 mm)
(19.05 mm) TYPICAL
TYPICAL
3
0.100 in.
(2.54 mm)
TYPICAL

== TRACE OF
TRACE OF
WING STA CUT LINE WING STA
SPLICE BETWEEN RIBS (INBOARD LOCATION)
VIEW LOOKING ON INTERNAL SURFACE OF WING LEADING EDGE SKIN

FASTENER CODE
rsr57131.dg, rm/lr, 6/04/04

NAS1097AD5, 4−6 D pitch.


NOTE
HST11AG5 Hi−Lite with KFN587−08 nut, 4−6 D pitch.
1 Equally pitched (typical
HST11AG6 Hi−Lite with KFN587−3 nut, 5−6 D pitch. for all fasteners).
Existing fasteners.
NAS1097AD5, 8−10 D pitch.

Repair to Wing Leading Edge Skin


Figure 202 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 204
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4D TO 6D UPPER EDGE
12
TYPICAL (REF)

13

1
TYPICAL
CUT LINE 0.38 in.
RADIUS (9.65 mm)
1.00 in. (25.4 mm) TYPICAL
TRACE OF
TYPICAL
WRP

0.030 to 0.060 in.


(0.762 to 1.52 mm)
TYPICAL GAP

TRACE OF LOWER EDGE TRACE OF


WING STA (REF) WING STA

POCKET REPAIR BETWEEN THE RIBS


2
VIEW LOOKING AFT ON LEFT LEADING EDGE SKIN
Equally pitched (typical
for all fasteners).

FASTENER CODE
NOTES
rsr57132.dg, rm/lr, 19/04/04

NAS1097AD5, 4−6 D pitch.


HST11AG5 Hi−Lite with KFN587−08 nut, 4−6 D pitch. 1 Equally pitched (typical
HST11AG6 Hi−Lite with KFN587−3 nut, 5−6 D pitch. for all fasteners).
Existing fasteners. 2 Repair to be done in such
NAS1097AD5, 8−10 D pitch. a way to have 2 rows of
fasteners around cutout.

Repair to Wing Leading Edge Skin


Figure 202 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 205
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

UPPER EDGE 0.100 in.


5D TO 6D
(REF) (2.54 mm)
TYPICAL
TYPICAL

7
1
TYPICAL
6

TRACE OF 1
WRP TYPICAL

1 TYPICAL
0.44 in.
(11.176 mm) 11
TYPICAL 9
RADIUS
0.75 in.
(19.05 mm)
TYPICAL 10
0.38 in.
(9.65 mm)
TYPICAL 8

TRACE OF 0.100 in.


(2.54 mm) TRACE OF
WING STA CUT LINE
TYPICAL WING STA
LOWER EDGE 0.030 to 0.060 in. RADIUS
(REF) (0.762 to 1.52 mm) 1.00 in. (25.4 mm)
TYPICAL GAP TYPICAL

REPAIR BETWEEN THE RIBS


VIEW LOOKING FORWARD ON LEFT LEADING EDGE SKIN

FASTENER CODE
NAS1097AD5, 4−6 D pitch.
rsr57133.dg, rm/lr, 6/04/04

HST11AG5 Hi−Lite with KFN587−08 nut, 4−6 D pitch. NOTE


HST11AG6 Hi−Lite with KFN587−3 nut, 5−6 D pitch. 1 Equally pitched (typical
Existing fasteners. for all fasteners).
NAS1097AD5, 8−10 D pitch.

Repair to Wing Leading Edge Skin


Figure 202 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 206
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

OML
2 (REF)

4 (REF)
601R10036
(REF)

5 (REF) 601R12044
(REF)

TRACE OF 8%
CHORD

3 (REF)

CUT LINE
OML
(REF)
7 (REF)

6 (REF) 601R10036
(REF)

601R12044
(REF)
9 (REF)

11 (REF) TRACE OF 8%
CHORD
rsr57134.dg, rm/lr, 6/04/04

10 (REF)

CUT LINE
(REF) 8 (REF)

Repair to Wing Leading Edge Skin


Figure 202 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−41−31 Page 207
Aug 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TRAILING EDGE AND EDGE DEVICES − GENERAL

1. Structural Identification
A. For the structural identification of the trailing edge, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−50−00 Page 1
Dec 15/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

57−55−00

57−55−00

57−54−00

57−54−00

57−52−00

57−53−00

57−51−00
rsr57113, ll, 30/09/99

Trailing Edge and Edge Devices – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−50−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TRAILING EDGE STRUCTURE − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
A. For the structural identification of the trailing edge structure, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

57−51−31

57−51−31

57−51−31

57−51−14

57−51−14

57−51−14
rsr57116, pl, 14/12/99

57−51−14

57−51−31

Trailing Edge Structure – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TRAILING EDGE STRUCTURE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
A. For the allowable damage limits for the trailing edge structure, contact Bombardier Aerospace
Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 53–13–01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−00 Page 101
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FRAMING STRUCTURE, TRAILING EDGE − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
A. For the structural identification of the trailing edge framing structures from WS48.00 to WS353.00,
Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS
48.30
SP. STA 2
56.177
1

SP. STA
75.506 3

WS
84.40 4
12

11
SP. STA
98.009
SP. STA 9
5
104.429 10
6
92
7
WS
8 112.30 14
SP. STA 17 15
WS 120.761
124.35 13
WS
130.10
24
21 12
SP. STA 22 25 11
140.364 23 16
20

11 18
6
rsr57083, na/yf, 29/11/06

91
6 19
27
26 12

Trailing−Edge Framing Structure, WS48.30 to WS353.00 – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 2
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

30
WS148.019
34
31
29 33
44
SP.STA 40 90
173.460 34
51 32
WS175.220 47 28
43
93
35
36
94
48
49 46 42 39 36
41
50 57 38
45
36
SP.STA
195.360
SP.STA 52
204.360 54
37
SP.STA 104
216.211 97
58
SP.STA 101
227.46 56
98
106
59
108
rsr57084, ps/yf, 29/11/05

96
105
107
112 55
49 113

Trailing−Edge Framing Structure, WS48.30 to WS353.00 – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 3
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SP.STA 60
241.001 95
SP.STA 111
251.700 64 100
SP.STA 62
263.601 102
66
SP.STA
272.601 67
WS267.150 71
68
SP.STA
295.801 61
103 70
AIL.STA 116
301.627 69 61
117
109
72 61
65
73 118
61
78 82
119
55
53 61
80
77 120 63
81
76 61
75 79
74
rsr57085, na/yf, 29/11/05

Trailing−Edge Framing Structure, WS48.30 to WS353.00 – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 4
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS294.50 84

114
WS303.656

86
WS318.295

87 83

85

WS343.50

88
115

89
rsr57086, na/yf, 29/11/05

Trailing−Edge Framing Structure, WS48.30 to WS353.00 – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 5
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
Inboard Trailing Edge 601R10032
Installation
1 Rib, WS48.30 601R10323 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7003−8400
−1, −2 §

2 Fitting, SPS56.177 601R10827 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7003−7100


−3, −4, −5, §
−6
2A Fitting, SPS56.177 601R10827 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7101−7195
−29, −30, §
−31, −32
2B Fitting, SPS56.177 601r10827 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7196−8400
−39, −40,
−41, −42
3 Fitting, SPS75.508 601R10828 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7003−7112
−11, −12, §
−13, −14
3A Fitting, SPS75.508 601R10828 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7113−7196
−11, −12, §
−15, −16
3B Fitting, SPS75.508 601R10828 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7197−8400
−31, −32, §
−33, −34
4 Rib, WS84.40 601R10330 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7003−7682
−9, −10 §

4A Rib, WS84.40 601R10330 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A014 7683−8036


−13, −14
4B Rib, WS84.40 601R10330 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A014 8037−8400
−17, −18
Channel Assembly 601R10132
5 Channel 601R10132 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−17, −18
6 Bathtub fitting 601R10939 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−7050
−7, −27,
−33, −34

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 6
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
6A Bathtub fitting 601R10939 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7051−8400
−39, −40,
−41
7 Stiffener 601R10132 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S020 7003−8400
−1, −2
8 Bracket 601R10132 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S020 7003−8012
−3, −4
8A Bracket 601R10132 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S020 8013−8400
−25, −26
9 Fitting, SPS98.009 601R10829 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7003−7100
−5, −6, §
−15, −16
9A Fitting, SPS98.009 601R10829 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7101−7682
−5, −6, §
−39, −40
9B Fitting, SPS98.009 601R10829 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7683−8400
−43, −44,
−39, −40
10 Fitting, SPS104.429 601R10333 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7003−7682
−5, −6 §

10A Fitting, SPS104.429 601R10333 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A014 7683−8400


−23, −24 §

− Pad 600−10032 0.010 (0.25) Teflon α 7003−8400


−3, −27,
−29, −31,
−33, −35
− Teflon sheet 600−10032 0.125 (3.18) AM 3651 7003−8400
−9, −10,
−11
Stop Assembly 601R10222
11 Tee 601R10222 S−2829 extruded 2024−T3511 A012 7003−8400
−3
12 Strip 601R10222 0.125 (3.18) Teflon α 7003−8400
−5

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 7
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
13 Rib, WS112.30 601R10332 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−1, −2
14 Angle 601R10332 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−3, −4
15 Gusset 601R10332 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−5, −6
16 Gusset 601R10332 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−9, −10
17 Fitting, SPS120.761 601R10334 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7003−7092
−13, −14, §
−15, −16
17A Fitting, SPS120.761 601R10334 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7093−8400
−13, −14,
−33, −34
18 Channel 601R10132 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−13, −14
19 Angle 601R10132 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S020 7003−8400
−9, −10
20 Rib, WS124.35 601R10132 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−5, −6
21 Angle 601R10132 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−19
Rib Assembly, WS130.10 601R10339
22 Rib, WS130.10 601R10339 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7061
−13, −14
22A Rib, WS130.10 601R10339 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7062−8400
−27, −28
23 Doubler 601R10339 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−17
24 Angle 601R10339 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−3, −4
25 Gusset 601R10339 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−5, −6

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 8
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
26 Fitting, SPS140.364 601R10335 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7003−7682
−3, −4, −5, §
−6
26A Fitting, SPS140.364 601R10335 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A014 7683−8400
−11, −12,
−31, −32
27 Clip 601R10335 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7003−7682
−7, −8 §

27A Clip 601R10335 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A014 7683−8400


−33, −34 §

Trailing Edge Installation, 601R10033


WS148.019 to WS282.00
Rib Assembly, 601R10336
WS148.019
28 Rib, WS148.019 601R10336 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−7899
−3, −4
28A Rib, WS148.019 601R103361 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7900−7979
−1, −2
28B Rib, WS148.019 601R103361 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7980−8400
−3, −4
29 Joint strap 601R10336 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−7899
−5, −6
29A Joint strap 601R10336 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7900−8400
−43, −44
30 Angle 601R10336 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−7899
−7, −8
30A Angle 601R103364 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7900−7979
−1, −2
30B Angle 601R103364 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7980−8400
−3, −4
31 Angle 601R10336 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−7036,
−11, −12 7038−7052

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 9
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
31A Angle 601R10336 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010 7037,
−21, −22 7053−8400

32 Joint strap 600−10336 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−8400


−27, −28
33 Doubler 601R10336 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−7254
−15, −16
33A Doubler 601R10336 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7255−7899
−23, −24
33B Doubler 601R103362 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010 7900−7979
−1, −2
33C Doubler 601R103362 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010 7980−8400
−3, −4
34 Cleat 601R10336 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−8400
−17, −19,
−20
35 Intercostal 601R10133 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−7038
−15, −16
35A Intercostal 601R10133 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7039−8400
−29, −30
36 Cleat 601R10133 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−8400
−13, −17,
−21
37 Phenolic block 601R10133 0.500 (12.70) §§ E200 7003−8400
−23, −24
38 Rib 601R10338 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−8400
−1, −2
39 Fitting 601R10156 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−7632
−1, −2
39A Fitting 601R10156 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7633−8400
−3, −4
40 Fitting, SPS173.460 601R10134 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−8400
−3, −4, −5, §
−6

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 10
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
41 Cleat 601R10133 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−8400
−9, −10,
−11, −12
42 Stop fitting 601R10196 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−8400
−3
− Shim 601R10196 0.040 (1.02) αα 7003−8400
−5
Stiffener Assembly 601R10133
43 Stiffener 601R10133 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−8400
−27, −28
44 Angle 601R10133 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−8400
−7
45 Channel 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7169
−9, −10
45A Channel 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7170−8400
−77, −78
46 Plate 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−61
47 Diaphragm 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T42 A010 7003−7314
−17, −68
47A Diaphragm 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T42 A010 7315−8400
−85, −68
48 Pillar 601R10298 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−7054
−1, −2
48A Pillar 601R10298 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7055−8400
−3, −4
49 Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−19, −20
50 Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S020 7003−8400
−21, −22
51 Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−1, −2

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 11
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
52 Fitting, SPS195.360 601R10080 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−7087
−23, −24 §

52A Fitting, SPS195.360 601R10080 Machined 7475−T7351 plate††† A012 7088−8400


−23, −30 §

53 Angle 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400


−39
54 Fitting, SPS204.360 601R10086 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−7087
−21, −22 §

54A Fitting, SPS204.360 601R10086 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7088−8400
−31, −22 §

55 Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−7739


−1, −2 §

55A Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7740−8400


−33, −34 §

56 Fitting, SPS227.460 601R10135 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−7672,


−3, −4, § 7675−7675,
−19, −20 7679−7679

56A Fitting, SPS227.460 601R10135 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A014 7673−7674,
−25, −26, 7676−7678,
−27, −28 7680−8400

− Spacer 601R10133 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400


−25
57 Channel 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−31
58 Bracket 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−7739
−21, −22 §

58A Bracket 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A014 7740−8400


−39, −40
59 Pillar 601R10831 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−8400
−7
60 Fitting, SPS241.801 601R10085 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−8400
−3, −4, −5, §
−6

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 7)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 12
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
− Radius block 601R10940 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−17
61 Plate 601R10940 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T6 A014 7003−7030
−11, −13,
−15
61A Strap 601R10433 0.080 (2.03) CRES 301 †† S023 7031−8400
−61, −63,
−65
62 Lower shroud 601R10940 0.080 (2.03) clad 7075−T62 A014 7003−8400
−23, −24
63 Upper shroud 601R10940 0.080 (2.03) clad 7075−T62 A014 7003−8400
−43, −45
64 Rib, SPS251.70 601R10834 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−7672,
−1, −2 § 7675−7675,
7679−7679
64A Rib, SPS251.70 601R10834 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A014 7673−7674,
−3, −4 7676−7678,
7680−8400
65 Fixed trailing edge, 601R10835 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−8400
spoileron −1, −2 §

66 Fitting , SPS263.601 601R10087 Machined 7050−T7451, A012 7003−7087


−21, −23 CMS516−03§

66A Fitting , SPS263.601 601R10087 Machined 7050−T7451, A012 7088−7196


−33, −35 CMS516−03§

66B Fitting , SPS263.601 601R10087 Machined 7050−T7451, A012 7197−8400


−41, −43 CMS516−03§

67 Fitting, SPS272.601 601R10079 Machined 7050−T7451, A012 7003−7087


−25, −27 CMS516−03§

67A Fitting, SPS272.601 601R10079 Machined 7050−T7451, A012 7088−7196


−41, −43 CMS516−03§

67B Fitting, SPS272.601 601R10079 Machined 7050−T7451, A012 7197−8400


CMS516−03§

68 Fitting, WS267.150 601R10836 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7672,


−1, −2 7675−7675,
7679−7679

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 8)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 13
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
68A Fitting, WS267.150 601R10836 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A014 7673−7674,
−3, −4 7676−7678,
7680−8400
69 Fitting , SPS295.800 601R10092 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7672,
−21, −22, 7675−7675,
−23, −24 7679−7679

69A Fitting , SPS295.800 601R10092 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A014 7673−7674,


−25, −26, 7676−7678,
−27, −28 7680−8400

70 Angle 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−8400


−29, −30
71 Fitting, WS263.031 601R10832 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7051
−3, −4
71A Fitting, WS263.031 601R10832 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7052−7672,
−5, −6 7675−7675,
7679−7679
71B Fitting, WS263.031 601R10832 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A014 7673−7674,
−7, −8 7676−7678,
7680−8400
72 Rib, WS285.25 601R10350 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7570
−3, −4
72A Rib, WS285.25 601R103501 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A014 7571−8400
−1, −2
73 Clip, WS285.25 601R10351 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A012 7003−8400
−1, −2
74 Seal base plate 600−10157 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−21, −22
75 Seal retainer angle 600−10352 Machined 2024−T351 plate A012 7003−8400
−1, −2
Stop Assembly 601R10197
76 Stop fitting 601R10197 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A024 7003−7070
−3
76A Stop fitting 601R10197 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ††† A024 7071−8400
−11

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 9)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 14
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
− Pad 601R10197 0.050 (1.27) Teflon α 7003−8400
−5
77 Back plate 601R10197 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A023 7003−8400
−7
78 Seal 600−10217 7.00 (177.80) long ♣ 7003−7039
−289, −290
78A Seal 600−10217 7.00 (177.80) M/F 600−10074−1 7040−8400
−327, −328
79 Seal 600−10033 2.80 (71.12) long ♣♣ 7003−8400
−7
80 Seal 600−10033 3.00 (76.20) long Þ 7003−8400
−5
81 Seal retainer 600−10157 0.020 (0.51) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−11, −19
82 Angle 601R10217 0.100 (2.54) 15−5PH ++ S025 7003−8400
−65, −66
Aileron Shrouds 601R10035
83 Tee Support 601R10258 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7639
−1, −2
83A Tee Support 601R10258 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A014 7640−8400
−3, −4
84 Aileron Hinge Fitting No. 601R10061 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7256
1 −3, −4, −5,
−6
84A Aileron Hinge Fitting No. 601R10061 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7257−8400
1 −33, −34,
−35, −36
85 Bracket 601R10942 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7639
−1, −2
85A Bracket 601R10942 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A014 7640−8400
−11, −12
86 Aileron Hinge Fitting No. 601R10062 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7035
2 −13, −14

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 10)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 15
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
86A Aileron Hinge Fitting No. 601R10062 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7036−7196
2 −19, −20
86B Aileron Hinge Fitting No. 601R10062 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A012 7197−8400
2 −23, −24
87 Angle 601R10268 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A013 7003−7639
−3, −4
87A Angle 601R10268 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A015 7640−8400
−9, −10
88 Aileron Hinge Fitting No. 601R10063 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−8400
3 −9, −10
89 Aileron Hinge Fitting No. 601R10064 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7054,
4 −25, −26, 7251−7256
−27, −28
89A Aileron Hinge Fitting No. 601R10064 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A025 7055−7250,
4 −3, −4, −5, 7257−8400
−6
− Shim 601R10035 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−13
− Spacer 601R10035 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010 7003−8400
−11
90 Angle 601R10336 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−7899
−9, −10
90A Angle 601R10336 0.063 (1.60) clad 7075−T62 A010 7900−8400
−1, −2
91 Angle 601R10132 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S020 7003−7016
−7, −8
91A Angle 601R10132 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S020 7017−8400
−21, −22
92 Fitting, SPS104.429 601R10333 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7682
−9, −10
92A Fitting, SPS104.429 601R10333 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A014 7683−8400
−25, −26

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 11)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 16
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
93 Intercostal 601R10133 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−8400
−19, −20
94 Intercostal 601R10133 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010 7003−8400
−3, −4
95 Channel 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−13, −14
96 Channel 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7054
−57, −55
96A Channel 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7055−8400
−73, −71
97 Diaphragm 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7399
−29, −30
97A Diaphragm 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7400−8400
−81, −82
98 Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S025 7003−7034
−23, −24
98A Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S025 7035−8400
−69, −70
99 Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S025 7003−8400
−25, −26
100 Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) CRES 301 †† S025 7003−8400
−27, −28
101 Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−3, −49
102 Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−7169
−5, −6
102A Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7170−8400
−75, −76
103 Angle 601R10217 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−7, −8
104 Angle 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−41, −42

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 12)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 17
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
105 Angle 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−43, −44
106 Angle 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−63
107 Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7739
−3, −4
107A Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7740−8400
−35, −36
108 Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7739
−5
108A Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7740−8400
−37
109 Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−8400
−15
110 Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7041
−27, −28
110A Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7042−7611,
−31, −32 7613−7644

110B Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A024 7612−7612,


−3, −4 7645−7739

110C Fitting 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A025 7740−8400


−9, −10
111 Bracket 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7739
−23, −24
111A Bracket 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A014 7740−8400
−41, −42
112 Bracket 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7739
−25, −26
112A Bracket 601R10941 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A014 7740−8400
−43, −44
113 Channel 601R10217 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7003−8400
−33

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 13)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 18
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
114 Bracket 601R10942 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7003−7186
−3, −4
114A Bracket 601R10942 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7187−7196
−901, −902
114B Bracket 601R10942 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A012 7197−7639
−7, −8
114C Bracket 601R10942 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A014 7640−8400
−15, −16
115 Angle 601R10268 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† § A013 7003−7639
−5, −6
115A Angle 601R10268 Machined 7475−T7351 ††† A015 7640−8400
−7, −8
116 Seal 601R10433 M/F 601R10395−1 or −3 7003−8400
−7
117 Seal 601R10433 M/F 601R10395−1 or −3 7003−8400
−9, −11
118 Seal 601R10433 M/F 601R10395−1 or −3 7003−8400
−13
119 Seal 601R10433 M/F 601R10395−1 or −3 7003−8400
−15, −17
120 Seal 601R10433 M/F 601R10395−1 or −3 7003−8400
−19, −20
— Item not shown.
† Finish is X010. Unless otherwise specified, finish the aft face of the rear spar, the inner surface of the
upper and lower skin, and all the attached structures with a gloss−grey (Federal Standard 595 color
number 16473) polyurethane topcoat.
†† Specification MIL−S−5059, Type 301½ H
††† Canadair Specification CMS 516−02
α Canadair Specification CMS 533−01
αα Specification MIL−S−22499, Comp 1, Type I, Class 2
§ Shot−peened
§§ Specification MIL−P−15035, Type FB1

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 14)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 19
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ★ TIVITY
♣ Silicone rubber CMPD−H430, dacron fabric F718 plain, woven Haveg 7050
♣♣ S−7577 extruded Haveg
Þ S−7541 extruded Haveg
★ Refer to SRM 51−21−16.
++ AMS 5862. Heat treat to Cond H1025 after forming.
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 15)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 20
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FRAMING STRUCTURE, TRAILING EDGE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00 may not apply to the section.
You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item identified in section 2
below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2 below, contact
Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits for the trailing edge framing structure, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE
REMOVAL LIMIT 2D
1

LUG
HOLE

EDGE
DISTANCE

90 DEGREES

NOTES
1 No rework permitted in an area within a 2D radius
around fasteners.
2 No rework permitted in a circle area of radius = edge
distance around lug hole + zone inside the tangeant
to that circle area to the perpendicular of the side
rsr57012.dg, lr, 19/04/04

of the lug.

No rework permitted

Trailing Edge Framing Structure − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

EXTRUDED AND MACHINED PARTS


DAMAGE REMARKS
Edge trim of 10% is permitted as per SRM 57−00−00 101, Figure 101 on
Cracks
all parts except the parts presented in Figure 101.
Scratches, nicks, gouges and Blends and edge trim of 10% are permitted as per SRM 57−00−00
corrosion Figure 101, on all parts presented in Figure 101.
Dents Dents are not permitted.
Permitted as per SRM 57−00−00, Figure 101 for all parts presented in
Holes and punctures
Figure 101.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when 30% or more of its length/area is
damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support.
NOTE: For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.
NOTE: Refer to SRM 57−51−14 Page Block 1, Figure 101.

Trailing Edge Framing Structure − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FORMED PARTS
TYPE OF DAMAGE REMARKS
Edge trims of 10% are permitted as perSRM 57−00−00., Figure 102 on
Cracks
all parts except the parts presented in Figure 101.
Scratches, nicks, gouges and Blends and edge trim of 10% are permitted as perSRM 57−00−00 Figure
corrosion 102 on all parts except the parts presented in Figure 101.
Dents Dents are not permitted.
Permitted as perSRM 57−00−00 Figure 102 for all parts except the parts
Holes and punctures
presented in Figure 101.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when 30% or more of its length/area is
damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support.
NOTE: For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer toSRM 51−12−00.
NOTE: Refer to SRM 57−51−14 Page Block 1, Figure 1.

Trailing Edge Framing Structure − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 104
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

PARTS FOR WHICH NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED


ITEM DRAWING NUMBER
Phenolic block 601R10133
Rib 601R10338
Fitting 601R10156
Stop fitting 601R10196
Spoiler fitting assembly, SPS195.360 601R10080
Spoiler fitting assembly 601R10086
Spoiler fitting assembly, SPS227.460 601R10135
Spolier fitting assembly, SPS241.801 601R10085
Fitting 601R10834
Spoiler fitting assembly, SPS263.601 601R10087
Spoiler fitting assembly 601R10079
Spoiler fitting assembly, SPS295.800 601R10092
Seal base plate 600−10157
Seal retaining angle 600−10352
Seal 600−10217
Seal 600−10033
Seal 600−10033
Seal retainer 600−10157
Aileron hinge No.2 601R10062
Aileron hinge No.3 601R10063
NOTE: For part detail and specification, refer to SRM 57−51−14, Page Block 1.
NOTE; Refer to SRM 57−51−14 Page Block 1, Figure 1.

Trailing Edge Framing Structure − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 105
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FRAMING STRUCTURE, TRAILING EDGE − REPAIRS

1. General
A. For repairs to the framing structure, trailing edge, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional
Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−14 Page 201
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SKIN AND PLATING, TRAILING EDGE − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the trailing edge skin and plating from BL47.063 to WS353.000, refer
to Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 3.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

8
7
6
9
5
6

7 4

UPPER 9
10
SKIN
5
6

10 7 1
3

11

LOWER
SKIN
12 10

13 11
rsr57091, ps, 01/06/99

Trailing Edge Skin and Plating – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Skin, inner 601R10224 0.020/0.050 (0.51/1.27) clad A110
(chem−milled) 2024−T3 $
2 Skin, outer 601R10224 0.020/0.050 (0.51/1.27) clad A110
(chem−milled) 2024−T3 $
3 Core, honeycomb 601R10224 0.500 (12.7) MIL−C−7438
4.5−1/8−10N (5052)
4 Skin (chem−milled) 601R10224 0.050/0.100 (1.27/2.54) clad A109
2024−T3 $
5 Channel 601R10224 0.040 (1.02) clad 7075−T62 A010
6 Teflon strip 601R10224 0.020 (0.51) CMS 533−01 E002
7 Trailing edge 601R10224 extrusion S6882 A048
8 Skin (chem−milled) 601R10224 0.050/0.090 (1.27/2.29) clad A109
2024−T3 $
9 Land seal 601R10224 0.015 (0.38) MIL−S−5059 comp S010
301 1/2 hard
10 Skin (chem−milled) 601R10225 0.060/0.100 (1.52/2.54) clad A109
7075−T6 $
11 Seal 601R10225 M/F 600−10073−X
12 Edge member 601R10225 M/F S6847 A012
13 Channel, gang 601R10225 M/F MS21063L08−16−XX
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.
$ The tolerance is ±0.005 (±0.13).

Key to Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 3
Sep 16/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 3

12 8
9
10

10 1
17 11 (6 PLACES) 7
13
9 (6 PLACES)

10
14
18
1 2

14
16
7 15
22 13
(2 PLACES)
18 20 21

14 12
rsr57093, ps/rm, 05/08/03

19 23

Trailing Edge Skin and Plating – Structural Identification


Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 4
Sep 16/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Seal 601R10226 0.015 (0.38) MIL−S−5059 comp S010
310 1/2 hard
2 Skin, upper 601R10226 0.040/0.100 (1.02/2.54) clad A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T3 $
3 Strap 601R10219 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T6 A010
4 Skin, upper forward 601R10219 0.090 (2.29) clad 7075−T6 A109
5 Skin, upper aft 601R10219 0.090 (2.29) clad 7075−T6 A109
6 Skin, lower 601R10220 0.040/0.100 (1.02/2.54) clad A109
(chem−milled) 7075−T6 $
7 Channel 601R10226 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A109
8 Skin, lower 601R10227 0.040/0.160 (1.02/4.06) clad A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T42 $
9 Strap, butt 601R10227 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
10 Skin, lower 601R10227 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T3 $ A109
(chem−milled)
11 Skin, lower 601R10227 0.040/0.100 (1.02/2.54) clad A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T3 $
Bute door assembly 601R10394
12 Hinge 601R10394 M/F MS 20001P4
13 Seal 601R10394 M/F 600−10074−1
14 Seal 601R10394 M/F 600−10074−3
15 Seal 601R10394 M/F 600−10299−1
16 Seal 601R10394 M/F 600−10299−3
17 Seal 601R10394 M/F 600−10395−1
18 Seal 601R10394 M/F 600−10395−3
19 Retainer 601R10396 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A023
20 Core, honeycomb 600−10227 0.500 (12.70) MIL−C−7438
4.5−1/8−10N (5052) $
21 Skin 600−10227 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ** *** A110
22 Angle 600−10227 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 * A048
23 Skin 600−10227 0.050/0.100 (1.27/2.54) clad A110
2024−T3 ** ***
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 5
Sep 16/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
$ The tolerance is ±0.005 (±0.13).
* Use fiber−glass edging per MPS 136−244 (3 layers 0.3 x 0.3 (7.62 x 7.62)).
** Chem−mill per MPS 186.
*** Finish X010 for interior surface of skin only (refer to RAF 00−100 for decorative finish).

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 6
Sep 16/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

12 11
1
6

3
5 1
13
8

14 4
10
18
19
1 15 13

8 16

17
9 5
rsr57095, ps, 01/06/99

Trailing Edge Skin and Plating – Structural Identification


Figure 3

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 7
Sep 16/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Skin, upper 601R10243 0.050/0.090 (1.27/2.29) clad A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T3 $
2 Seal 601R10243 M/F 600−10072−5
3 Plate 601R10243 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
4 Seal 601R10243 M/F 600−10072−9
5 Seal 601R10243 M/F 600−10072−7
6 Seal 601R10243 M/F 600−10072−3
7 Seal 601R10243 M/F 600−10072−1
8 Retainer, seal 601R10243 0.032 (0.81) MIL−S−18729C D010
cond N
9 Channel, gang 601R10243 M/F MS 21063L08−10−19
10 Channel, gang 601R10243 M/F MS 21063L08−10−06
11 Channel, gang 601R10243 M/F MS 21063L08−10−15
12 Channel, gang 601R10243 M/F MS 21063L08−10−07
13 Skin, lower 601R10244 0.100 (2.54) clad 7075−T6 $ A109
(chem−milled)
14 Seal 601R10244 M/F 600−10073−7
15 Seal 601R10244 M/F 600−10073−3
16 Seal 601R10244 M/F 600−10073−5
17 Seal 601R10244 M/F 600−10073−1
18 Retainer 601R10244 0.032 (0.81) MIL−S−18729C D010
cond N
19 Stiffener 601R10244 M/F S3297−T A012
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.
$ The tolerance is ±0.005 (±0.13).

Key to Figure 3

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 8
Sep 16/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SKIN AND PLATING, TRAILING EDGE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. Metallic Structure
CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A
GIVEN STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF
THIS IS NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
A. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−31, Page Block 101−199 may
not apply to this section. You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for
each item identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified
in section 2 below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to
SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS
DAMAGE REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC
LOCATION. RECORD DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
B. Specific
For the allowable damage limits for the trailing edge skin and plating, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 101
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

B DAMAGE
CODE REMARKS
DEPTH
10% Maximum blend
5% depth permitted
− Refer to SRM 51−13−01
C

6
A

6
1

D 1
5
1
D
A

B
1

E
1 11
E (6 PLACES)

NOTES C
1 No rework permitted within
a 2D area around fasteners.

1 1 10 9
8
10

7
rsr57169, lr, 06/05/04

11
9
D D E E

Skin and Plating, Trailing Edge − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 102
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1
G

1
4

2 2
3
F
1

1 4 2 2

DAMAGE
rsr57170.dg, lr, 5/05/04

CODE REMARKS NOTE


DEPTH 2 Refer to Table for damage
10% Maximum blend depth permitted removal limits.
− Refer to SRM 51−13−01

Skin and Plating, Trailing Edge − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 103
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION DAMAGE REMARKS


Cracks
Scratches, nicks, gouges 10% blending is permitted. Refer to SRM
1 Skin and corrosion 57−00−31, Page Block 101−199.
Holes and punctures
Dents Not permitted.
Cracks Not permitted.
Blending is permitted up to 0.010 in (0.25
mm) on both skins. The sum of repaired
Scratches, nicks, gouges
areas must not exceed 20% of the surface
2 Skin and corrosion
area of one skin. Rework is only permitted on
one of the surfaces at any cross−section.
Holes and punctures
Not permitted.
Dents
Cracks
Scratches, nicks, gouges
3 Channel and corrosion Not permitted.
Holes and punctures
Dents
Cracks
Scratches, nicks, gouges
4 Trailing edge and corrosion Not permitted.
Holes and punctures
Dents
Cracks
5% blending and/or trimming is permitted.
Scratches, nicks, gouges
Refer to SRM 57−00−31, Page Block
5 Strap and corrosion
101−199.
Holes and punctures
Dents Not permitted.
Cracks
5% blending and/or trimming is permitted.
Scratches, nicks, gouges
Refer to SRM 57−00−31, Page Block
6 Skin and corrosion
101−199.
Holes and punctures
Dents Not permitted.

Skin and Plating, Trailing Edge − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 104
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION DAMAGE REMARKS


Cracks
Scratches, nicks, gouges
7 Hinge and corrosion Not permitted.
Holes and punctures
Dents
Cracks
Scratches, nicks, gouges
8 Retainer and corrosion Not permitted.
Holes and punctures
Dents
Cracks
Scratches, nicks, gouges
9 Skin and corrosion Not permitted.
Holes and punctures
Dents
Cracks
Scratches, nicks, gouges
10 Angle and corrosion Not permitted.
Holes and punctures
Dents
Cracks
Scratches, nicks, gouges
11 Channel and corrosion Not permitted.
Holes and punctures
Dents
NOTES: No rework permitted on metallic honeycomb core (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.

Skin and Plating, Trailing Edge − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 105
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2. Composite Structure
A. General
(1) The allowable damage limits given in this procedure are only for the components which
follow. You must not use these allowable limits for any other part number:
– trailing edge assembly, upper skin panel, part numbers 600−10387−59 and
100−10387−60.
– trailing edge assembly, lower skin panel, part numbers 600−10387−61 and
100−10387−62.
– wing plug aft fairing, upper panel assembly, part number 601R10872−57 and
601R10872−58.
– wing plug aft fairing, lower panel assembly, part number 601R10872−59 and
601R10872−60.
(2) Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM
51−13−01) when:
– there is damage that is more than the limits that follow
– the part number (or dash number) of the damaged part is not given above.
B. General Limitations
There are no general limitations.
C. Specific Limitations

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
All areas It is acceptable for one in ten Replace ineffective fastener at
fasteners to be ineffective next ’A’ check.
provided:
− the end three fasteners remain
Fasteners
effective.
− at least three fasteners remain
effective either side of the
ineffective fastener.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 106
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
Laminate The maximum crack length (L) Apply speed tape to the
(free edge) allowed is 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) damaged areas (Refer to SRM
provided 51−27−15).
− the distance from any Do a detailed visual inspection at
unrepaired damage or structural every subsequent ’A’ check for
fastener is 3L minimum. damage propagation and speed
− there are no more than two tape integrity. Replace the speed
cracks per square foot. tape as necessary.
Do a permanent repair no later
Laminate The maximum crack length (L) than the next ’C’ check.
(less than 3L from a allowed is 1.00 in. (25.4 mm)
structural fastener) provided:
− the fastener is one in a row of
ten or more fasteners.
− the three fasteners either side
Cracks
of the affected fastener do not
have damage.
− no more than one fastener in
ten have damage.
− the fastener is not at the end of
a row or at a corner of the fairing.
All other areas The maximum crack length (L)
allowed is 2.50 in. (63.5 mm)
provided:
− the distance from any
unrepaired damage or structural
fastener is 3L minimum.
− there are no more than two
cracks per square foot.
All areas The maximum puncture diamater Apply speed tape to the
(D) allowed is 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) damaged areas (Refer to SRM
provided: 51−27−15).
− the distance from any Do a detailed visual inspection at
Holes and unrepaired damage or structural every subsequent ’A’ check for
punctures fastener is 3D minimum. damage propagation and speed
− there are no more than two tape integrity. Replace the speed
punctures per square foot. tape as necessary.

− the distance from any free Do a permanent repair no later


edge is 3D minimum. than the next ’C’ check.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 107
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
All areas Dent does not penetrate skin and No repair necessary.
is less than 0.040 in. (1.02 mm)
deep.
Dent is more than 0.040 in. (1.02 Treat as penetration of 0.500 in.
mm) deep but is less than full (12.70 mm).
penetration. Do a tap test and check for
delamination. If there is
delamination, refer to the limits
for delamination.
Laminate The maximum dent diamater (D) Do a tap test in way of the dent.
(all areas) allowed is 2.00 in (50.8 mm) If there is fiber damage, cracks,
provided: delamination or disbonding on
− the distance from any either surface of the structure,
unrepaired damage or structural refer to the relevant damage type
fastener is 3D minimum. for limits.
Dents or No repair necessary.
depressions − there are no more than three
dents per square foot.
Sandwich The maximum dent diamater (D) Do a tap test in way of the dent.
(all areas) allowed is 2.00 in (50.8 mm) If there is fiber damage, cracks,
provided: delamination or disbonding at
− the distance from any either surface of the structure,
unrepaired damage or structural refer to the relevant damage type
fastener is 3D minimum. for limits.

− there are no more than three Do a permanent repair no later


dents per square foot. than the next ’C’ check.

If there is fibre damage, cracks or


delamination on either surface of
the laminate, refer to the
allowable damage limits for
cracks or delaminations as
necessary.
All areas The maximum damage length (L) Do a detailed visual inspection at
is 4.00 in. (101.6 mm) provided: every subsequent ’A’ check for
− the damage is limited to only damage propagation.
one ply (0.009 in. (0.22 mm) Do a permanent repair no later
maximum depth), otherwise refer than the next ’C’ check.
Scratches
to allowable damage limits for
crack.
− the distance from any
unrepaired damage is a minimum
of 3L or 4.00 in. (101.6 mm).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 108
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
All areas The maximum area of damage Apply speed tape to the
shall be 1.0 square inch damaged areas (Refer to SRM
provided: 51−27−15).
− the maximum damage length Do a detailed visual inspection at
Nicks or (L) is 4.00 in. (101.6 mm). every subsequent ’A’ check for
gouges − the distance from any damage propagation and speed
unrepaired damage is a minimum tape integrity. Replace the speed
of 3L or 4.00 in. (101.6 mm). tape as necessary.
Do a permanent repair no later
than the next ’C’ check.
Free edge The maximum delamination Apply speed tape to the
length (L) allowed is 2.00 in. damaged areas (Refer to SRM
(50.8 mm) provided: 51−27−15).
− the distance from any Do a tap test at every
unrepaired damage or structural subsequent ’A’ check for damage
fastener is 3L minimum. propagation.
− there are no more than three Do a permanent repair no later
delaminations per square foot. than the next ’C’ check.
− the maximum area is 4.0
Delaminations square inches.
and
Disbonds All other areas The maximum delamination No temporary repair required.
length (L) allowed is 2.00 in. Do a tap test at every
(50.8 mm) provided: subsequent ’A’ check for damage
− the distance from any propagation.
unrepaired damage or structural Do a permanent repair no later
fastener is 3L minimum. than the next ’C’ check.
− there are no more than three
delaminations per square foot.
− the maximum area is 4.0
square inches.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 109
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
Free edge Edge erosion is acceptable Apply speed tape to the
provided: damaged areas (Refer to SRM
− the damage is limited to two 51−27−15).
plies maximum. Do a detailed visual inspection at
− the damage length every subsequent ’A’ check for
perpendicular to the free edge damage propagation and speed
does not exceed 5.00 in. (127.0 tape integrity. Replace the speed
mm). tape as necessary.

− the damage does not exceed Do a permanent repair no later


more than two attachments or than the next ’C’ check.
Erosion
1.50 in. (38.1 mm) parallel to the
free edge.
Laminate Maximum erosion of one ply shall
(all other areas) be treated as a scratch.
More than one ply removed is
assessed as a puncture hole.
Sandwich Treat as a gouge.
(all areas)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 110
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TRAILING EDGE SKIN AND PLATING − REPAIRS

1. General
For repair of the trailing edge skin and plating, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft,
Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−51−013 Repair to BUTE door hinge crack
601R−57−51−014 BUTE door hinge − repair
601R−57−51−029 Repair to lower wing skin (WS163, left side and right side)
601R−57−51−143 Generic repair for wear damage on outboard flap alignment
fitting, left side/right side
601R−57−61−002 Shroud skin panel − rework

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−51−31 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the flap and vane located between flap stations 50.498 and 149.035,
refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1
4
2 3 9
C
37
17 34
20 19
37
35 2
19
18 34
21 16 B
15 C
2 3
38 37
39 34
12 14 19
B
39 14
11
12 C
13
22
12
7 39 20
14

11
5
6

10 8 6

8
rsr57097, ps/ds, 19/11/03

10 6

A 10

Inboard Flap – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 2
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

18
37
32
23

25
32
33
40
5
27 31

24
23
25

7
18
8
26

28

42
36

28
41
NOTE
Front and rear spar
ommitted for clarity.

29
39
30
42
38 36
rsr57098, na, 24/05/01

41 39

Inboard Flap – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Skin, upper 601R14007 0.035/0.050 (0.89/1.27) clad A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T3
2 Doubler (chem−milled) 601R14007 0.058/0.100 (1.47/2.54) clad A001
2024−T3
3 Plate, joint 601R14007 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A001
4 Doubler 601R14007 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A001
5 Skin, lower (chem−milled) 601R14008 0.040/0.050 (1.02/1.27) clad A109
2024−T3
6 Doubler (chem−milled) 601R14008 0.058/0.100 (1.47/2.54) clad A101
2024−T3
7 Doubler 601R14008 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A001
8 Plate, joint 601R14008 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A001
9 Panel, access 601R14007 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T3 A109
10 Panel, access 601R14008 0.050/0.080 (1.27/2.03) clad A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T3
11 Leading edge 601R14003 Kevlar 49 CMS 532, type 1, class E104
2
12 Cover 601R14003 Kevlar 49 CMS 532, type 1, class E104
2
13 Spar, front 601R14004 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
14 Doubler 601R14004 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
15 Cleat 601R14030 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A001
16 Spar, rear 601R14005 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
17 Cleat 601R14030 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A001
18 Trailing edge member 601R14006 0.050 (1.27) 6013−T4 AMS 4347 A010
19 Rib 601R14002 0.025 (0.64) clad 2024−T42 A001
20 Rib 601R14016 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A001
22 Seal 601R14016 Haveg 7104
23 Rib 601R14002 1.0 (25.4) 7475−T7351 CMS A001
516−02
24 Cleat 601R14109 2.0 X 1.0 (50.8 X 25.4) al A001
extrusion 2024−T42
25 Plate 601R14031 0.500 (12.7) 2024−T351 A001
QQ−A−250/4

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 4
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
26 Rib, Aft 601R14020 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A001
601R14021
601R14024
27 Rib 601R14021 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A001
28 Doubler 601R14004 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
29 Rib 601R14021 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
30 Doubler 601R14021 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A001
31 Plate 601R14021 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T3 A001
32 Doubler 601R14005 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
33 Rib 601R14027 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A001
34 Stiffener 601R14116 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
35 Rib 601R14021 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A001
36 Angle, skin 601R14030 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
37 Cleat 601R14111 2.0 X 1.0 (50.8 X 25.4) al A001
extrusion 2024−T42
38 Spar, intercostal 601R14029 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 A001
39 Actuator, vane 601R14002
(reference)
40 Riblet 601R14011 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
41 Bracket 601R14116 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
42 Strap 601R14011 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
43 Lug, spring 601R14216 1.80 (45.72) long 2024−T42 A001
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 5
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

12 1
11
13

15
14
9
8
7
8
3 6 7
2 8
7
9
8
7
8
7
8
7
5 9 11
4
13
3

5
4
6
9 3

5
4 3

10
rsr57101, na, 24/05/01

MAIN SUPPORT
TYPICAL 3 PLACES

Inboard Flap Vane – Structural Identification


Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 6
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Skin, upper 601R14303 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A109
2 Skin, lower 601R14117 0.042/0.092 (1.07/2.34) A109
machined 7475−T7351
3 Leading edge 601R14303 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A109
4 Strap, butt 601R14303 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
5 Panel, access 601R14303 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A109
6 Spar 601R14107 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A010
7 Rib 601R14304 0.025 (0.64) clad 2024−T42 A010
8 Cleat 601R14304 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 A010
9 Rib 601R14305 2.0 (50.8) machined 7475−T7351 A001
CMS 516−02
10 Bracket 601R14306 2.0 (50.8) MIL−S−5000 (4130) D010
cond. HT 140−160 KSI
11 Plug, flap end 601R14106 3.0 X 0.75 (76.2 X 19.05) E002
MIL−P−15035, type FBI
12 Doubler 601R14303 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A048
13 Rib 601R14304 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
14 Cleat 601R14304 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
15 Tape 601R14302 0.50 (12.7) Orcon tape OT7
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.

Key to Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 7
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−52−00 may not apply to the section.
You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item identified in section 2
below. For the allowable damage limits for each item not specified in section 2 below, contact
Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

B A
NOTE
1. The structure is symmetrical around
the aircraft centerline, unless shown
differently.

FRONT SPAR 6.0 in.


(REF) (152.4 mm)

A INBOARD FLAP UPPER SKIN

LEADING EDGE 1.0 in.


(REF) (25.4 mm)
B INBOARD FLAP VANE UPPER SKIN
rsr57201.dg, lr, 18/05/04

DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.050 1.27 Maximum dent depth permitted
− − No dent permitted

Inboard Flap and Vane − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

C
C

D
B

W MAJ1 S W MAJ2 X

t
d

C C
NOTES
2. There are no limitations on dent orientation.
3. Dents must be smooth and not have sharp creases or gouges.
4. Dents may be circular, in which case W MAJ = W MIN.
W MIN
5. Only three dents are permitted on vane top skin.
6. Only five dents are permitted on each flap upper and lower skin.
W MAJ
LEGEND
WMAJ = Dent major diameter less than or = 2.0 in. (50.8 mm). D
WMIN = Dent minor diameter.
d = Dent depth less than or = 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).
t = Skin thickness.
t MAX = Maximum skin thickness for which dent is permitted = 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).
d/t = Dent depth to thickness ratio less than or = 2.
WMIN /d = Dent minor diameter to depth ratio greater than or = 25.
X = Distance between dent to a fastener greater than or = WMAJ2 or 1.0 in. (25.4 mm),
which ever is greater.
S = Distance between dents greater than or = WMAJ1 or WMAJ2 , which ever is greater.
B = Panel length (measured from fastener line to fastener line).
C = Panel width (measured from fastener line to fastener line).
A PAN = Panel surface area (B x C).
rsr57202.dg, lr, 12/05/04

A DENT = Dent area (WMAJ x W MIN ).


A TOT = Total dent area (summation of dent areas A DENT within a panel)
less than or = 0.2 x A PAN .

DEFINITION OF DENTS FOR RIVETED


SKIN TYPE STRUCTURE

Inboard Flap and Vane − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS − TABLE


DAMAGE TYPE
SCRATCHES,
NICKS, GOUGES HOLES AND
DESCRIPTION DENTS CRACKS AND CORROSION PUNCTURES
Flap upper skin Permitted as per
details given in
Figure 101 (Sheet
2) of this section.
However, no dents
Flap access panel permitted 6 inches
(upper) (152.40 mm) from
front spar. Refer
Figure 101 (Sheet
1) of this section.
Flap lower skin Permitted as per 0.005 inch (0.127
details given in mm) blends are Permitted as per
Flap access panel Figure 101 (Sheet
(lower) Not Permitted. permitted as per SRM 57−00−31
2) of this section. SRM 57−00−31 Figure 101.
Permitted only 1 Figure 101.
inch (25.4 mm) aft
of vane leading
edge top with
maximum dent
Vane upper skin
depth = 0.050 inch
(0.0127 mm).
Refer Figure 101
(Sheet 1 and 2) of
this section.
Vane leading edge Not permitted.
0.005 inch (0.127
Edge trim
mm) blends are Permitted as per
Vane lower skin permitted as per
Not permitted. permitted as per SRM 57−00−00
(machined) SRM 57−00−00
SRM 57−00−00 Figure 101.
Figure 101.
Figure 101.
NOTE: For part specifications, refer to SRM 57−52−00, Page Block 1−99.
No damage is permitted on the flap leading edge surface.
No rework is permitted on land of access panels covered in this section.

Inboard Flap and Vane -Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 104
Dec 15/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIRS

1. General
For repair of the inboard flap and vane, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−51−058 Inboard flap and vane generic repairs
601R−57−52−002 Inboard flap, closing rib − repair
601R−57−52−004 Inboard flap vane, leading edge repair
601R−57−52−007 Inboard flap vane, leading edge − abrasion resistant coating
601R−57−52−059 Deviation to REO 601R−57−52−004

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 1 − REPAIR TO FLAP VANE SKIN

1. General
A. This topic contains an approved generic repair for inboard flap vane skin that has damage which
is more than permitted by allowable damage limits (refer to SRM 57−52−00 Page Block
101−199).
This topic complies with Repair Engineering Order (REO) 601R−57−52−058, revision A.
For the flush repair to inboard flap skin, refer to SRM 57−52−00, Repair No. 2.
For the non−flush repair to inboard flap skin, refer to SRM 57−52−00, Repair No. 3.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA FOR REPAIRS TO THE
PRIMARY STRUCTURE. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA CAN
DECREASE THE DAMAGE TOLERANCE PROPERTIES OF THE REPAIRED
STRUCTURE. IF THIS OCCURS, A NEW DAMAGE TOLERANCE ANALYSIS AND
AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY APPROVAL IS NECESSARY.
2. Applicability
This repair is applicable to the inboard flap vane leading edge skin, left and right sides.
A. Limitations
The repair must be at a minimum distance of one bay from any existing repair.
3. Repair Materials
For a list of repair materials, refer to Figure 201.
4. Repair Procedure
A. Vane Leading Edge Skin Repair
Refer to Figure 202.
(1) Remove the external finish layers at the repair area (refer to SRM 51−26−00).
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(2) Cut the damaged skin as necessary to remove all the damage as shown in Figure 202.
NOTE: Maintain 2D + 0.063 in. (1.60 mm) minimum from existing fasteners.
(3) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and a
surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
NOTE: RHR is the Roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinches or
micrometers (in parentheses). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filing.
(4) Do a liquid penetrant inspection (refer to NDT 51−20−08) or eddy current inspection (refer to
NDT 51−20−06) to make sure there is no crack on the internal and external edges of the
cutout.
(5) Apply finish, code A023 to the reworked area (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(6) Make buttstraps and insert to fit the repair geometry as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(b) Remove nicks and burrs and make the cut edges smooth to 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(c) If necessary, roll the parts to match the vane contour (refer to SRM 51−24−16).
(d) Drill holes in the buttstrap and the insert to match the existing hole pattern in the spars
and/or skins.
(e) Removes nicks and burrs to make the holes smooth.

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 201
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(7) Put the repair parts in position.
(8) Drill applicable new holes through the buttstraps and the inserts as follows:
(a) Make sure there is a distance of 4D to 6D (D = rivet diameter) between all new
fasteners unless specified differently on figures.
NOTE: Quantity of fasteners and pitch can vary in each area. Maintain existing
fastener pitch except as specified.
(b) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(9) Wet assemble all items (refer to SRM 51−23−00) and install blind rivets (refer to SRM
51−42−13). Use first oversize fasteners if necessary.
(10) Apply aerodynamic sealant (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
(11) Refinish the exterior surface to the original finish requirements (refer to SRM 51−25−01).
(12) Update the SDIR (Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements) document for the affected
aircraft/component to reflect changes to the inspection requirements.
5. Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements
A. This repair requires no special inspection. The current inspection program is not affected by the
installation of this repair.

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 202
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE
1 Vane buttstrap − 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 † A023
2 Vane insert − ‡ A023
‡ Make from 601R14303−9/−10 or 601R14303−39/−40 or 0.050 (1.27) 2024−T3 Al alloy sheet.
† Part may also be made from non−clad material.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Repair to the Inboard Flap Vane Leading−Edge Skin − Repair No 1. − Repair Materials
Figure 201 (Sheet 1)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 203
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

VANE
VANE TOP SKIN (REF)
RIB
A
2 STATION
INTERSECTION OF
UPPER OML AND
VANE SPAR DATUM

INTERSECTION OF
LOWER OML AND
VANE SPAR DATUM

1
1 1

A VANE BOTTOM
SKIN (REF)

VIEW LOOKING AFT ON


VANE LEADING EDGE SPLICE
TYPICAL REPAIR

VANE
SPAR
DATUM
1 (REF)
2 (REF)

NOTE
1 Fill gap (refer to
SRM 51−23−00).
rsr57176.dg, lr, 13/05/04

A A
FASTENER CODE
Existing fasteners.
CR3224−4.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 1 − Repair to Flap Vane Skin
Figure 202

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 204
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 2 − FLUSH REPAIR TO INBOARD FLAP
SKIN

1. General
A. This topic contains the approved permanent flush repairs for the flap upper and lower skin
damage that exceeds the allowable damage limits (refer to SRM 57−52−00, Page Block
101−199.
This topic complies with the Repair Engineering Order (REO) 601R−57−52−058, revision A.
For the repair to the inboard flap vane skin, refer to SRM 57−52−00, Repair No.1.
For the non−flush repair to the inboard flap skin, refer to SRM 57−52−00, Repair No. 3.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA FOR REPAIRS TO THE
PRIMARY STRUCTURE. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA CAN
DECREASE THE DAMAGE TOLERANCE PROPERTIES OF THE REPAIRED
STRUCTURE. IF THIS OCCURS, A NEW DAMAGE TOLERANCE ANALYSIS AND
AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY APPROVAL IS NECESSARY.
2. Applicability
This repair is applicable to the inboard flap upper and lower skins with the limitation that follows:
A. Limitations
(1) This repair is not applicable between front spar and rear spar.
(2) The maximum permitted repair skin area (external repairs) must not be more than 15% of
the total (upper or lower) skin surface.
(3) The repair must be at a minimum distance of one bay from any existing repairs.
(4) This repair is not applicable in the same bay as attachment fittings.
(5) This repair is permitted only on the lower skin, except for the corner skin repairs, which are
permitted on the upper and lower skins.
3. Repair Materials
For a list of the repair materials refer to Figure 201.
4. Repair Procedure
A. Flush Repair to the Inboard Flap Skin.
Refer to Figure 202.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(1) Remove the external finish layers at the repair area (refer to SRM 51−26−00).
(2) Cut the damaged skin as necessary to remove all the damage. Maintain a 0.75 in. (19.05
mm) minimum radii at all corners of cutout or follow the chem−milled radii of the original
skin.
NOTE: Maintain 2D + 0.063 in (1.60 mm) minimum from existing fasteners.
NOTE: If the damage extends over an intercostal, remove the intercostal flange to
replace it with angles. If the damage extends over a rib, remove 0.130 in (3.302
mm) off the rib as shown for installation of the angle.
(3) Remove any nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm) radius
and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
NOTE: RHR is the Roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinches or
micrometers (in parenthesis). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filing.

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 201
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(4) Do a liquid penetrant inspection (LPI), (refer to NDT 51−20−08) or eddy current inspection,
(refer to NDT 51−20−06) to make sure there is no crack on the internal and external edges
of the cutout.
(5) Apply finish, code A023 to the reworked area (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(6) When a cutout extends over a rib, make angles (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as follows:
(a) If the angle overlaps a tooling hole, extend the angle as shown and install rivet.
(b) All corner radii must be at 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(c) Remove any nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm)
radius and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) Drill holes in the angle to match the existing hole pattern in the ribs.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(7) When a cutout extends over an intercostal, make angles (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as
follows:
(a) All corner radii must be at 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(b) Remove any nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm)
radius and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(c) Drill holes in the angles to match the existing hole pattern.
(d) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(e) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(8) When a cutout extends up to the trailing edge, make straps (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as
follows:
(a) All corner radii must be at 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(b) Remove and nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm)
radius and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(c) Drill holes in the straps to match the existing hole pattern in the doubler and/or trailing
edge.
(d) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(e) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(9) When a cutout extends over ribs and/or spars, make fillers (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as
follows:
(a) The thickness for the fillers is between 0.012 in (0.03 mm) and 0.020 in. (0.51 mm)
shim as determined by the chem−mill pockets thickness.
(b) All corner radii must be at 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(c) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm) radius
and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) Drill holes in fillers to match the existing hole pattern in the angles and/or spars.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(10) Make a doubler (to suit the repair geometry) (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be at 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(b) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm) radius
and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(c) Joggle the internal doubler as required.

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 202
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(d) Drill holes in the doubler to match the existing hole pattern in the angles and/or spars.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(11) Make an insert (to suit the repair geometry) (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be at 0.750 in. (19.05 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(b) Maintain a 0.030/0.060 in. (0.76/1.52 mm) gap between the existing structure and new
insert.
(c) Remove any nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm)
radius and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) Drill holes in the insert to match the existing hole pattern in the angles and/or spars.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(12) Put repair parts in position
NOTE: Install shims if necessary. Shim thickness to suit chem−mill pocket.
(13) Drill applicable new holes through the doubler, and the skin as follows:
(a) Make sure there is a distance of 4D to 6D (D=rivet diameter) between all new
fasteners unless specified differently.
NOTE: Quantity of fasteners and pitch can vary in each area. Maintain the existing
fastener pitch except as specified.
(b) Make sure there is a minimum edge distance of 2D + 0.063 in. (1.59 mm) except:
(c) − Internal repair items where 2D minimum is acceptable.
(d) − In angle installation, refer to Figure 202.
(e) − Shims and skin fillers where 1.65D minimum is acceptable.
(14) Wet install all items (refer to SRM 51−23−00). Install rivets (refer to SRM 51−42−06) and
blind rivets (refer to SRM 51−42−13); use first oversize fasteners if necessary.
(15) Apply aerodynamic sealant around the edge of the skin filler (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
(16) Restore the surface to the initial finish requirements (refer to SRM 51−25−01).
(17) Update the SDIR (Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements) document for the affected
aircraft/component to reflect changes to the inspection requirements.
5. Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements
A. The inspection intervals are 40000 flight cycles threshold and 40000 flight cycles repeat.
B. The inspection method is “Special Detailed”, (refer to NDTM 51−53−00−101, Part 6).
C. Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements
(1) As instructed in the SDIR, record the inspection intervals and inspection technique in Table
2.1, Section 2 of the SDIR of the aircraft repaired. The repair number, type and location of
the repair should be clearly identified in the SDIR.
(2) These inspection intervals start at the time of incorporation of the repair, (Suffix (R) in the
SDIR).

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 203
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER MATERIAL REFERENCE FINISH CODE


2 Insert − 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 A023
3 Doubler − 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 † A023
0.012/0.020 (0.30/0.51) Clad
4 Filler − A023
2024−T3 †‡
5 Angle − Clad 2024−T3 †♦ A023
6 Angle − Clad 2024−T3 †♦ A023
0.063 (1.60) Clad 2024−T3
7 Strap − A023
†♦
8 Angle − Clad 2024−T3 †♦ A023
† Part can be made from non−clad material.
‡ Material thickness is to be the same as of the removed part or one gauge thicker.
♦ Part can be made from temper T42 material; a liquid penetrant inspection (LPI) is required after forming.
NOTE : All dimensions are in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 2 − Repair Materials


Figure 201

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 204
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRACE OF TRACE OF TRACE OF


F/STA F/STA 4 1 7
F/STA
REAR
SPAR

0.06 in.
(1.52 mm)
TYPICAL
2
RADIUS
0.75 in.
(19.05 mm)
TYPICAL CUT
LINE
5
6 8 8
4 3

INTERCOSTAL
A A

MAXIMUM
CUT−OUT

3 TYPICAL
2

7
B
1 4
MINIMUM
CUT−OUT

TRAILING
EDGE MINIMUM
B
MAXIMUM CUT−OUT
0.06 in. (1.52 mm) CUT−OUT
4 GAP TYPICAL
VIEW LOOKING UP
FLUSH CORNER SKIN REPAIR − UPPER AND LOWER SURFACE
LOWER SURFACE SHOWN, UPPER SURFACE SIMILAR
NOTES
1 Shim thickness between 0.012 in. (0.30 mm) and 0.020 in. (0.51 mm). FASTENER CODE
2 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) minimum typical all repairs. Existing fastener.
rsr57179.dg, lr, 18/05/04

CR3224−4.
3 0.650 in. (16.51 mm) maximum pitch for fasteners typical.
MS20470AD5.
4 Fill gap (refer to SRM 51−23−00). CR3224−5.
8 Material thickness to be same as original part or one gauge thicker. MS20470AD4.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 2 − Flush Repair to Inboard Flap Skin
Figure 202 (Sheet 1)

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 205
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

CUT
LINE MAXIMUM CUT−OUT (OVER 2 RIBS)
DONE APPROXIMATELY IN
THE MIDDLE OF THE BAY
1 4 MINIMUM OVER 1 RIB
2 PLACES E MANDATORY

0.10 in.
REAR SPAR (2.54 mm)
TYPICAL
C C 8
3

R. 0.75 in. 4 1
(19.05 mm) 6 8 1 4
8
(2 PLACES) 2 PLACES
5 8 6
5
INTERCOSTAL
SPAR
D D
1 4 R. 0.50 in.
2 PLACES (12.7 mm) MAXIMUM
E
7 4 PLACES CUT−OUT
7

MINIMUM
CUT−OUT

TRAILING
EDGE 2
F/STA F/STA F/STA F/STA
3 = =

0.06 in. MINIMUM CUT−OUT


4 (1.52 mm) DONE APPROXIMATELY IN
GAP TYPICAL THE MIDDLE OF THE BAY
MANDATORY

VIEW LOOKING UP
FLUSH SKIN REPAIR − LOWER SKIN ONLY
FASTENER CODE
NOTES
Existing fastener. 1 Shim thickness between 0.012 in. (0.30 mm) and 0.020 in. (0.51 mm).
rsr57180.dg, lr, 18/05/04

CR3224−4.
3 0.650 in. (16.51 mm) maximum pitch for fasteners typical.
MS20470AD5.
4 Fill gap (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
CR3224−5.
MS20470AD4. 8 Material thickness to be same as original part or one gauge thicker.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 2 − Flush Repair to Inboard Flap Skin
Figure 202 (Sheet 2)

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 206
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3 4
5 5 6 5

7
INTERCOSTAL 6
(REF)
7
A A
DOUBLER (3) INSTALLATION FOR
4 FASTENER PATTERN BETWEEN RIBS TRAILING
TYPICAL FOR DOUBLER THROUGH EDGE
INTERCOSTAL SPAR
0.20 in.
(5.08 mm)

4 B B
TYPICAL FOR
DOUBLER TERMINATION

0.13 in.
(3.30 mm)
TYPICAL ALL
REPAIR RIBS
C C
TYPICAL FOR NOTES
DOUBLER THROUGH
FLAP RIBS 4 Fill gap (refer to SRM 51−23−00).

5 Remove existing intercostal flange and


replace it with angles (5) and (6). Make
FASTENER CODE angle (6) to same dimensions as
intercostal, except the top flange to be
Existing fastener. lowered as shown. Angle (5) to replace
CR3224−4. the end flange.
rsr57181.dg, lr, 18/05/04

MS20470AD5. 6 Pick−up existing fasteners for angles


CR3224−5. (5) and (6), typical.
MS20470AD4. 7 Shim if necessary.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 2 − Flush Repair to Inboard Flap Skin
Figure 202 (Sheet 3)

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 207
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FASTENER CODE 3
1 4 1
Existing fastener. 6 5
CR3224−4.
MS20470AD5.
CR3224−5.
MS20470AD4.

6
INTERCOSTAL
(REF)
D D
DOUBLER (3) INSTALLATION FOR MORE
THAN 4 FASTENER PATTERN BETWEEN RIBS
TYPICAL FOR DOUBLER THROUGH
INTERCOSTAL SPAR

REAR R. 0.13 in.


SPAR (3.30 mm)
TYPICAL

0.12 in.
(3.05 mm)

8
F
SHOWING RIB CUT−OUT DETAILS
ANGLE REMOVED FOR CLARITY
TYPICAL FOR ALL REPAIRS WHICH
REQUIRE THE RIB TO BE CUT
INTER−
COSTAL
SPAR
rsr57182.dg, lr, 14/05/04

NOTES
E E 4 Fill gap (refer to SRM 51−23−00).

TYPICAL FOR DOUBLER 6 Pick−up existing fasteners for


THROUGH FLAP RIBS angles (5) and (6), typical.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 2 − Flush Repair to Inboard Flap Skin
Figure 202 (Sheet 4)

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 208
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 3 − NON−FLUSH REPAIR TO INBOARD
FLAP SKIN

1. General
A. This task gives approved permanent non−flush repairs for flap upper and lower skin for damages
that exceed the allowable damage limits (refer to SRM 57−52−00, Page Block 101−199).
This topic complies with Repair Engineering Order (REO) 601R−57−52−058, revision A.
For the repair to the inboard flap vane skin, refer to Repair No.1.
For the flush repair to the inboard flap skin, refer to Repair No. 2.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA FOR REPAIRS TO THE
PRIMARY STRUCTURE. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA CAN
DECREASE THE DAMAGE TOLERANCE PROPERTIES OF THE REPAIRED
STRUCTURE. IF THIS OCCURS, A NEW DAMAGE TOLERANCE ANALYSIS AND
AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY APPROVAL IS NECESSARY.
2. Applicability
This repair is applicable to inboard flap upper and lower skins with the limitations that follow:
A. Limitations
(1) This repair is not applicable between front spar and rear spar.
(2) Maximum permitted repair skin area (external repairs) must not be more than 15% of the
total (upper or lower) skin surface.
(3) The repair must be at a minimum distance of one bay from any existing repairs.
(4) This repair is not applicable in the same bay as attachment fittings.
3. Repair Materials
For a list of repair materials refer to Figure 201.
4. Repair Procedure
A. Inboard Flap Skin Non−Flush Repair
Refer to Figure 202.
(1) Remove the external finish layers at the repair area (refer to SRM 51−26−00).
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(2) Cut the damaged skin as necessary to remove all the damage as shown.
NOTE: Maintain 2D + 0.063 in (1.60 mm) minimum from existing fasteners.
(a) Follow the chem−mill pocket where applicable.
(b) The minimum cutout radii must be 0.75 in (19.05 mm).
(c) For partial bay repairs, follow the minimum and maximum cutout width specified in the
Figures.
(3) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and a
surface finish of 125 RHR or less.
NOTE: RHR is the Roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinches or
micrometer (in parentheses). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filing.
(4) Do a liquid penetrant inspection (LPI) on the internal and external edges of the cutout (refer
to NDT 51−20−08). As an alternative, do an Eddy Current inspection (refer to NDT
51−20−06). Make sure there is no crack.

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 201
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(5) Apply finish, code A023, to the reworked area (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(6) When a cutout extends over ribs and/or spars, make fillers (to suit the repair geometry) as
follows:
(a) Filler must be the same thickness as the skin pad removed.
(b) All corner radii must be 0.250 in (6.35 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(c) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and
a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(7) Make a doubler to fit the repair geometry as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be 0.300 in (7.62 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(b) Chamfer the doubler (refer to Table 1 for dimensions).
NOTE: If the repair includes multiple bays, the doubler thickness is given by the
thickest pocket.
(c) Remove nicks and burrs and make the cut edges smooth to 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) If necessary, roll the doubler to match the skin contour (refer to SRM 51−24−16).
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(8) Put the repair parts in position.
(9) Drill applicable new holes through the doubler and the skin as follows:
(a) Drill holes in the doubler and the filler to match the existing hole pattern in the ribs
and/or spars.
NOTE: If necessary, make countersink filler (refer to SRM 51−40−11) to fill existing
countersink.
(b) A minimum edge distance of 1.65D is acceptable for fillers.
(c) Make sure there is a distance of 4D to 6D (D = rivet diameter) between all new
fasteners unless specified differently on Figures.
NOTE: Quantity of fasteners and pitch can vary in each area. Maintain existing
fastener pitch except as specified.
(d) Make sure there is a minimum edge distance of 2D + 0.063 in (1.60 mm) except:
– Internal repair items where 2D minimum is acceptable.
– Shims and skin fillers where 1.65D minimum is acceptable.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(10) Wet assemble all items (refer to SRM 51−23−00) and install blind rivets (refer to SRM
51−42−13), use first oversize fasteners if necessary.
NOTE: Make sure countersink fillers are installed where needed.
(11) Apply aerodynamic sealant around the edges of the doubler (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
(12) Refinish exterior surface to the original finish requirements (refer to SRM 51−25−01).

Table 1 − Chamfer dimensions


Doubler thickness 0.050 (1.27)
Chamfer length 0.090/0.060 (2.29/1.52)
Minimum E.D. 2D + 0.063 (1.60)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 202
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

Table 1 − Chamfer dimensions


Doubler thickness 0.050 (1.27)
t1/t2 0.020/0.030 (0.51/0.72)
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

B. Inboard Flap Trailing Edge Skin Non−Flush Repair


Refer to Figure 203.
(1) Remove the external finish layers at the repair area (refer to SRM 51−26−00).
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(2) Cut the damaged skin as necessary to remove all the damage as shown.
NOTE: Maintain 2D + 0.063 in (1.60 mm) minimum from existing fasteners.
(a) Follow the chem−mill pocket where applicable.
(b) The minimum cutout radii must be 0.75 in (19.05 mm).
(c) Trim and chamfer the edge of the upper and lower skins by 0.100 in (2.54 mm)
maximum to prevent overlap with channel.
(3) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and a
surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
NOTE: RHR is the Roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinches or
micrometer (in parentheses). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filing.
(4) Do a liquid penetrant inspection (LPI) on the internal and external edges of the cutout (refer
to NDT 51−20−08). As an alternative, do an Eddy Current inspection (refer to NDT
51−20−06). Make sure there is no crack.
(5) Apply finish, code A023, to the reworked area (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(6) Make fillers and/or channel fillers (to suite the repair geometry) as follows:
(a) Filler must be the same thickness as the skin pad removed.
(b) For fillers that are attached to a rib, make one piece and cut it in segments. Each
segment must be installed over 3 to 4 fasteners (lengthwise) maximum.
(c) All corner radii must be 0.300 in (7.62 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(d) Remove nicks and butts and smooth the edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and a
surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(e) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(7) Make inner and outer channel and/or doubler to fit the repair geometry as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be 0.300 in (7.62 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(b) Chamfer the outer channel and/or doubler (refer to table 1 for dimensions).
(c) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and
a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) If necessary, roll the doubler to match the skin contour (refer to SRM 51−24−16).
(e) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(8) Put repair parts in position.

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 203
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(9) Drill applicable new holes through the channels and the skin as follows:
(a) A minimum edge distance of 1.65D is acceptable for fillers.
(b) Drill holes in the channels and the fillers to match the existing hole pattern in the ribs.
NOTE: If necessary, make countersink filler (refer to SRM 51−40−11) to fill existing
countersink.
(c) Make sure there is a distance of 4D to 6D (D = rivet diameter) between all new
fasteners unless specified differently on Figures.
NOTE: Quantity of fasteners and pitch can vary in each area. Maintain existing
fastener pitch except as specified.
(d) Make sure there is a minimum edge distance of 2D + 0.063 in (1.60 mm) except:
– Internal repair items where 2D minimum is acceptable.
– Shims and skin fillers where 1.65D minimum is acceptable.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(10) Wet assemble all items (refer to SRM 51−23−00) and install blind rivets (refer to SRM
51−42−13), use first oversize fasteners if necessary.
NOTE: Make sure countersink fillers are installed where needed.
(11) Apply aerodynamic sealant around the edges of the doubler (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
(12) Refinish the exterior surface to the original finish requirements (refer to SRM 51−25−01).
(13) Update the SDIR (Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements) document for the affected
aircraft/component to reflect changes to the inspection requirements.
5. Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements
A. The inspection intervals are 40000 flight cycles threshold and 40000 flight cycles repeat.
B. The inspection method is “Special Detailed” (refer to NDTM 51−53−00−102, Part 6).
C. Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements
(1) As instructed in the SDIR, record the inspection intervals and inspection technique in Table
2.1, Section 2 of the SDIR of the aircraft repaired. The number, type and location of the
repair should be clearly identified in the SDIR.
(2) These inspection intervals start at the time of incorporation of the repair, (Suffix (R) in the
SDIR).

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 204
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE
1 Doubler − 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 A023
2 Filler − 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 † A023
3 Angle − Clad 2024−T3 †‡♦ A023
4 Filler − 0.040 (1.02) Clad 2024−T3 †‡‡ A023
5 Outer channel − 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 A023
6 Inner channel − 0.063 (1.60) Clad 2024−T62 A023
† Item can be make from non−clad material.
‡ Thickness of the material must be the same as the original or one gauge thicker.
‡‡ Part can be made from multiple thicknesses to obtain final dimensions.
♦ Part can be made from temper T42 material ; a liquid penetrant inspection (LPI) is required after
forming.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches followed by millimeter in parentheses.

Non−Flush Repair to the Inboard Flap Skin − Repair No. 3 − Repair Materials
Figure 201

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 205
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRACE OF TRACE OF
F/STA F/STA
2D + 0.0625 in. (1.58 mm) 2D + 0.0625 in.
EDGE DISTANCE (1.58 mm)
TYPICAL EDGE
1 DISTANCE 0.10 in.
R. 0.30 in. TYPICAL (2.54 mm)
(7.62 mm) OR CUT LINE
TYPICAL TO FOLLOW
CHEM−MILL
INTERCOSTAL POCKET
SPAR

4D MINIMUM
0.800 in. (20.32 mm)
R. 0.75 in. MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM PITCH 1
TYPICAL FOR (19.05 mm) CUT−OUT
EXTERNAL TYPICAL
DOUBLERS FOR A A
NEW FASTENERS
2 2 2
4D MAXIMUM
TYPICAL 2 2
2 PLACES
MINIMUM
CUT−OUT

TRAILING
EDGE
0.030/0.060 in.
(0.76/1.52 mm) MINIMUM
TYPICAL GAP CUT−OUT
MAXIMUM
CUT−OUT

VIEW LOOKING UP − OUTBOARD CORNER


NON−FLUSH CORNER REPAIR − UPPER AND LOWER SKIN
LOWER SURFACE SHOWN, UPPER SURFACE SIMILAR
FASTENER CODE
rsr57199.dg, lr, 18/05/04

Existing fastener. NOTES


CR3224−5. 1 Cut line to finish so as to ensure doubler does not
terminate at a rib, intercostal spar or rear spar location.
MS20470AD4.
2 Maximum filler length over 4 fasteners in a row typical.
MS20470AD6.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 3 − Non−Flush Repairs


Figure 202 (Sheet 1)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 206
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES
TYPICAL CUT−OUT
1 Cut line to finish so as to ensure LENGTH BETWEEN BAYS
doubler does not terminate at a (OVER 1 RIB MAXIMUM)
rib, intercostal spar or rear spar TO BE DONE APPROXIMATELY
location. IN THE MIDDLE OF EACH BAY
2 Maximum filler length over 4 MANDATORY
fasteners in a row typical.
1

REAR SPAR

CUT−OUT
FOLLOW POCKET
A A LINE AND IN
THE MIDDLE OF
2 2 THE BAY
(2 PLACES)
1 TYPICAL
CUT−OUT
WIDTH INTER−
FOR REPAIR COSTAL
BETWEEN SPAR
TRAILING
EDGE AND
REAR SPAR 1 TYPICAL
CUT−OUT
WIDTH
FOR REPAIR
2 2 BETWEEN
TRAILING
EDGE AND
2 2 INTERCOSTAL
SPAR

MINIMUM
CUT−OUT

TRAILING
EDGE
TRACE OF F/STA
TRACE OF TRACE OF
1
FASTENER CODE F/STA F/STA
rsr57197.dg, lr, 18/05/04

Existing fastener.
VIEW LOOKING UP
CR3224−5. NON−FLUSH REPAIR − UPPER OR LOWER SKIN
MS20470AD4. REPAIR BETWEEN RIBS
MS20470AD6. LOWER SURFACE SHOWN, UPPER SURFACE SIMILAR

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 3 − Non−Flush Repairs


Figure 202 (Sheet 2)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 207
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TRACE OF TRACE OF TRACE OF


F/STA F/STA F/STA
2 EQUAL SPACES
TYPICAL, 2 PLACES 1

REAR
SPAR

CUT
4D MAXIMUM CUT
LINE
TYPICAL LINE
8 PLACES A A
1 TYPICAL
CUT−OUT
2 2 WIDTH
INTERCOSTAL B
FOR REPAIR
SPAR BETWEEN
TRAILING
EDGE AND
REAR SPAR
1 TYPICAL
CUT−OUT WIDTH 2 2
FOR REPAIR
BETWEEN 2 2
2 2
TRAILING
EDGE AND
INTERCOSTAL
SPAR MINIMUM
CUT−OUT
TRAILING
EDGE
TYPICAL
0.10 in. (2.54 mm)
CUT−OUT B
TYPICAL OR
FOR REPAIR
CUT LINE TO FOLLOW
BETWEEN RIBS
CHEM−MILL POCKET
TYPICAL CUT−OUT LENGTH
FOR REPAIR OVER 1 RIB
MAXIMUM
VIEW LOOKING UP
NON−FLUSH REPAIR − UPPER OR LOWER SKIN
FULL BAY(S) REPAIR
FASTENER CODE LOWER SURFACE SHOWN, UPPER SURFACE SIMILAR
rsr57198.dg, lr, 18/05/04

Existing fastener. NOTES


CR3224−5. 1 Cut line to finish so as to ensure doubler does not
MS20470AD4. terminate at a rib, intercostal spar or rear spar location.
MS20470AD6. 2 Maximum filler length over 4 fasteners in a row typical.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 3 − Non−Flush Repairs


Figure 202 (Sheet 3)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 208
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES
3 Where repair angle (3) overlaps a
tooling hole, extend angle and install
MS20470AD6. SKIN
(REF)
4 Refer to Table 1 in text for dimensions.
5 Apply aerodynamic sealant per
SRM 51−23−00. INTERCOSTAL
SPAR

R. 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm)
3

0.14 in.
(3.56 mm)

L CHAMFER 4
5
t1/ t2 R. 0.38 in.
(9.65 mm)
1

MINIMUM
EDGE DISTANCE 3

A A

TRAILING
EDGE
FASTENER CODE
Existing fastener.
REPAIR FOR
rsr57200.dg, lr, 18/05/04

CR3224−5. B B
DAMAGED RIBS
MS20470AD4.
MS20470AD6.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 3 − Non−Flush Repairs


Figure 202 (Sheet 4)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 209
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INTER−
COSTAL
SPAR
2 1
R. 0.75 in. R. 0.25 in. 4 1
(19.05 mm) (6.35 mm)
2 PLACES D B
TYPICAL C E 5
4D MAXIMUM
TYPICAL
2 PLACES
B CUT−OUT
WIDTH
TYPICAL
TRAILING
EDGE A C E
D R. 0.10 in. END OF
END OF MINIMUM R. 0.25 in. PART 6
(2.54 mm)
PART 6 CUT−OUT (6.35 mm)
2 PLACES
1 BAY
0.10 in. (2.54 mm)
MAXIMUM
CUT LINE TO
CUT−OUT 2 BAYS
FOLLOW
CHEM−MILL POCKET

VIEW ON UPPER SKIN OF FLAP


TWO BAY TRAILING EDGE SKINS
AND CHANNEL REPAIR

FASTENER CODE NOTE


rsr57203.dg, lr, 18/05/04

Existing fastener. 1 Maximum filler length over 4 fasteners


in a row typical.
CR3224−5.

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 3 − Trailing Edge Skin and Channel Repair
Figure 203 (Sheet 1)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 210
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

INTERCOSTAL
SPAR

4 1

F G
1

FASTENER CODE
Existing fastener. B B
CUT−OUT
CR3224−5.
WIDTH
TYPICAL
TRAILING
NOTES EDGE F G
1 Maximum filler length over
4 fasteners in a row typical. CUT−OUT
LENGTH
2 Refer to Table 1 in text TYPICAL
for dimensions.
VIEW ON UPPER SKIN OF FLAP
3 Apply aerodynamic sealant LOWER SKIN SIMILAR
per SRM 51−23−00.
TRAILING EDGE SKIN REPAIR

END OF END OF
PART 4 PART 2

L CHAMFER 2

3
t1/ t2

CHAMFER TOP R. 0.25 in. SKIN AND


AND BOTTOM SKIN MINIMUM
rsr57204.dg, lr, 18/05/04

(6.35 mm) CHANNEL


0.10 in. (2.54 mm) EDGE
CUT LINE DISTANCE
MAXIMUM TO
FIT (5) CHANNEL
A B B

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 3 − Trailing Edge Skin and Channel Repair
Figure 203 (Sheet 2)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 211
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5
5
5 2

6 6 6

4
4

C C D D E E

NOTE
4 Trim and chamfer edge
1 1
of top and bottom skin to
suit repair channel.

FASTENER CODE
Existing fastener.
CR3224−5.
rsr57205.dg, lr, 18/05/04

F F G G

Inboard Flap and Vane Skin − Repair No. 3 − Trailing Edge Skin and Channel Repair
Figure 203 (Sheet 3)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−52−00 Page 212
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the outboard flap, refer to Figure 1.
For the structural identification of the outboard flap vane, refer to Figure 2.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 1
Dec 15/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

46 A

2
8
(16 PLACES) 14
10 1

F 9
45
9
15 48 46
F/STA
171.963 C
5 11 9
F/STA 24
189.57 G 14
7 F/STA 16 17 21
209.39 9
44
B 12
15 14
7 F/STA 22 9
G 9
236.02
43
F/STA 48
254.96 C
6 24 13
F/STA 47 42
7 280.66
4 F/STA H 9
298.216
5

18 3
23

13
18

19 28

20
22 12
rsr57103.dg, ps/ds, 27/04/04

29 27
21 26
25

B 24 C

Outboard Flap – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 2
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEGEND
t1 − 0.030 in. (0.72 mm). D
t 2 − 0.040 in. (1.02 mm).
t 3 − 0.050 in. (1.27 mm).
t 4 − 0.065 in. (1.65 mm).
t 5 − 0.068 in. (1.73 mm).
t 6 − 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).

t3 t1 t1 t1 t3 t2 t3 t2 t2 t2

t2 t1 t2
t5 t1 t6 t2 t2 t2
t4
t5 t5 t5 t5 t5 t5
t5
t6

FS168.62 FS179.96 FS191.42 FS200.41 FS217.87 FS234.25


E
FS171.96 FS187.00 FS196.08 FS209.39 FS226.15

t3 t2 t2 t2 t3 t2 t1 t1 t1

t5
t2 t5 t5 t5 t5 t5 t 6 t5
t2 t2 t5
t1 t1
t6 t5
t6

FS235.96 t5 FS254.96 FS270.72 FS281.77 FS289.58 FS298.21


rsr57156, ds, 21/04/04

FS234.25 FS245.84 FS262.78 FS278.00 FS286.33 FS296.07 WS281.50

D
VIEW LOOKING DOWN

Outboard Flap – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 3
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEGEND
t 2 − 0.040 in. (1.02 mm).
t 3 − 0.050 in. (1.27 mm).
t 4 − 0.065 in. (1.65 mm).
t 6 − 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).
t 7 − 0.112 in. (2.84 mm).
t 8 − 0.073 in. (1.85 mm). E

t7 t4 t4 t4 t4 t6
t8 t4
t4

t2 t2 t2 t2 t2
t3 t2

t2 t2
t2 t2 t2 t3 t2
t2

FS209.39 FS226.15
FS171.86 FS187.00 FS196.08
FS217.87 FS234.25
FS168.82 FS179.96 FS191.42 FS200.41

t6 t4 t4 t7
t6 t4 t8
t4 t4
t4

t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2
t3
t3

t2 t2 t2 t2
t2 t2 t2

FS298.21
FS270.72 FS281.77 FS289.58
FS254.96
FS235.96
rsr57157, ds, 21/04/04

FS296.07
FS262.78 FS278.00 FS286.33 WS281.50
FS234.25 FS245.84
E
VIEW LOOKING UP

Outboard Flap – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 4
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

41
40

33
34

32
30
31
F

36 36

39

47
35 38

G
rsr57104.dg, ps/ds, 27/04/04

37

Outboard Flap – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 5
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
1 Skin, upper 601R14535 0.030 / 0.050 (0.76 / 1.27) clad A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T3
2 Doubler, upper 601R14541 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A001
3 Skin, lower 601R14536 0.040 / 0.050 (1.02 / 1.27) clad A109
(chem−milled) 2024−T3
4 Doubler, lower 601R14542 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A001
5 Skin, leading edge 601R14659 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A001
6 Skin, leading edge 601R14659 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T42 A001
7 Skin, leading edge 601R14531 0.050 / 0.090 (1.27 / 2.29) Kevlar E001
49 CMS 532−01, Type I
8 Rib 601R14532 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A001
9 Rib 601R14506 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
10 Rib 601R14543 0.875 (22.22) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
11 Rib 601R14607 1.125 (28.57) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
12 Rib 601R14547 1.125 (28.57) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
13 Rib 601R14622 1.125 (28.57) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
14 Spar, intercostal 601R14522 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
15 Spar, front 601R14534 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A001
16 Plate, joint 601R14534 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A001
17 Angle, joint 601R14534 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A001
18 Intercostal 601R14577 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A001
19 Bracket 601R14578 1.125 (28.57) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
20 Rib 601R14545 3.50 (88.9) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
21 Fitting, nose rib 601R14603 3.50 (88.9) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
22 Rib 601R14640 machined 7475−T7351 CMS A001
516−02
23 Cleat 601R14577 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 6
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
24 Fitting, vane attach 601R14606 5.00 (127) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
25 Fitting, lug 601R14610 2.00 (50.8) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
26 Fitting, lug 601R14619 3.25 (82.55) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
27 Bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
28 Bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
29 Fitting 601R14624 2.50 (63.5) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
30 Angle 601R14527 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
31 Strap 601R14527 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T42 A001
32 Doubler 601R14527 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
33 Fitting, rib alignment 601R14526 3.00 (76.2) machined A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
34 Riblet 601R14527 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
35 Plate, vane attachment 601R14510 0.125 (3.18) clad 7075−T6 A001
36 Angle, upper 601R14510 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
37 Angle, lower 601R14510 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A001
38 Cleat 601R14510 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 A001
39 Packer 601R14510 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A001
40 Seal 601R14532 23.0 (584.2) long Haveg 7104
41 Shim 601R14532 0.032 (0.81) M / F Attewell
Mycroshims LS3
42 Seal 601R14533 17.0 (431.8) long Haveg 7104
43 Shim 601R14533 0.032 (0.81) M / F Attewell
Mycroshims LS3
44 Wedge, trailing edge 601R14537 0.625 / 1.125 (15.88 / 28.58) A001
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
45 Channel, trailing edge 601R14538 0.040 (1.02) 6013−T4 AMS 4347 A001
46 Panels, access 601R14535 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T3 A109
47 Fitting 601R14642 machined 7475−T7351 CMS A001
516−02

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 7
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
48 Plate 601R14577 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A001
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 8
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

27
A

8
F/STA 25
171.963 14
F/STA
189.57 10
14
F/STA 6
209.39 30
14
F/STA 14
235.84 10 26
20
24
F/STA 28
27 254.96 30
24 14 5

F/STA 9
A EFFECTIVITY: 280.66 10
7003 − 7604
F/STA
4 296.073 1

8
F/STA 20
171.963 15
F/STA
189.57 11
25
16
7
F/STA 6
20 209.39 31
17
F/STA 18
21 235.84 12 26
24
F/STA 29
254.96 32
24 19 5
9
rsr57108.dg, ps/lr, 03/01/06

F/STA
22 280.66 13
F/STA
A EFFECTIVITY: 296.073 2
7605 − 8400
23

Outboard Flap Vane – Structural Identification


Figure 2

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 9
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
Vane Assembly 601R14502 7605−8400
Outboard Flap
1 Vane tip, outboard 601R14530 1.5 x 1.5 x 5.5 (38.1 x 38.1 x E002 7003−7604
139.7) Phenolic MIL−P−15035,
type FBM
2 Vane tip, outboard 601R14530 1.5 x 1.5 x 5.5 (38.1 x 38.1 x E002 7605−8400
139.7) machined Phenolic
MIL−P−15035, type FBM
3 Vane tip, inboard 601R14561 1.5 x 1.9 x 7.0 (38.1 x 48.3 x E002 7003−7604
177.8) Phenolic MIL−P−15035,
type FBM
4 Vane tip, inboard 601R14561 1.5 x 1.9 x 7.0 (38.1 x 48.3 x E200 7605−8400
177.8) Phenolic MIL−P−15035,
type FBM
5 Spar 601R14570 0.040 (1.02) clad 7075−T62 A010
6 Straps, butt 601R14570 0.040 (1.02) clad 7075−T62 A010
7 Angle, butt 601R14570 0.040 (1.02) clad 7075−T62 A010 7605−8400
8 Rib, vane tip, inboard 601R14559 1.5 x 3.0 x 7.8 (38.1 x 76.2 x A012
198.12) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 516−02
9 Rib, vane tip, outboard 601R14560 2.0 x 2.25 x 6 (50.8 x 57.15 x A012
152.4) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 516−02
10 Fitting 601R14562 machined 7475−T7351 CMS A012 7003−7604
516−02
11 Fitting 601R14562 6.8 x 2.3 x 2.0 (172.72 x 58.42 x A012 7605−8400
50.8) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 516−02
12 Fitting 601R14563 2.0 x 6.0 x 1.95 (50.8 x 152.4 x A012 7605−8400
49.53) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 516−02
13 Fitting 601R14564 2.3 x 5.3 x 2.0 (58.42 x 134.62 x A012 7605−8400
50.8) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 516−02
14 Rib 601R14700 machined 7475−T7351 CMS A012 7003−7604
516−02
15 Rib 601R14700 2.0 x 3.5 x 1.6 (50.8 x 88.9 x A012 7605−8400
40.64) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 516−02

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 10
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE TIVITY
16 Rib 601R14701 2.1 x 2.4 x 1.4 (53.34 x 60.96 x A012 7605−8400
35.56) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 516−02
17 Rib 601R14702 3.0 x 1.4 x 2.1 (76.2 x 35.56 x A012 7605−8400
53.34) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 516−02
18 Rib 601R14703 machined 7475−T7351 CMS A012 7605−8400
516−02
19 Rib 601R14704 2.8 x 2.1 x 1.5 (71.12 x 53.34 x A012 7605−8400
38.1) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 512−02
20 Leading edge 601R14571 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A109
21 Leading edge 601R14572 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 7605−8400
22 Leading edge 601R14573 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A100 7605−8400
23 Leading edge 601R14574 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A109 7605−8400
24 Support, leading edge 601R14706 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A010
25 Skin, upper 601R14568 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A110
26 Doubler 601R14568 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A048
27 Packer 601R14568 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A010
28 Skin, lower 601R14569 0.195 (4.95) machined A109 7003−7604
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
29 Skin, lower 601R14569 machined 7475−T7351 A109 7605−8400
30 Fitting 601R14562 machined 7475−T7351 CMS A012 7003−7604
516−02
31 Fitting 601R14588 2.0 x 5.0 x 1.75 (50.8 x 127.0 x A012 7605−8400
44.45) machined 7475−T7351
CMS 516−02
32 Fitting 601R14589 2.0 (50.80) machined A012 7605−8400
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 11
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00 and SRM 57−00−31, Page Block 101−199 may not
apply to this section. You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item
identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any items not specified in section 2
below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

B E

F/STA F/STA
171.963 189.57 A
D

F/STA B F/STA F/STA


189.57 209.39 236.02

C
F/STA F/STA F/STA
236.02 254.96 280.66

F/STA D
171.963 F/STA
298.216

E
F/STA F/STA
280.66 298.216
BLEND DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
rsr57146, ds, 22/04/04

0.010 0.25 Maximum blend


0.020 0.51 depth permitted

Outboard Flap and Vane Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

F/STA F/STA F/STA F/STA


168.63 217.87 262.78 280.66

F/STA F/STA F/STA F/STA


168.63 217.87 262.78 280.66
H

BLEND DEPTH
rsr57147, ds, 21/04/04

CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.005 0.13 Maximum blend
0.010 0.25 depth permitted

Outboard Flap and Vane Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

J M

F/STA F/STA
171.963 189.57 A
L

F/STA J F/STA F/STA


189.57 209.39 236.02

K
F/STA F/STA F/STA
236.02 254.96 280.66

F/STA L
171.963 F/STA
298.216

1.0 in. (2.54 mm) M


F/STA F/STA
280.66 298.216
rsr57148.dg, ds/lr, 12/05/04

DENT DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.050 1.27 Maximum depth of dents permitted
− − No dent permitted N

Outboard Flap and Vane Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 104
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

6.0 in. (152.4 mm)


F/STA F/STA F/STA F/STA
168.63 217.87 262.78 280.66

F/STA F/STA F/STA F/STA


168.63 217.87 262.78 280.66
R

DENT DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
in. mm
rsr57149, ds, 21/04/04

0.055 1.39 Maximum depth


0.020 0.51 of dents permitted
− − No dent permitted

Outboard Flap and Vane Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 105
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

F
C

B
G

W MAJ1 S W MAJ2 X

t
d

F F
NOTES
1. There are no limitations on dent orientation.
2. Dents must be smooth and not have sharp creases or gouges.
3. Dents may be circular, in which case W MAJ = W MIN.
W MIN
4. Only three dents are permitted on vane top skin.
5. Only five dents are permitted on each flap upper and lower skin.
W MAJ
LEGEND
WMAJ = Dent major diameter less than or = 2.0 in. (50.8 mm). G
WMIN = Dent minor diameter.
d = Dent depth less than shown in illustration.
t = Skin thickness.
t MAX = Maximum skin thickness for which dent is permitted = 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).
d/t = Dent depth to thickness ratio less than or = 2.
WMIN /d = Dent minor diameter to depth ratio greater than or = 25.
X = Distance between dent to a fastener greater than or = WMAJ2 or 1.0 in. (25.4 mm),
which ever is greater.
S = Distance between dents greater than or = WMAJ1 or WMAJ2 , which ever is greater.
B = Panel length (measured from fastener line to fastener line).
C = Panel width (measured from fastener line to fastener line).
A PAN = Panel surface area (B x C).
rsr57150.dg, lr/ds, 23/04/04

A DENT = Dent area (WMAJ x W MIN ).


A TOT = Total dent area (summation of dent areas A DENT within a panel)
less than or = 0.2 x A PAN .

DEFINITION OF DENTS FOR RIVETED


SKIN TYPE STRUCTURE

Outboard Flap and Vane Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 106
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE
REMOVAL LIMIT 2D
6

NOTES
6 No rework permitted in an area within a 2D radius
around fasteners.

No damage permitted
rsr57151, ds, 20/04/04

Outboard Flap and Vane Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 107
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DAMAGE REMARKS


Edge cracks that are within the material removal limits
specified in SRM 57−00−31 Page Block 101−199 must be
removed as per above SRM.
Cracks
For cracks that are not within the specified limits, contact
Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support.
Remove damage as per SRM 57−00−31, Page Block
Scratches, Nicks, 101−199, with damage removal limits shown in this figure.
Flap and Vane
skins Gouges and Corrosion Maximum affected area of panel is 20% (area of blend to
be calculated by the product of the minor by major axis).
Dents Permitted refer to Figure 101
Holes thru 0.25 in. (6.35mm) provided damage to be a
minimum 6D (D=repair hole diameter) from adjacent
Holes and Punctures holes, skin edges, chem mill pocket radii and other
damage.
Plug damaged hole with AD type rivet.
NOTE: No rework is permitted in an area within a 2D radius around the fasteners as shown in Figure 101.
NOTE: For full instructions on treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.

Outboard Flap and Vane Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 7)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 108
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIRS

1. General
For repairs to the outboard flap and vane, contact Bombardier aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−50−010 Deferral of application of abrasion resistant coating −
outboard and inboard flap leading edge, left side or right
side
601R−57−50−024 Temporary disposition for missing Orcon tapes on flaps and
flap vane closure ribs
601R−57−53−001 Outboard flap, hinge arm assembly − repair
601R−57−53−002 Outboard flap, lug fitting WS.178.00 & WS.264.00 − repair
601R−57−53−016 Repair to vane fitting, WS296.073
601R−57−53−019 Repair to outboard flap vane fittings LH and RH
601R−57−53−030 Outboard flap vane leading edge skin dent limits
601R−57−53−039 Repair to flap rib alignment fitting (FS168.63)
601R−57−53−039 Repair to outboard flap vane leading edge skin − skin splice
601R−57−53−266 Lightning strike damage on upper and lower outboard flap
skin

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 1 − REPAIR TO FLAP VANE SKIN

1. General
A. This topic contains an approved generic repair for outboard flap vane leading edge skin that has
damage which is more than permitted by allowable damage limits (refer to SRM 57−53−00, Page
Block 101−199).
This topic complies with Repair Engineering Order (REO) 601R−57−53−041, revision A.
For the outboard flap skins flush repair, refer to SRM 57−53−00, Repair No. 2.
For the outboard flap skins non−flush repair, refer to SRM 57−53−00, Repair No. 3.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA FOR REPAIRS TO THE
PRIMARY STRUCTURE. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA CAN
DECREASE THE DAMAGE TOLERANCE PROPERTIES OF THE REPAIRED
STRUCTURE. IF THIS OCCURS, A NEW DAMAGE TOLERANCE ANALYSIS AND
AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY APPROVAL IS NECESSARY.
2. Applicability
This repair is applicable to the outboard flap vane leading edge skin from WS163.00 to WS282.00, left
and right side.
3. Repair Materials
For a list of repair materials, refer to Figure 201.
4. Repair Procedure
A. Vane Leading Edge Skin Repair
Refer to Figure 202.
(1) Remove the external finish layers at the repair area (refer to SRM 51−26−00).
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(2) Cut the damaged skin as necessary to remove all the damage as shown in Figure 202.
NOTE: Maintain 2D minimum from existing fasteners.
(3) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38mm) radius and a
surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
NOTE: RHR is the roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinches or
micrometers (in parentheses). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filing.
(4) Do a liquid penetrant inspection (refer to NDT 51−20−08) or eddy current inspection (refer to
NDT 51−20−06) to make sure there is no crack on the internal and external edges of the
cutout.
(5) Apply finish, code A023 to the reworked area (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(6) Make buttstraps and insert to fit the repair geometry as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(b) Maintain a 0.030 in. to 0.060 in. (0.76 mm to 1.52 mm) gap between the existing
structure and the new insert.
(c) Remove nicks and burrs and make the cut edges smooth to 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) If necessary, roll the parts to match the vane contour (refer to SRM 51−24−16).
(e) Drill holes in the buttstrap and the insert to match the existing hole pattern in the spars
and/or skins.

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 201
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(f) Removes nicks and burrs to make the holes smooth.
(g) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(7) Put the repair parts in position.
(8) Drill applicable new holes through the buttstraps and the inserts as follows:
(a) Make sure there is a distance of 4D to 6D (D = rivet diameter) between all new
fasteners unless specified differently on figures.
NOTE: Quantity of fasteners and pitch can vary in each area. Maintain existing
fastener pitch except as specified.
(b) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(9) Wet assemble all items (refer to SRM 51−23−00) and install blind rivets (refer to SRM
51−42−13). Use first oversize fasteners if necessary.
(10) Fill gaps with aerodynamic sealant (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
(11) Refinish the exterior surface to the original finish requirements (refer to SRM 51−25−01).
(12) Update the SDIR (Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements) document for the affected
aircraft/component to reflect changes to the inspection requirements.
5. Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements
A. This repair requires no special inspection. The current inspection program is not affected by the
installation of this repair.

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 202
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE
1 Vane Buttstrap — 0.040 (1.02) 2024−T3 Al alloy A023
Sheet
2 Vane Insert — 0.040 (1.02) 2024−T3 Al alloy A023
Sheet
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Outboard Flap Vane Leading−Edge Skin Repair Materials


Figure 201 (Sheet 1)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 203
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

A
FASTENER CODE
Existing fasteners.
CR3224−5 for 0.040 in.
(1.016 mm) thick pockets.
CR3224−4 for 0.030 in.
(0.762 mm) thick pockets.

NOTE
1 0.030 / 0.060 in.
Fill gap (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
(0.762 / 1.524 mm)
1 TYPICAL GAP
2 PLACES

1 B CUT LINE
CUT LINE 1

EXISTING L/E SKIN 2 B EXISTING L/E SKIN

TYPICAL VANE LEADING EDGE


A
VIEW LOOKING AFT

1 (REF)

2 (REF)
rsr57094.dg, lr, 11/05/04

0.060 in.
(1.524 mm)
TYPICAL B B

Outboard Flap Vane Skin − Repairs − Repair No. 1


Figure 202

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 204
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 2 − FLUSH REPAIR TO OUTBOARD
FLAP SKIN

1. General
A. This topic contains the approved permanent flush repairs for the flap upper and lower skin
damage that exceeds the allowable damage limits (refer to SRM 57−53−00, Page Block
101−199).
This topic complies with the Repair Engineering Order (REO) 601R−57−53−041, revision A.
For the outboard flap vane skins repairs refer to Repair No. 1.
For the outboard flap skins non−flush repairs refer to Repair No. 3.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA FOR REPAIRS TO THE
PRIMARY STRUCTURE. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA CAN
DECREASE THE DAMAGE TOLERANCE PROPERTIES OF THE REPAIRED
STRUCTURE. IF THIS OCCURS, A NEW DAMAGE TOLERANCE ANALYSIS AND
AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY APPROVAL IS NECESSARY.
2. Applicability
This repair is applicable to the outboard flap upper and lower skins from WS163.00 to WS282.00 with
the limitation that follows:
A. Limitations
(1) Refer to Figure 202.
No repair allowed on the upper skin between the forward edge of the skin and the
intercostal spar from FLS187.00 to FLS200.00 and from FLS278.00 to FLS289.00.
No repair allowed on the lower skin from FLS187.00 to FLS196.00 and from FLS230.00 to
FLS230.00.
(2) The maximum permitted repair skin area must not be more than 15% of the total (upper or
lower) skin surface.
(3) The repair must be at a minimum distance of one bay from any existing repairs.
3. Repair Materials
For a list of the repair materials refer to Figure 201.
4. Repair Procedure
A. Outboard Flap Skin Flush Repair
Refer to Figure 203.
(1) Remove the external finish layers at the repair area (refer to SRM 51−26−00).
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(2) Cut the damaged skin as necessary to remove all the damage. Maintain a 0.75 in. (19.05
mm) minimum radii at all corners of cutout or follow the chem−milled radii of the original
skin.
NOTE: Maintain 2D + 0.063 in (1.60 mm) minimum from the existing fasteners.
(3) Remove any nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm) radius
and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
NOTE: RHR is the Roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinches or
micrometers (in parenthesis). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filing.

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 201
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(4) Do a liquid penetrant inspection (LPI), (refer to NDT 51−20−08) or eddy current inspection,
(refer to NDT 51−20−06) to make sure there is no crack on the internal and external edges
of the cutout.
(5) Apply finish, code A023 to the reworked area (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(6) When a cutout extends over a rib, make angles (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as follows:
(a) If the angle overlaps a tooling hole, extend the angle as shown and install rivet.
(b) All corner radii must be at 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(c) Remove any nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm)
radius and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) Drill holes in the angle to match the existing hole pattern in the ribs.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(7) When a cutout extends over an intercostal, make clips and intercostal (refer to SRM
51−24−16) as follows:
(a) Make a intercostal to the same dimensions as of the existing intercostal except remove
end flange to replace it with the clip.
(b) All corner radii must be at 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(c) Remove any nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm)
radius and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) Drill holes in the clip and intercostal to match the existing hole pattern.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(8) When a cutout extends up to the trailing edge, make straps (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as
follows:
(a) All corner radii must be at 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(b) Remove and nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm)
radius and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(c) Drill holes in the straps to match the existing hole pattern in the doubler and/or trailing
edge.
(d) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(e) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(9) When a cutout extends over ribs and/or spars, make shims (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as
follows:
(a) The thickness for shim is determined by the chem−mill pockets thickness.
(b) All corner radii must be at 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(c) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm) radius
and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) Drill holes in shims to match the existing hole pattern in the angles and/or spars.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(10) Make a doubler (to suit the repair geometry) (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be at 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(b) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm) radius
and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 202
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(c) Joggle the internal doubler as required.
(d) Drill holes in the doubler to match the existing hole pattern in the angles and/or spars.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(11) Make an insert (to suit the repair geometry) (refer to SRM 51−24−16) as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be at 0.750 in. (19.05 mm) minimum unless otherwise specified.
(b) Maintain a 0.030/0.060 in. (0.76/1.52 mm) gap between the existing structure and new
insert.
(c) Remove any nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.038 mm)
radius and a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) Drill holes in the insert to match the existing hole pattern in the angles and/or spars.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(12) Put repair parts in position
NOTE: Install shims if necessary. Shim thickness to suit chem−mill pocket.
(13) Drill applicable new holes through the doubler, and the skin as follows:
(a) Make sure there is a distance of 4D to 6D (D=rivet diameter) between all of the new
fasteners unless specified differently.
NOTE: Quantity of fasteners and pitch can vary in each area. Maintain the existing
fastener pitch except as specified.
(b) Make sure there is a minimum edge distance of 2D + 0.063 in. (1.59 mm) except:
– Internal repair items where 2D minimum is acceptable.
– In angle installation, refer to Figure 203.
– Shims and skin fillers where 1.65D minimum is acceptable.
(14) Wet install all items (refer to SRM 51−23−00). Install rivets (refer to SRM 51−42−06) and
blind rivets (refer to SRM 51−42−13); use first oversize fasteners if necessary.
(15) Apply aerodynamic sealant around the edge of the skin filler (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
(16) Restore the surface to the initial finish requirements (refer to SRM 51−25−01).
(17) Update the SDIR (Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements) document for the affected
aircraft/component to reflect changes to the inspection requirements.
5. Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements
A. The inspection intervals are 40000 flight cycles threshold and 40000 flight cycles repeat.
B. The inspection method is “Special Detailed”, (refer to NDTM 51−53−00−101, Part 6).
C. Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements
(1) As instructed in the SDIR, record the inspection intervals and inspection technique in Table
2.1, Section 2 of the SDIR of the aircraft repaired. The repair number, type and location of
the repair should be clearly identified in the SDIR.
(2) These inspection intervals start at the time of incorporation of the repair, (Suffix (R) in the
SDIR).

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 203
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER MATERIAL REFERENCE FINISH CODE

0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 Al A023


1 Insert —
Alloy Sheet

0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 Al


2 Doubler — A023
Alloy Sheet
3 Angle — 2024− T3 Al Alloy Sheet † A023
4 Shim — 2024−T3 Al Alloy Sheet ‡ A023
5 Clip — 2024−T3 Al alloy Sheet † A023
6 Intercostal — 2024−T3 Al Alloy Sheet † A023
0.050 (1.27) 2024−T3 Al Alloy
7 Strap — A023
Sheet
0.050 (1.27) 2024−T3 Al Alloy
8 Strap — A023
Sheet
0.063 (1.60) 2024−T3 Al Alloy
9 Structural Shim — A023
Sheet
ASM−DTL−22499
composition 1, TYPE 1,
10 Shim — A023
CLASS 1 or 2, 0.020 (0.508)
Thick
† Material thickness is to be the same as of the removed part or one gauge thicker.
‡ Thickness of the shim is to be determined by thickness of chem−mill pockets.
NOTE : All dimensions are in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Outboard Flap Skin − Repair No. 2 − Repair Materials


Figure 201

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 204
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

F/STA
187.00
F/STA
200.00

F/STA F/STA
171.963 278.00
F/STA
F/STA 289.00
189.57
F/STA
209.39

F/STA
236.02
F/STA
254.96

F/STA
F/STA 280.66
187.00 F/STA
F/STA 298.216
196.00

F/STA
230.00
F/STA
240.00

A
rsr57092.dg, lr, 16/05/04

No repairs permitted

Outboard Flap Skin − Repair Limitations


Figure 202

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 205
Apr 10/2005
SKIN CUT LINES TO BE DONE APPROXIMATELY
IN THE MIDDLE OF THE BAY MINIMUM OVER ONE BAY
3 3

FWD
F/STA F/STA MANDATORY F/STA F/STA

Master
D 1 D
FRONT
SPAR

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
9 (REF)
(REF)
2

8 (REF) 2
9
R 0.50 in. (REF)
(12.70 mm) R 0.50 in.
TYPICAL (12.70 mm)
4 PLACES 4 PLACES
4
F
F
INTER−
COSTAL
SPAR 4 4
2 2 PLACES
0.150 in.
(3.81 mm)
TYPICAL
C

FROM

Figure 203 (Sheet 1)


POCKET
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

4
2 PLACES 7 (REF) 7 (REF)

Outboard Flap Skin − Flush Repair − Repair No. 2


D NOTES

57−53−00
T/E
CHANNEL D FASTENER CODE 2 0.650 in. (16.51 mm)
Existing fasteners. CR 3224−5. maximum pitch for
TYPICAL FLUSH SKIN REPAIR FOR UPPER CR3224−5 for 0.040 in. NAS1097AD5. fasteners typical.
AND LOWER SURFACE, LOWER SURFACE (1.016 mm) thick pockets. MS20470AD4. 3 Fill gap (refer to 51−23−00).
SHOWN UPPER SURFACE SIMILAR CR3224−4 for 0.030 in. MS20470AD5.
rsr57106.dg, lr, 11/05/04 (0.762 mm) thick pockets. MS20470AD6. 4 Shim as necessary.

Apr 10/2005
Page 206
Repair No. − 02
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

F/STA A F/STA

R 0.30 in. (7.62 mm)


TYPICAL EXCEPT
2 OTHERWISE
C C

R 0.75 in. (19.05 mm)


TYPICAL FOR ALL
SKIN CUT LINES 1

CUT LINE

0.030 / 0.060 in.


3 (0.762 / 1.524 mm)
TYPICAL GAP A
FLUSH CORNER REPAIR UPPER AND LOWER SKIN
FASTENER CODE LOWER SKIN CORNER SHOWN, UPPER SIMILAR
Existing fasteners.
CR 3224−5. NOTES
CR3224−5 for 0.040 in. (1.016 mm) thick pockets. 1 2D + 0.063 in. (1.587 mm) typical
rsr57105.dg, lr, 11/05/04

CR3224−4 for 0.030 in. (0.762 mm) thick pockets. edge distance.
NAS1097AD5.
MS20470AD4. 2 0.650 in. (16.51 mm) maximum pitch
for fasteners typical.
MS20470AD5.
MS20470AD6. 3 Fill gap (refer to SRM 51−23−00).

Outboard Flap Skin − Flush Repair − Repair No. 2


Figure 203 (Sheet 2)

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 207
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

R 0.13 in. FRONT


(3.30 mm) SPAR
TYPICAL

8
0.10 in. 9
(2.54 mm)
B
TYPICAL
SHOWING RIB CUTOUT DETAILS ANGLE REMOVED
B FOR CLARITY TYPICAL FOR ALL REPAIRS WHICH
3
REQUIRE THE RIB TO BE CUT
(ROTATED 90° COUNTER CLOCKWISE)
5
INTER−
COSTAL
SPAR
2 (REF)
7 0.060 in.
C C
(1.524 mm)

0.060 in.
(1.524 mm)
7
10 4

ALTERNATIVE
E
10 4 INSTALLATION
A A
ALTERNATIVE E
E
INSTALLATION
5 G
D D

RIB (REF)
5

INTERCOSTAL 4 G
2 (REF) F F 6 6
(REF)

NOTES FASTENER CODE G G


4 Shim as necessary. Existing fasteners.
CR 3224−5.
5 Where angle (3) overlaps a T/H, extend CR3224−5 for 0.040 in. (1.016 mm) thick pockets.
rsr57107.dg, lr, 11/05/04

angle and install MS20470AD6. CR3224−4 for 0.030 in. (0.762 mm) thick pockets.
Manufacture (6) to same dimensions as NAS1097AD5.
6
existing intercostal except remove end MS20470AD4.
flange and replace with clip (5), pick up MS20470AD5.
existing fastener holes. MS20470AD6.

Outboard Flap Skin − Flush Repair − Repair No. 2


Figure 203 (Sheet 3)

Master Repair No. − 02


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 208
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
OUTBOARD FLAP AND VANE − REPAIR NO. 3 − NON−FLUSH REPAIR TO
OUTBOARD FLAP SKIN

1. General
A. This topic contains the approved permanent non−flush repairs for the flap upper and lower skin
damage that exceeds the allowable damage limits (refer to SRM 57−53−00, Page Block
101−199).
This topic complies with the Repair Engineering Order (REO) 601R−57−53−041, revision A.
For the outboard flap vane skins repairs refer to Repair No. 1.
For the outboard flap skins flush repairs refer to Repair No. 2.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA FOR REPAIRS TO THE
PRIMARY STRUCTURE. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA CAN
DECREASE THE DAMAGE TOLERANCE PROPERTIES OF THE REPAIRED
STRUCTURE. IF THIS OCCURS, A NEW DAMAGE TOLERANCE ANALYSIS AND
AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY APPROVAL IS NECESSARY.
2. Applicability
This repair is applicable to the outboard flap upper and lower skins from WS163.00 to WS282.00 with
the limitations that follow:
A. Limitations
(1) Refer to Figure 201.
No repair allowed on the upper skin between the forward edge of the skin and the
intercostal spar from FLS187.00 to FLS200.00 and from FLS278.00 to FLS289.00.
No repair allowed on the lower skin from FLS187.00 to FLS196.00 and from FLS230.00 to
FLS240.00.
(2) Maximum permitted repair skin area must not be more than 15% of the total (upper or lower)
skin surface.
(3) The repair must be at a minimum distance of one bay from any existing repairs.
3. Repair Materials
For a list of repair materials refer to Figure 201.
4. Repair Procedure
A. Outboard Flap Skin Non−Flush Repair
Refer to Figure 202.
(1) Remove the external finish layers at the repair area (refer to SRM 51−26−00).
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(2) Cut the damaged skin as necessary to remove all the damage.
NOTE: Maintain 2D minimum from existing fasteners.
(a) Follow the chem−mill pocket where applicable.
(b) The minimum cutout radii must be 0.75 in (19.05 mm).
(c) Make sure you follow the minimum and maximum cutout width.
(3) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and a
surface finish of 125 RHR or less.
NOTE: RHR is the Roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinches or
micrometer (in parentheses). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filing.

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 201
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(4) Do a liquid penetrant inspection (LPI) on the internal and external edges of the cutout (refer
to NDT 51−20−08). As an alternative, do an Eddy Current inspection (refer to NDT
51−20−06). Make sure there is no crack.
(5) Apply finish, code A023, to the reworked area (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(6) When a cutout extends over ribs and/or spars, make fillers (to suit the repair geometry) as
follows:
(a) Filler must be the same thickness as the skin pad removed.
(b) For fillers that are attached to a rib, make one piece and cut it in segments. Each
segment must be installed over 3 or 4 fasteners (lengthwise) maximum.
(c) All corner radii must be 0.300 in (7.62 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(d) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and
a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(e) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(7) Make a doubler to fit the repair geometry as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be 0.300 in (7.62 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(b) Chamfer doubler, refer to Table 1 and Table 2 for dimensions.
NOTE: If the repair includes multiple bays, the doubler thickness is given by the
thickest pocket.
(c) Remove nicks and burrs and make the cut edges smooth to 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) If necessary, roll the doubler to match the skin contour (refer to SRM 51−24−16).
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(8) Put repair parts in position.
(9) Drill applicable new holes through the doubler and the skin as follows:
(a) Drill holes in the doubler and the filler to match the existing hole pattern in the ribs
and/or spars.
NOTE: If necessary, make countersink filler (refer to SRM 51−40−11) to fill existing
countersink.
(b) A minimum edge distance of 1.65D is acceptable for fillers.
(c) Make sure there is a distance of 4D to 6D (D = rivet diameter) between all new
fasteners unless specified differently on Figures.
NOTE: Quantity of fasteners and pitch can vary in each area. Maintain existing
fastener pitch except as specified.
(d) Make sure there is a minimum edge distance of 2D + 0.063 in (1.60 mm) except:
– Internal repair items where 2D minimum is acceptable.
– In angle installation, refer to Figure 203.
– Shims and skin fillers where 1.65D minimum is acceptable.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(10) Wet assemble all items (refer to SRM 51−23−00) and install blind rivets (refer to SRM
51−42−13), use first oversize fasteners if necessary.
NOTE: Make sure countersink fillers are installed where needed.
(11) Apply aerodynamic sealant around the edges of the doubler (refer to SRM 51−23−00).

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 202
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(12) Refinish the exterior surface to the original finish requirements (refer to SRM 51−25−01).

Table 1 − Doubler Thickness


Pocket thickness 0.030 (0.76) 0.040 (1.02) 0.050 (1.27)
Doubler thickness 0.050 (1.27) 0.063 (1.60) 0.063 (1.60)
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Table 2 − Chamfer dimensions


Doubler thickness 0.050 (1.27) 0.063 (1.60)
Chamfer length 0.090/0.060 (2.29/1.52) 0.130/0.100 (3.30/2.54)
Minimum E.D. 2D + 0.063 (1.60) 2D + 0.063 (1.60)
t1/t2 0.020/0.030 (0.51/0.72) 0.020/0.030 (0.51/0.72)
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

B. Outboard Flap Trailing Edge Skin Non−Flush Repair


Refer to Figure 203.
(1) Remove the external finish layers at the repair area (refer to SRM 51−26−00).
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(2) Cut the damaged skin as necessary to remove all the damage as shown.
NOTE: Maintain 2D minimum from existing fasteners.
(a) Follow the chem−mill pocket where applicable.
(b) The minimum cutout radii must be 0.75 in (19.05 mm).
(c) Trim and chamfer the edge of the upper and lower skins by 0.100 in (2.54 mm)
maximum to prevent overlap with channel.
(3) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and a
surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
NOTE: RHR is the Roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinches or
micrometer (in parentheses). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filing.
(4) Do a liquid penetrant inspection (LPI) on the internal and external edges of the cutout (refer
to NDT 51−20−08). As an alternative, do an Eddy Current inspection (refer to NDT
51−20−06). Make sure there is no crack.
(5) Apply finish, code A023, to the reworked area (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(6) Make fillers and/or channel fillers (to suite the repair geometry) as follows:
(a) Filler must be the same thickness as the skin pad removed.
(b) For fillers that are attached to a rib, make one piece and cut it in segments. Each
segment must be installed over 3 to 4 fasteners (lengthwise) maximum.
(c) All corner radii must be 0.300 in (7.62 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(d) Remove nicks and butts and smooth the edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and a
surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(e) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 203
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(7) Make inner and outer channel and/or doubler to fit the repair geometry as follows:
(a) All corner radii must be 0.300 in (7.62 mm) minimum unless specified differently.
(b) Chamfer the outer channel and/or doubler, refer to Table 1 and Table 2 for
dimensions.
(c) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and
a surface finish of 125 (3.2) RHR or less.
(d) If necessary, roll the doubler to match the skin contour (refer to SRM 51−24−16).
(e) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
NOTE: At FLS264.334, trailing edge becomes 601R14537−1/−2, do the repair by
replacing with new 601R14537−1/−2.
(8) Put repair parts in position.
(9) Drill applicable new holes through the channels and the skin as follows:
(a) A minimum edge distance of 1.65D is acceptable for fillers.
(b) Drill holes in the channels and the fillers to match the existing hole pattern in the ribs.
NOTE: If necessary, make countersink filler (refer to SRM 51−40−11) to fill existing
countersink.
(c) Make sure there is a distance of 4D to 6D (D = rivet diameter) between all new
fasteners unless specified differently on Figures.
NOTE: Quantity of fasteners and pitch can vary in each area. Maintain existing
fastener pitch except as specified.
(d) Make sure there is a minimum edge distance of 2D + 0.063 in (1.60 mm) except:
– Internal repair items where 2D minimum is acceptable.
– In angle installation, refer to Figure 204.
– Shims and skin fillers where 1.65D minimum is acceptable.
(e) Remove nicks and burrs and make the holes smooth.
(f) Apply finish, code A023 (refer to SRM 51−21−16).
(10) Wet assemble all items (refer to SRM 51−23−00) and install blind rivets (refer to SRM
51−42−13), use first oversize fasteners if necessary.
NOTE: Make sure countersink fillers are installed where needed.
(11) Apply aerodynamic sealant around the edges of the doubler (refer to SRM 51−23−00).
(12) Refinish exterior surface to the original finish requirements (refer to SRM 51−25−01).
(13) Update the SDIR (Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements) document for the affected
aircraft/component to reflect changes to the inspection requirements.
5. Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements
A. The inspection intervals are 40000 flight cycles threshold and 40000 flight cycles repeat.
B. The inspection method is “Special Detailed”, (refer to NDTM 51−53−00−102, Part 6).
C. Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements
(1) As instructed in the SDIR, record the inspection intervals and inspection technique in Table
2.1, Section 2 of the SDIR of the aircraft repaired. The repair number, type and location of
the repair should be clearly identified in the SDIR.
(2) These inspection intervals start at the time of incorporation of the repair, (Suffix (R) in the
SDIR).

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 204
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

F/STA
187.00
F/STA
200.00

F/STA F/STA
171.963 278.00
F/STA
F/STA 289.00
189.57
F/STA
209.39

F/STA
236.02
F/STA
254.96

F/STA
F/STA 280.66
187.00 F/STA
F/STA 298.216
196.00

F/STA
230.00
F/STA
240.00

A
rsr57092.dg, lr, 16/05/04

No repairs permitted

Outboard Flap Skin − Repair Limitations


Figure 201 (Sheet 1)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 205
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE
1 Doubler — Clad 2024−T3 † A023
2 Filler — 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 A023
3 Channel Splice — 0.040 (1.02) Clad 2024−T3 A023
4 Channel — 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 A023
5 Structural Filler — 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 †† A023
6 Structural Filler — 0.050 (1.27) Clad 2024−T3 A023
7 Structural Filler — 0.040 (1.02) Clad 2024−T3 A023
8 Channel Filler — 0.040 (1.02) Clad 2024−T3 A023
† Refer to table 1 and table 2 for thickness and dimensions of repair materials.
†† Item can be made from non−clad material.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches followed by millimeter in parentheses.
NOTE: It is acceptable to make channel splice from CRES 301, 1/2 HARD, 0.032 in (0.813) thick, Finish
S020.

Outboard Flap Skin Non−Flush Repairs − Repair No.3 − Repair Materials


Figure 201 (Sheet 2)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 206
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE SKIN CUT LINE TO BE DONE APPROXIMATELY


1 0.800 in. (20.32 mm) maximum pitch for IN THE MIDDLE OF THE BAYS
fasteners at new locations except item 6. MINIMUM OVER ONE RIB (SHOWN)
MAXIMUM OVER TWO RIBS MANDATORY F/STA
FRONT
SPAR

2D + 0.063 in. R 0.30 in.


(91.587 mm) (7.62 mm)
TYPICAL
EDGE
TYPICAL
DISTANCE

MAXIMUM
CUTOUT

INTER−
COSTAL
SPAR
MAXIMUM
FILLER 1
2 3 − 4 FASTENERS
7 PLACES TYPICAL ALL
REPAIRS

A A

6
3 PLACES MINIMUM
CUTOUT
FWD

MAXIMUM FILLER
F/STA
rsr57137.dg, lr, 11/05/04

3 − 4 FASTENERS IN A
F/STA 0.030/0.060 in. ROW TYPICAL ALL
(0.762/1.524 mm) REPAIRS
FASTENER CODE
TYPICAL GAP
Existing fasteners.
TYPICAL NON−FLUSH SKIN REPAIR FOR LOWER SURFACE ONLY
CR 3224−5. (FOR SKIN CUT LINES IN THE MIDDLE OF THE BAYS APPROXIMATELY)

Outboard Flap Skin − Non−Flush Repairs


Figure 202 (Sheet 1)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 207
Apr 10/2005
FASTENER CODE CUT LINE NOTE
MAXIMUM OVER ONE RIB (SHOWN) 0.800 in. (20.32 mm) maximum pitch for
Existing fasteners. MINIMUM BETWEEN TWO RIBS 1

Master
fasteners at new locations except item 6.
CR 3224−5. F/STA MANDATORY F/STA
FRONT SPAR

EFFECTIVITY: ALL
1

SKIN CUT LINE TO BE DONE


APPROXIMATELY IN THE 0.10 in.
MIDDLE OF THE BAY 1
(2.54 mm)
MANDATORY TYPICAL
0.10 in. (2.54 mm) TYPICAL
INTER−
COSTAL
SPAR
C

Figure 202 (Sheet 2)


MAXIMUM A A
CUTOUT
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2
11 PLACES

Outboard Flap Skin − Non−Flush Repairs


6
5 PLACES

MINIMUM
CUTOUT

57−53−00
F/STA
T/E CHANNEL
NON−FLUSH SKIN REPAIR FOR LOWER SURFACE ONLY
rsr57138.dg, lr, 11/05/04 (FOR SKIN CUT LINES CLOSE TO THE FRAME AS SHOWN)

Apr 10/2005
Page 208
Repair No. − 03
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

F/STA 1 F/STA

A A

2
4 PLACES
0.10 in. MAXIMUM
(2.54 mm) CUTOUT
TYPICAL

CUT LINE
6
7 PLACES

MINIMUM
CUTOUT

MINIMUM
CUTOUT
MAXIMUM CUTOUT
NON−FLUSH CORNER REPAIR UPPER AND LOWER SKIN VIEW ON UPPER SURFACE
LOWER SURFACE SIMILAR
FASTENER CODE
Existing fasteners.
CR 3224−5.

NOTES 3 L CHAMFER 1 (REF)


1 0.800 in. (20.32 mm) maximum pitch for 2
rsr57139.dg, lr, 11/05/04

fasteners at new locations except item 6.


2 Apply aerodynamic sealant per SRM 51−23−00. T1 / T2
3
3 Refer to Table 2 in text for minimum edge
distance and chamfer requirements. A A TYPICAL FOR ALL FIGURES

Outboard Flap Skin − Non−Flush Repairs


Figure 202 (Sheet 3)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 209
Apr 10/2005
F/STA
F/STA F/STA

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
2
R 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm)
A 4 2 PLACES CUT LINE
B
C
5
E
1 E 1

STANDARD
CUTOUT
C

Figure 203 (Sheet 1)


A 7
R 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) B
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 PLACES C D END OF
PART 3
MAXIMUM CUTOUT OVER TWO BAYS (SHOWN) (REF)
MINIMUM CUTOUT OVER ONE BAY

Outboard Flap Trailing Edge − Channel Repair


0.030 / 0.060 in.
VIEW ON UPPER SKIN OF FLAP (0.762 / 1.524 mm)
TWO BAY SKIN AND TRAILING EDGE GAP
CHANNEL REPAIR

57−53−00
NOTES UPPER SKIN SHOWN
1 4D maximum typical for this fastener. FASTENER CODE
FWD

2 0.150 in. (3.81 mm) typical all repairs. Existing fasteners.


CR 3224−5.

rsr57140.dg, lr, 11/05/04

Apr 10/2005
Page 210
Repair No. − 03
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

F/STA F/STA

CUT LINE
F 1
G

8
E E
6

STANDARD
CUTOUT
T/E

F
G
5 (REF)

VIEW ON UPPER SKIN OF FLAP


UPPER SKIN AND TRAILING EDGE REPAIR

FWD
LOWER SKIN AND TRAILING EDGE SIMILAR

FASTENER CODE
Existing fasteners.
CR 3224−5.
rsr57141.dg, lr, 21/04/04

NOTE
3 Maximum cut−out over two bays.
Minimum cut−out over one bay (shown).

Outboard Flap Trailing Edge − Channel Repair


Figure 203 (Sheet 2)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 211
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TYPICAL FOR ALL


5 EXTERNAL DOUBLERS
0.030 / 0.060 in.
(0.762 / 1.524 mm)
TYPICAL GAP
5 (REF)

3
EXISTING 3 (REF)
CHANNEL
(REF)

4 (REF) 4 (REF)
7 (REF)
CHAMFER (REF)
(TOP AND BOTTOM SKIN) 4
B B
A A

5 (REF)

CHAMFER TOP & BOTTOM SKIN R 0.25 in.


0.10 in. (2.54 mm) (6.35 mm)
MAXIMUM TO FIT (4) CHANNEL 4 2 PLACES

3 (REF) FASTENER CODE


Existing fasteners.
CR 3224−5.
rsr57142.dg, lr, 11/05/04

NOTES
4 (REF) Trim and chamfer edge of top and bottom skin
7 (REF) 4
to suit repair channel (4).
C C 5 Apply aerodynamic sealant per SRM 51−23−00.

Outboard Flap Trailing Edge − Channel Repair


Figure 203 (Sheet 3)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 212
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

7 L CHAMFER
1 (REF)
6

T1 / T2

E E TYPICAL FOR ALL FIGURES

6 (REF)

3 (REF) 3
EXISTING
8 (REF)
CHANNEL
(REF)

FILL WITH SEALANT G G


TYPICAL

F F
NOTES
6 Apply aerodynamic sealant per
SRM 51−23−00.
rsr57143.dg, lr, 11/05/04

7 Refer to Table 2 in text for


minimum edge distance and
chamfer requirements.

Outboard Flap Trailing Edge − Channel Repair


Figure 203 (Sheet 4)

Master Repair No. − 03


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−53−00 Page 213
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLAP HINGE ARMS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the flap hinge arms and their components, refer as follows:
A. Inboard Flap Hinge Arms
Refer to Figure 1.
B. Outboard Flap Hinge Arms
Refer to Figure 2.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 1

5
4 9

6 6
4
10
2
9

9
2 5 7

11 12
3
10

WS80.50 8
rsr57118.cgm

WS127.25

Inboard Flap Hinge Arms − Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Hinge Arm Assembly, 601R14100
WS80.50, INBOARD
FLAP
1 Hinge arm fitting 601R14102 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
2 Butt strap 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
3 Butt strap 601R14101 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T3 A010
4 Bracket 601R14116 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
5 Side plate 601R14116 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
Hinge Arm Assembly, 601R14101
WS127.25. INBD FLAP
6 Hinge arm fitting 601R14103 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
7 Butt strap 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
8 Butt strap 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T3 A010
9 Bracket 601R14116 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
10 Side plate 601R14116 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
11 Plate 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 A010
12 Bracket, position 601R14115 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † A012
transmitter
† Bombardier Specification CMS 516−02.
‡ Shot−peened.
♦ Refer to 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.

Key to Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 3
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

15 18
(2 PLACES)

17
15

19, 20
(2 PLACES)

12 13
17 11
14

14 10 16
10
WS220.00

7 6 16

4 4

6 2

5 1
rsr57119.dg, lr, 10/08/03

9
(2 PLACES)
8
(2 PLACES)
WS178.00

Outboard Flap Hinge Arms − Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 4
Sep 16/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

25 25

27 23
22
(2 PLACES)

28
30
29

23
(2 PLACES)

24

31

32 21 26 21 32
rsr57128.dg, lr, 10/08/03

(2 PLACES) (2 PLACES) (2 PLACES)

WS264.00

Outboard Flap Hinge Arms − Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 5
Sep 16/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Hinge Arm Assembly, 601R14551
WS178.00 OUTBD
FLAP
1 Inboard hinge arm 601R14552 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
2 Outboard hinge arm 601R14553 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
3 Plate 601R14551 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A010
4 Cleat 601R14551 0.080 (2.03) clad 2024−T42 A010
5 Hinge fitting 601R14508 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
6 Bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
7 Spigot plate 601R14625 Machined 7075−T6 extrusion ‡ A010
8 Shim 601R14551 0.016 (0.41) carbon steel †† X120
9 Packer 601R14551 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 A010
Hinge Arm Assembly, 601R14549 7003−7604
OUTBOARD FLAP
WS220.00
General Assembly of 601R14699 7605−8400
Outboard Flap
10 Hinge fitting 601R14550 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
11 Bracket 601R14630 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010 7003−7604
11A Bracket 601R14630 Machined 1.0 x 2.0 x 1.0 (25.4 x A012 7605−8400
50.8 x 25.4) 7475−T7351 plate †
12 Joint angle 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
13 Doubler 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A010
14 Support bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
15 Attachment bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7002−7040
16 Attachment bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7041−8400
17 Beam 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
18 Seal clamp 601R14629 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
19 Seal 601R14629 Haveg 7007 7003−7604
20 Seal 601R14549 21.00 (533.40) Haveg 7007 7605−8400

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 6
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Hinge Arm Assembly, 601R14555
WS264.00 OUTBD
FLAP
21 Fork fitting 601R14615 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
22 Outboard hinge fitting 601R14557 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
23 Attachment bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
24 Attachment bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7002−7231
25 Attachment bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010 7232−8400
26 Packer 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 A010
27 Plate 601R14629 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 A010
28 Inboard hinge fitting 601R14556 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
29 Support Bracket 601R14629 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
30 Spigot plate 601R14626 Machined 7075−T6 extrusion A010
31 Fitting 601R14611 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A010
32 Shim 0.016 (0.41) carbon steel †† X120
† Bombardier Specification CMS 516−02.
†† British Specification BS 1449, Part 1, 1972 CS4, 0.002 in. (0.051 mm) laminations, cadmium−plated on
each side.
‡ Shot−peened.
♦ Refer to 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 7
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLAP HINGE ARMS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00 Page Block 101−199 may not
apply to this section. You must replace the 10% general limits with the limits specified for each item
identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2
below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits for the flap hinge arms, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE
REMOVAL LIMIT 2D
1

LUG
HOLE

EDGE
DISTANCE

90 DEGREES

NOTES
1 No rework permitted in an area within a 2D radius
around fasteners.
2 No rework permitted in a circle area of radius = edge
distance around lug hole + zone inside the tangeant
to that circle area to the perpendicular of the side
of the lug.

No rework permitted
rsr57080, ds, 20/04/04

Flap Hinge Arm − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE TYPE
SCRATCHES, HOLES &
NICKS, GOUGES PUNCTU-
DESCRIPTION DRAWING DENTS CRACKS AND CORROSION RES
Hinge arm fitting 601R14102
WS80.50
Hinge arm fitting 601R14103
WS127.55
Edge trim
Hinge fitting 601R14550 permitted as 10% Blends and
WS220.00 per SRM edge trim are
Permitted as
57−00−00 permitted as per
Dents are not per SRM
Inboard hinge arm 601R14552 Figure 101 SRM 57−00−00
permitted on 57−00−00
fitting WS178.00 on all items Figure 101 on all
all items of Figure 101
of this table, items of this table,
Outboard hinge 601R14553 this table on all items
except as except as shown in
arm fitting of this table.
shown in Figure 101 of this
WS178.00 Figure 101 of section.
this section.
Inboard hinge 601R14556
fitting WS264.00
Outboard hinge 601R14557
fitting WS264.00
NOTE: For all other Flap Hinge Arms parts, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support.
NOTE: In case of blending of parts with multiple flanges, damage is permitted on one flange only, for both
flange that is attached to other structural elements as well as for the free flange as shown in SRM
57−00−00 Figure 101.
NOTE: No blend is permitted in an area within a 2D radius around fasteners as shown in Figure 101 of this
section.

Flaps Hinge Arms—Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLAP HINGE ARMS − REPAIRS

1. General
A. For repairs to the flap hinge arms, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−54−00 Page 201
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLAP HINGE FAIRINGS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the flap hinge fairings located at WS80.50, WS127.25, WS178.00,
WS220.00, and WS264.00, refer as follows:
A. Inboard Flap Hinge Fairing Structures
Refer to Figure 1.
B. Outboard Flap Hinge Fairing Structures
Refer to Figure 2.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

9 3

10
(2 PLACES)

3
1 (2 PLACES)

8 3

11
6

5
(2 PLACES)

7
(2 PLACES) 4

21 14 2

5
5 (2 PLACES)

14
12 (2 PLACES)

18

15
17

22

19

18
(2 PLACES)
20
rsr57120.cgm, yf, 08/02/00

(2 PLACES) 16

13

18
18 (2 PLACES)

Inboard Flap Hinge Fairing Structures – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Flap Hinge Fairing Detail 601R10152
& Assembly WS80.50
1 Composite assembly, 601R10152 Kevlar epoxy † § 7002−7811
forward fairing 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
1A Composite assembly, 601R104061 0.0166 (0.4216) graphite fabric − §§ 7812−7812
forward fairing external layers, 0.005 (0.127) 7832−7832
glass fabric − internal layer only 7849−7849
††† 7880−8400
2 Composite assembly, aft 601R10152 Kevlar epoxy † § 7002−7811
fairing 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
2A Composite assembly, aft 601R104071 0.0166 (0.4216) graphite fabric − §§ 7812−7812
fairing external layers, 0.005 (0.127) 7832−7832
glass fabric − internal layer only 7849−7849
††† 7880−8400
3 Seal 601R10398 SFS Industries Part No. 7002−7811
SF12−1012 ¶ 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
Seal − OUTBOARD 601R104063 M/F S10158−70−3762 E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
Seal − INBOARD 601R104064 M/F S10158−70−3772 E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
4 Seal support pad Casting resin ††
5 Angle 601R10139 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
6 Angle 601R10139 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
7 Angle 601R10139 0.040 (1.02) CRES 301 ‡ S020
8 Plate 601R10139 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
9 Seal 601R10139 0.125 (3.18) silicone rubber ‡‡ 7002−7811
7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 3
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
9A Seal 601R104062 0.009 ( ) polyester fabric liner, 7812−7812
rubber ZZ−R−765, class 3B, 7832−7832
grade 50 7849−7849
7880−8400
10 Seal 601R10139 0.156 (3.96) silicone rubber ‡‡
11 Seal 601R10139 0.156 (3.96) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ 7002−7811
7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
11 A Seal 601R104072 0.25 ( ) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
Flap Hinge Fairing Detail
and Assembly, WS127.25
12 Composite assembly, 601R10807 Kevlar epoxy † § 7002−7811
forward fairing 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
12 A Composite assembly, 601R104091 0.0166 (0.4216) graphite fabric − §§ 7812−7812
forward fairing external layers, 0.005 (0.127) 7832−7832
glass fabric − internal layer only 7849−7849
††† †††† 7880−8400
13 Composite assembly, aft 601R10807 Kevlar epoxy † § 7002−7811
fairing 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
13 A Composite assembly, aft 601R104101 0.0166 (0.4216) graphite fabric − §§ 7812−7812
fairing external layers, 0.005 (0.127) 7832−7832
glass fabric − internal layer only 7849−7849
††† †††† 7880−8400
14 Seal 601R10398 SFS Industries Part No. 7002−7811
SF14−1469 ¶ 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
14 A Seal 601R104093 M/F S10158−70−3300 E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 4
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
15 Seal 601R10398 SFS Industries Part No. 7002−7811
SF12−1012 ¶ 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
15 A Seal 601R104103 M/F S10158−70−1933 E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
16 Seal support pad Casting resin ††
17 Plate 601R10809 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
18 Angle 601R10809 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
19 Angle 601R10809 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
20 Angle 601R10809 0.040 (1.02) CRES 301 ‡ S020
21 Seal 601R10809 0.125 (3.18) silicone rubber ‡‡ 7002−7811
7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
21 A Seal 601R104092 0.009 ( ) polyester fabric liner, 7812−7812
rubber ZZ−R−765, class 3B, 7832−7832
grade 50 7849−7849
7880−8400
22 Seal 601R10809 0.250 (6.35) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ 7002−7811
7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
22 A Seal 601R104102 0.250 (6.35) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
† Bombardier Specification CMS 532−01, Type 1, 0.010 (0.254) thick lamination.
†† Bombardier Specification CMS 532−02, Type 3.
††† Bombardier Specification CMS 532−19, Class II.
†††† Bombardier Specification CMS 532−06, Style 120.
‡ Specification MIL−S−5059, Type 301, annealed.
‡‡ Specification AMS 3303.
‡‡‡ Specification AMS 3195.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 5
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
¶ SFS Industries, Santa Fe Springs, CA, U.S.A.
§ Finish, interior = E002 and exterior = E111.
§§ Finish, interior = E002 and exterior = E100.
♦ Refer to 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 6
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

11
34 35

11
27
30
11

1 33

26

29
30
(2 PLACES) 10
32
31
(2 PLACES) 28

11 2 25
22 24 (2 PLACES)

11

21
(2 PLACES)
15 23
1 (2 PLACES) 2

17

20
18
10
rsr57121.cgm, yf, 08/02/00

(2 PLACES)
32
19
(2 PLACES)

18
(2 PLACES)

Outboard Flap Hinge Fairings – Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 7
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

11
12 14
16
11
7
4
11

1 13

9
10
4 6 32
(2 PLACES) (2 PLACES)
8

2 4
(2 PLACES) rsr57130.cgm, na, 02/08/01

Outboard Flap Hinge Fairings – Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 8
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
Fairing outboard details 601R10153
and assembly, WS178,
WS 220, WS264.
1 Composite assembly, 601R10153 Kevlar epoxy † § 7002−7811
forward fairing 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
1A Composite assembly, 601R104121 0.0166 (0.4216) graphite fabric − §§ 7812−7812
forward fairing external layers, 0.005 (0.127) 7832−7832
glass fabric − internal layer only 7849−7849
††† †††† 7880−8400
2 Composite assembly, aft 601R10153 Kevlar epoxy † § 7002−7811
fairing 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
2A Composite assembly, aft 601R104131 0.0166 (0.4216) graphite fabric − §§ 7812−7812
fairing external layers, 0.005 (0.127) 7832−7832
glass fabric − internal layer only 7849−7849
††† †††† 7880−8400
3 Plate 601R10138 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
4 Angle 601R10138 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
5 Angle 601R10138 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
6 Angle 601R10138 0.040 (1.02) CRES 301 ‡ S020
7 Inboard leading edge 601R10138 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A023
8 Outboard leading edge 601R10138 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7002−7065
Outboard leading edge 601R10138 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A023 7066−8400
9 Retainer plate 601R10138 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A010
10 Seal support pad Casting resin ††
11 Seal 601R10398 SFS Industries, Part No. 7002−7811
SF12−1012 ¶ 7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
601R104124 M/F S10158−70−3309 E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 9
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
601R104183 M/F S10158−70−2906 E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
601R104184 M/F S10158−70−2905 E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
601R104193 M/F S10158−70−1864 E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
601R104194 M/F S10158−70−1863 E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
12 Forward seal 601R10138 0.125 (3.18) silicone rubber ‡‡ 7002−7811
7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
12 A Forward seal 601R104182 0.009 ( ) polyester fabric liner, 7812−7812
rubber ZZ−R−765, class 3B, 7832−7832
grade 50 7849−7849
7880−8400
13 Aft seal 601R10138 0.250 (6.35) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ 7002−7811
7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
13 A Aft seal 601R104192 0.250 (6.35) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
14 Forward middle seal 601R10138 0.156 (3.96) silicone rubber ‡‡
15 Leading edge 601R10161 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A023
16 Molded seal 601R10138 Haskon Corp, Part No. 8568 ¶¶
17 Plate 601R10161 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
18 Angle 601R10161 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
19 Angle 601R10161 0.040 (1.02) CRES 301 ‡ S020
20 Angle 601R10161 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 10
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
21 Filler 601R10161 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 A010
22 Forward seal 601R10161 0.125 (3.18) silicone rubber ‡‡ 7002−7811
7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
22 A Forward seal 601R104152 0.009 ( ) polyester fabric liner, 7812−7812
rubber ZZ−R−765, class 3B, 7832−7832
grade 50 7849−7849
7880−8400
23 Aft seal 601R10161 0.250 (6.35) silicone rubber ‡‡‡
24 Forward middle seal 601R10161 0.156 (3.96) silicone rubber ‡‡
25 Angle 601R10140 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
26 Plate 601R10140 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
27 Inboard leading edge 601R10140 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A023
28 Outboard leading edge 601R10140 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010 7002−7065
Outboard leading edge 601R10140 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A023 7066−8400
29 Angle 601R10140 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 A010
30 Upper angle 601R10140 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 A010
31 Upper angle 601R10140 0.040 (1.02) CRES 301 ‡ S020
32 Plate 601R10140 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 A020
33 Aft seal 601R10140 0.250 (6.35) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ 7002−7811
7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879
33 A Aft seal 601R104132 0.250 (6.35) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ E002 7812−7812
7832−7832
7849−7849
7880−8400
34 Forward seal 601R10140 0.125 (3.18) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ 7002−7050
Forward seal 601R10140 0.125 (3.18) silicone rubber ‡‡ 7051−7811
7813−7831
7833−7848
7850−7879

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 11
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
34 A 601R104122 0.009 ( ) polyester fabric liner, 7812−7812
rubber ZZ−R−765, class 3B, 7832−7832
grade 50 7849−7849
7880−8400
35 Forward middle seal 601R10140 0.156 (3.96) silicone rubber ‡‡‡ 7002−7050
Forward middle seal 601R10140 0.156 (3.96) silicone rubber ‡‡ 7051−8400
† Bombardier Specification CMS 532−01, Type I, 0.010 (0.254) thick lamination.
†† Bombardier Specification CMS 532−02, Type 3.
‡ Specification MIL−S−5059, Type 301, annealed.
‡‡ Specification AMS 3303.
‡‡‡ Specification AMS 3195.
¶ SFS Industries, Santa Fe Springs, CA, U.S.A.
¶¶ Haskon Corp., Taunton, MA, U.S.A.
§ Finish, interior = E002 and exterior = E111.
♦ Refer to 51−21−16.
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless otherwise specified.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 12
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLAP HINGE FAIRINGS − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

1. General
A. The allowable damage limits given in this procedure are only for the components which follow.
These allowable limits must not be used for any other part number:
– forward fairing assembly (WS 80.5), part numbers 601R10152−5 and 601R10152−6.
– aft fairing assembly (WS 80.5), part numbers 601R10152−7 and 601R10152−8.
– forward fairing assembly (WS 127), part numbers 601R10807−5 and 601R10807−6.
– aft fairing assembly (WS 127), part numbers 601R10807−7 and 601R10807−8.
– forward fairing assembly (WS 178), part numbers 601R10153−21 and 601R10153−22.
– aft fairing assembly (WS 178), part numbers 601R10153−23 and 601R10153−24.
– forward fairing assembly (WS 220), part numbers 601R10153−17 and 601R10153−18.
– aft fairing assembly (WS 220), part numbers 601R10153−97 and 601R10153−98.
– forward fairing assembly (WS 264), part numbers 601R10153−13 and 601R10153−14.
– aft fairing assembly (WS 264), part numbers 601R10153−15 and 601R10153−16.
B. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01)
when:
– there is damage that is more than the limits that follow.
– the part number (or dash number) of the damaged part is not given above.
2. General Limitations
NOTE: These general limitations must be applied before the specific limitations are considered.
The fasteners attaching the composite fairing to the mounting structure must remain fully effective.
Damage is not allowed to the composite structure around the fasteners for a radius of 1.00 in (25.4
mm).
3. Specific Limitations

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 101
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
Stiffeners It is acceptable for one in ten Replace ineffective fastener at
fasteners to be ineffective next ’A’ check.
provided:
− the end three fasteners remain
Fasteners
effective.
− at least three fasteners remain
effective either side of the
ineffective fastener.
Less than 3L from a The maximum crack length (L) Apply speed tape to the
structural fastener allowed is 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) damaged areas (Refer to SRM
provided: 51−27−15).
− the affected fastener is one in a Do a detailed visual inspection at
row of least ten fasteners with at every subsequent ’A’ check for
least the first three locations on damage propagation and speed
either side (if they exist) tape integrity. Replace the speed
undamaged. tape as necessary.
− not more than one fastener Do a permanent repair no later
location in ten is damaged. than the next ’C’ check.
− the fastener location is not at
Cracks the end of a row or at the corner
of the fairing.
All other areas The maximum crack length (L)
allowed is 2.00 in. (50.8 mm)
provided:
− the distance from any
unrepaired damage or structural
fastener is 3L minimum.
− there are no more than two
cracks per square foot.
− the crack does not open on a
free edge.
All areas The maximum puncture diamater Apply speed tape to the
(D) allowed is 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) damaged areas (Refer to SRM
provided: 51−27−15).
− the distance from any Do a detailed visual inspection at
Holes and unrepaired damage or structural every subsequent ’A’ check for
punctures fastener is 3D minimum. damage propagation and speed
− the distance from any free tape integrity. Replace the speed
edge is 3D minimum. tape as necessary.

− there are no more than two Do a permanent repair no later


punctures per square foot. than the next ’C’ check.

FLAP HINGE FAIRINGS—Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 102
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
All areas Dent does not penetrate skin and No repair necessary.
is less than 0.040 in. (1.02 mm)
deep.
Dent is more than 0.040 in. (1.02 Treat as penetration of 0.50 in.
mm) deep but is less than full (12.70 mm).
penetration. Do a tap test and check for
delamination and repeat at every
’A’ check. If there is
delamination, refer to the limits
for delamination.
Dents or
Do a permanent repair no later
depressions
than the next ’C’ check.
The maximum dent diamater (D) Do a tap test around the dent. If
allowed is 2.00 in (50.8 mm) there is fiber damage, cracks,
provided: delamination or disbonding on
− the distance from any either surface of the structure,
unrepaired damage or structural refer to the relevant damage type
fastener is 3D minimum. for limits.

− there are no more than three No temporary repair necessary.


dents per square foot. Do a permanent repair no later
than the next ’C’ check.
All areas The maximum damage length (L) Do a detailed visual inspection at
is 4.00 in. (101.6 mm) provided: every subsequent ’A’ check for
− the damage is limited to only damage propagation.
one ply (0.009 in. (0.25 mm) Do a permanent repair no later
maximum depth), otherwise refer than the next ’C’ check.
Scratches
to allowable damage limits for
crack.
− the distance from any
unrepaired damage is a minimum
of 3L or 4.00 in. (101.6 mm).
All areas The maximum damage length (L) Apply speed tape to the
is 2.00 in. (101.6 mm) provided: damaged areas (Refer to SRM
− the damage area is not more 51−27−15).
than 1.00 square inch. Do a detailed visual inspection at
Nicks or − the distance from any every subsequent ’A’ check for
gouges unrepaired damage is a minimum damage propagation and speed
of 3L or 4.00 in. (101.6 mm). tape integrity. Replace the speed
tape as necessary.
Do a permanent repair no later
than the next ’C’ check.

FLAP HINGE FAIRINGS—Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 103
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

COMPOSITE STRUCTURE—ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS


TYPE OF LOCATION OF
DAMAGE DAMAGE LIMITS REMARKS
Free edge No damage allowed. Contact Bombardier Aerospace
Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM
51−13−01).
All other areas The maximum delamination Do a tap test and repeat at every
length (L) allowed is 1.00 in. subsequent ’A’ check for
(25.4 mm) provided: delamination.
Delaminations − the distance from any No temporary repair necessary.
unrepaired damage or structural Do a permanent repair no later
fastener is 3L minimum. than the next ’C’ check.
− there are no more than three
delaminations per square foot.
− maximum delamination area is
1.00 in. x 1.00 in. (25.4 mm x
25.4 mm).
Free edge Edge erosion is acceptable Apply speed tape to the
provided: damaged areas (Refer to SRM
− the damage is limited to two 51−27−15).
plies maximum. Do a detailed visual inspection at
− the damage length in the wind every subsequent ’A’ check for
direction does not exceed 2.0 in. damage propagation and speed
(50.8 mm) tape integrity. Replace the speed
tape as necessary.
− the damage does not exceed
more than 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) in Do a permanent repair no later
Erosion the crosswind direction. than the next ’C’ check.

All other areas Maximum length of erosion of


one ply shall be 4.0 in. (101.6
mm).
Maximum area of damage is 4.0
in. x 2.0 in. (101.6 mm x 50.8
mm).
More than one ply removed is
assessed as a puncture hole.

FLAP HINGE FAIRINGS—Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 104
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLAP HINGE FAIRINGS − REPAIRS

1. General
A. For repair of the flap hinge fairings, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
B. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−55−001 Repair to flap hinge fairing
601R−55−035 Repair to erosion damage on flap hinge fairings

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−55−00 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
AILERON − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the ailerons, refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 1
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

A B

25
49 NOTE
1. The structure is symmetrical
around the aircraft centerline,
unless shown differently.

16
23 5 7
6 1 3 1 3 1
3
13 8
3
1 9
4
2 4
2 4
1
12
3
10
1
3 11
1 3
17 1
20
22
14
18 15
24
rsr57122.dg, dwd/lr, 10/06/04

21 19

B UPPER SKIN

Aileron – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 2
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

29 28
39
C

A
44

46 40 31
32
45 37 54
53
36
56 55
57 41
35 30 59 41
60 33
58 34
43
42
61
62 40
63 38
64

26

27

52
48

47
rsr57129.dg, dwd/lr, 28/04/04

51

50

Aileron – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 3
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEGEND J
t 5 − 0.055 in. (1.40 mm).
D

E
A/STA A/STA
302.649 323.843
F
G
t5 H
A

D LOWER SKIN SHROUD

A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA


323.843 329.875 329.875 357.250

t5 t5 t5

LOWER
E F LOWER SKIN SHROUD
SKIN SHROUD

A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA


357.250 370.031 370.031 375.857

t5 t5

G LOWER SKIN SHROUD H LOWER SKIN SHROUD


A/STA A/STA
302.649 340.236

t5

A/STA A/STA
340.236 370.031
rsr57167.dg, lr, 10/06/04

t5

J UPPER SKIN SHROUD

Aileron – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 4
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

LEGEND
K
t1 − 0.025 in. (0.64 mm).
t 2 − 0.030 in. (0.76 mm).
t 3 − 0.036 in. (0.91 mm).
t 4 − 0.040 in. (1.02 mm). NOTES
t 5 − 0.042 in. (1.07 mm). 2 Chem−mill on outer
t 6 − 0.050 in. (1.27 mm). surface of skin.
L t 7 − 0.052 in. (1.32 mm).
t 8 − 0.055 in. (1.40 mm). 3 Land for access panel.
t 9 − 0.057 in. (1.45 mm).
A t10− 0.070 in. (1.78 mm).
t11− 0.120 in. (3.05 mm).
A/STA
308.420 t8 t 10
t8

t1 t1 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t1 t1 t1

t1
t2 t2 t2 t2 t8 t2 t2 t2 t1 t1
t1 t1

A/STA
A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA 381.549
A/STA A/STA
302.649 318.239 330.679 343.534 358.014 370.664
2 t5

K UPPER SKIN

2 t7 3 2 t9

A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA t 10 A/STA A/STA A/STA


302.649 311.539 324.459 337.034 351.539 364.016 375.562

t1 t 11
t1 t4 t4
t1 t2 t4 t4 t1 t1 t1
t1 t8
t3 t3 t3
t2 t1 t1 t1
t1 t1 t1 t2
t2 t2 t2
rsr57168.dg, lr, 15/06/04

t6 A/STA
t 10 381.550
t6
L LOWER SKIN

Aileron – Structural Identification


Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 5
Sep 28/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
Aileron General Assembly 601R13000
1 Top intercostal 601R13000 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−11, −12,
−13, −14,
−27, −28,
−209, −210,
−211, −212,
−213, −214,
−215, −216
2 Top intercostal 601R13000 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−181, −182,
−183, −184,
−185, −186
3 Bottom intercostal 601R13000 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−35, −36,
−37, −38,
−47, −48,
−51, −52,
−61, −62,
−63, −64,
−201, −202
4 Bottom intercostal 601R13000 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−41, −42,
−45, −46,
−221, −222
5 Top auxiliary spar 601R13000 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−217, −218
6 Bottom auxiliary spar 601R13000 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−57, −58
7 Rib, aileron Sta 318.239 601R13016 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8
8 Rib, aileron Sta 324.459 601R13017 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8
9 Rib, aileron Sta 330.679 601R13018 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8
10 Rib, aileron Sta 358.014 601R13019 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 6
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
11 Rib, aileron Sta 370.664 601R13020 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−5, −6
12 Rib, aileron Sta 351.539 601R13045 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8
13 Rib, aileron Sta 306.539 601R13069 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1, −2
14 Rib, aileron Sta 337.034 601R13054 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A012 ✩
−3, −4
15 Rib, aileron Sta 343.534 601R13056 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A012 ✩
−3, −4
16 Rib, aileron Sta 302.649 601R13027 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8
17 Inboard rib, aileron Sta 601R13053 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A012 ✩
337.034 −1, −2
18 Inboard rib, aileron Sta 601R13057 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A012 ✩
343.534 −1, −2
19 Rib Canted Outboard 601R13029 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−5, −6
20 Bar assembly, trailing 601R13040 Machined (bare) 2024−T351 A012 ✩
edge −23, −24 sheet ♣

21 Rubbing block 601R13059 Phenolic ‡ E102 ✩


−1, −2
22 Angle 601R13067 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A012 ✩
−3, −4
23 Bracket 601R13026 S–2025 extruded 2024−T3511 A012 ✩
−1
24 Drain hole cover 601R12089 Machined 2024−T351 sheet ♣ A043 ✩
−3
25 Skin Panel−Upper 601R13071 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A109 ✩
(chem−milled) −3, −4

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 7
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
26 Skin Panel−Lower 601R13072 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T3 ††† A109 ✩
(chem−milled) −9, −10
27 Access Panel Aileron 601R13065 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T3 ††† A109 ✩
Lower skin (chem−milled) −5, −6
– Packer 601R13058 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−1
– Packer 601R13073 0.125 (3.18) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−3
– Shim – centre hinge 601R13083 0.032 (0.81) shim stock ‡‡ ♣♣ ✩
assembly −1
Rib Assembly, Aileron Sta 601R13001
311.539
28 Inboard rib 601R13002 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A012 ✩
−5, −6
29 Outboard rib 601R13003 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A012 ✩
−7, −8
Sub−Assembly of Aileron 601R13021
Center Hinge Fitting
30 Hinge fitting 601R13005 Machined Ti 6Al−4V ‡‡‡ T002 ✩
−5, −6
− Packing 601R13021 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−9, −27,
−28
Rib Assembly, Aileron Sta 601R13050
364.016
31 Outboard rib hinge 601R13051 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A012 ✩
−5, −6
32 Inboard rib hinge 601R13055 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A012 ✩
−5, −6
Leading Edge Installation 601R13031
– aileron
33 Upper splice angle, 601R13031 0.080 (2.03) 2024−T42 A010 ✩
outboard −31, −32

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 8
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
34 Lower splice angle, 601R13031 0.063 (1.60) 2024−T42 A010 ✩
outboard −35, −36
35 Upper splice angle, 601R13031 0.080 (2.03) 2024−T42 A010 ✩
inboard −61, −62
36 Lower splice angle, 601R13031 0.063 (1.60) 2024−T42 A010 ✩
inboard −139, −140
37 Bracket, position indicator 601R10365 Machined 2024−T3511 extrusion A012 ✩
−1, −2
38 Angle, outboard spar 601R13031 0.032 (0.81) 2024−T42 A010 ✩
−53, −54
39 Angle, inboard spar 601R13031 0.032 (0.81) 2024−T42 A010 ✩
−55, −56
40 Angle 600−13031 S–4031 extruded 2024−T4 A012 ✩
−47
41 Angle 601R13087 Machined 7075−T6511 extrusion A023 ✩
−5, −6 §§§ α

42 Upper boom, outboard 601R13031 0.063 (1.60) 2024−T42 A010 ✩


−117, −118
43 Lower boom, outboard 601R13031 0.063 (1.60) 2024−T42 A010 ✩
−133, −134
44 Upper boom, inboard 601R13031 0.063 (1.60) 2024−T42 A010 ✩
−135, −136
45 Lower boom, inboard 601R13031 0.063 (1.60) 2024−T42 A010 ✩
−137, −138
46 Fitting 601R13004 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † A012 ✩
−5, −6
47 Lower skin shroud, 601R13031 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 A109 ✩
outboard (chem−milled) −145, −146
48 Lower skin shroud, 601R13031 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 A109 ✩
inboard (chem−milled) −147, −148

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 9
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
49 Upper skin leading edge/ 601R13031 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 A109 7003−7403
shroud (chem−milled) −157, −158
49A Upper skin leading edge/ 601R13031 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 A109 7404−7596
shroud (chem−milled) −165, −166 7598−7599
7601−7601
7603−7608
7610−7614
7616−7616
7618−7618
7620−7627
7629−7629
7631−7631
7633−7633
7635−7635
7637−7637
7661−7661
7676−7676
7686−7686
7700−7700
7705−7706
50 Lower outboard access 601R13031 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 A109 7003−7403
panel (chem−milled) −151, −152
50A Lower outboard access 601R13031 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 A109 7404−7596
panel (chem−milled) −161, −162 7598−7599
7601−7601
7603−7608
7610−7614
7616−7616
7618−7618
7620−7627
7629−7629
7631−7631
7633−7633
7635−7635
7637−7637
7661−7661
7676−7676
7686−7686
7700−7700
7705−7706
51 Lower center access 601R13031 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 A109 7003−7403
panel (chem−milled) −153, −154

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 10
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
51A Lower center access 601R13031 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 A109 7404−7596
panel (chem−milled) −163, −164 7598−7599
7601−7601
7603−7608
7610−7614
7616−7616
7618−7618
7620−7627
7629−7629
7631−7631
7633−7633
7635−7635
7637−7637
7661−7661
7676−7676
7686−7686
7700−7700
7705−7706
52 Lower inboard access 601R13031 0.090 (2.29) 2024−T3 A109 ✩
panel (chem−milled) −155, −156
– Shim 601R13085 0.094 (2.38) shim stock †† ✩
−1
– Shim 601R13084 0.094 (2.38) shim stock †† ✩
−1
Leading Edge Rib 601R13033
Installation, Aileron Sta
323.843
53 Plate 601R13033 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8
54 Rib 601R13033 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−5, −6
– Shim 601R13033 0.063 (1.60) shim stock†† ✩
−9
Leading Edge Rib 601R13034
Installation, Aileron Sta
329.875
55 Plate 601R13034 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 11
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
56 Angle 600−13034 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−9
57 Rib 601R13034 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−15, −16
– Shim 601R13033 0.063 (1.60) shim stock †† ✩
−9
Leading Edge Rib 601R13035
Installation, Aileron Sta
340.236
58 Skin angle 601R13035 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8
59 Rib, STA340.481 601R13035 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−11, −12,
−23, −24
60 Bar 601R13035 0.50 (21.7) Diameter Extruded A024 ✩
−9 2024−T3511 bar §§

– Shim 600−13038 0.020 (0.51) clad 2024−T42 A023 ✩


−19
Leading Edge Rib 601R13036
Installation, Aileron Sta
357.251
61 Joint plate 601R13036 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−7, −8
62 Rib, STA357.25 601R13036 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−21, −22
– Shim 601R13037 0.063 (1.60) shim stock †† ✩
−9
Leading Edge Rib 601R13037
Installation, Aileron Sta
370.031
63 Joint plate 601R13037 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−17, −18
64 Rib, STA370.031 601R13037 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−31, −32

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 7)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 12
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
– Shim 601R13037 0.063 (1.60) shim stock†† ✩
−9
♦ Refer to 51−21−16.
– Item not shown.
† Bombardier Aerospace Materials Specification BAMS 516−002/CMS 516−02.
†† Attewell Laminated Cadium Plated Shim LS3, 0.002. (0.051) thick laminations.
††† Aluminum Alloy, Specification QQ−A−250/5
‡ Specification MIL−P−15035, Type FBM.
‡‡ Specification MIL−S−22499C, Comp 5, Type 1, Class 2, 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) thick laminations, size
1.00 (25.4) by 2.00 (50.8).
‡‡‡ Titanium Specification MIL−T−9047, AMS 4928.
§ Shot−peened.
§§ Specification QQ−A_200/3.
§§§ Specification QQ−A−200/11.
♣ Specification QQ−A−250/4.
♣♣ Apply 2 coats CMS 565−01 primer per Canadair MPS 138−43.
α Make from extrusion AND10134−1003.
✩ Effectivity is: 7003−7596, 7598−7599, 7601−7601, 7603−7608, 7610−7614, 7616−7616, 7618−7618,
7620−7627, 7629−7629, 7631−7631, 7633−7633, 7635−7635, 7637−7637, 7661−7661, 7676−7676,
7686−7686, 7700−7700, 7705−7706
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless specified otherwise.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 8)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 13
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS282.00
WS352.29

E
F
G

H
rsr57234.dg, rm, 15/12/05

A J

Aileron − Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 14
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

95
96 (OPP) WS282.00

WS352.29
J

H
A
A C E E C
H
A
K

E
AILS364.02 AILS351.54 AILS337.03 AILS324.46 AILS311.54

AILS370.66 AILS358.01 AILS343.53 AILS330.68 AILS318.24 AILS318.24

B
VIEW LOOKING UP
LEGEND
A. t1= 0.025 in. (0.64 mm).
NOTE C. t2= 0.035 in. (0.89 mm).
Refer to the key of this figure for E. t3= 0.045 in. (1.14 mm).
the depth of each chem mill pocket.
G. t4= 0.055 in. (1.40 mm).
H. t5= 0.058 in. (1.47 mm).
J. t6= 0.070 in. (1.78 mm).
K. t7= 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).

97
WS352.29 98 (OPP)

AILS364.02 AILS337.03 AILS302.65


AILS343.35 AILS311.54
rsr57235.dg, rm, 15/12/05

C
VIEW LOOKING UP

Aileron − Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 15
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS282.00
109
110 (OPP)
WS352.29

I
D D D J
F D B B
I
B
L
M
J

AILS302.65 AILS318.24 AILS330.68 AILS343.54 AILS358.01 AILS370.66

AILS311.54 AILS324.46 AILS337.03 AILS351.54 AILS364.02


D

LEGEND
NOTE
B. t8= 0.028 in. (0.71 mm).
Refer to the key of this figure for D. t9= 0.038 in. (0.97 mm).
the depth of each chem mill pocket.
F. t10= 0.050 in. (1.27 mm).
G. t4= 0.055 in. (1.40 mm).
I. t11= 0.060 in. (1.52 mm).
J. t6= 0.070 in. (1.78 mm).
L. t12= 0.120 in. (2.05 mm).
M. t13= 0.160 in. (4.06 mm).

99 101
100 (OPP) 102 (OPP)
G G
rsr57236.dg, rm, 15/12/05

AILS311.54 AILS324.46 AILS330.68


AILS302.65 AILS318.24 AILS324.46
E F

Aileron − Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 16
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

103
104 (OPP)

G G G

AILS329.68 AILS337.03 AILS343.53 AILS357.24

AILS340.24

105
106 (OPP)
LEGEND
G G
G. t4= 0.055 in. (1.40 mm).

AILS358.01 AILS364.02 AILS370.66

G 107
NOTE 108 (OPP)
Refer to the key of this figure for
the depth of each chem mill pocket. WS352.29

AILS370.66

J
rsr57237.dg, rm, 16/12/05

Aileron − Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 17
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

WS282.00
WS352.29

rsr57238.dg, rm, 16/12/05

Aileron − Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 18
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

5
9 81
6 (OPP) WS282.00
10 (OPP) 3
4 (OPP) AILS318.24
11
12 (OPP)
7 13 AILS324.46
8 (OPP) 14 (OPP) AILS330.68
15
16 (OPP)

1
79
79
87 55
88 (OPP) 56 (OPP) 59
87 93
88 (OPP)
60 62
61 (OPP) 63 (OPP)

35 25
36 (OPP) 23
26 (OPP) 37
24 (OPP)
21 38 (OPP) 29
17 22 (OPP) 30 (OPP)
18 (OPP)

19
20 (OPP)

64
65 (OPP)

67 39
40 (OPP)

AILS330.68 66
27
rsr57239.dg, rm, 16/12/05

AILS337.03 28 (OPP)

AILS343.53
AILS351.54

Aileron − Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 19
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

AILS351.54
41 AILS358.01
42 (OPP)
43 AILS364.01
44 (OPP) 82
45 AILS370.67
46 (OPP)
47
48 (OPP)
80

53
71 54 (OPP)
72 (OPP)
79 49
79 50 (OPP)
73 57
58 (OPP) 51
74 76 52 (OPP)
75 (OPP) 2

WS352.29

31
32 (OPP) 94
83 85
84 (OPP) 86 (OPP) 85 94
92 86 (OPP)

89
92
33
34 (OPP)

77
78 (OPP)
rsr57240.dg, rm, 16/12/05

89
70 90
90 91 (OPP)
AILS337.03 91 (OPP) 68
69 (OPP) AILS343.53 83
84 (OPP)

Aileron − Structural Identification


Figure 2 (Sheet 7)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 20
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
Aileron Assembly CC670−13000
1 Angle CC670−13071 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−1
2 Angle CC670−13071 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 ††† A010 ✩
−2
3 Rib, canted CC670−13025 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−1
4 Rib, canted CC670−13025 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−2
5 Block CC670−13088 L−P−410 Nylon 6/6 Weath Res. E002 7597−7597
−1 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
5A Block CC670−13097 1.00 (2.54) Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 8044−8400
−1

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 21
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
6 Block CC670−13088 L−P−410 Nylon 6/6 Weath Res. E002 7597−7597
−2 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
6A Block CC670−13097 1.00 (2.54) Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 8044−8400
−2
7 Intercostal CC670−13041 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
8 Intercostal CC670−13041 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
9 Rib, inboard CC670−13027 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−1
10 Rib, inboard CC670−13027 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−2
11 Rib, outboard CC670−13028 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−1
12 Rib, outboard CC670−13028 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−2
13 Rib CC670−13029 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
14 Rib CC670−13029 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
15 Rib CC670−13030 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 22
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
16 Rib CC670−13030 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
17 Rib CC670−13031 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
18 Rib CC670−13031 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
19 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13077 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
20 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13077 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
21 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13078 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
22 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13078 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
23 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13042 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
24 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13042 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
25 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13069 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
26 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13069 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
27 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13085 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
28 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13085 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
29 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13079 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
30 Angle, diaphragm CC670−13079 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 23
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
31 Splice, rib CC670−13063 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−1
32 Splice, rib CC670−13063 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−2
33 Splice, rib CC670−13075 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−1
34 Splice, rib CC670−13075 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−2
35 Rib CC670−13045 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−1
36 Rib CC670−13045 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−2
37 Rib CC670−13044 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−1
38 Rib CC670−13044 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−2
39 Rib CC670−13034 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
40 Rib CC670−13034 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
41 Rib CC670−13035 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
42 Rib CC670−13035 0.032 (10.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
43 Rib, inboard CC670−13037 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−1
44 Rib, inboard CC670−13037 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−2
45 Rib, outboard CC670−13038 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−1

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 24
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
46 Rib, outboard CC670−13038 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A014 ✩
−2
47 Rib, outboard CC670−13039 0.032 (10.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−1
48 Rib, outboard CC670−13039 0.032 (10.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A010 ✩
−2
49 Rib, canted CC670−13040 0.032 (10.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−1
50 Rib, canted CC670−13040 0.032 (10.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−2
51 Block, rubbing CC670−13076 L−P−410 Nylon 6/6 Weath Res. E002 7597−7597
−1 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
51A Block, rubbing CC670−13076 L−P−410 Nylon 6/6 Weath Res. E002 8044−8400
−3

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 25
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
52 Block, rubbing CC670−13076 L−P−410 Nylon 6/6 Weath Res. E002 7597−7597
−2 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
52A Block, rubbing CC670−13076 L−P−410 Nylon 6/6 Weath Res. E002 8044−8400
−4
53 Extrusion, CC670−13043 Alloy 7075−T76511 Σ αα A025 7597−7597
trailing−edge −1 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
53A Extrusion, CC670−13043 Alloy 7075−T76511 Σ αα A025 8044−8400
trailing−edge −3

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 6)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 26
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
54 Extrusion, CC670−13043 Alloy 7075−T76511 Σ αα A025 7597−7597
trailing−edge −2 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
54A Extrusion, CC670−13043 Alloy 7075−T76511 Σ αα A025 8044−8400
trailing−edge −4
55 Spar, inboard CC670−13011 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A025 ✩
−3
56 Spar, inboard CC670−13011 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A025 ✩
−4
57 Spar, outboard CC670−13012 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A025 ✩
−3
58 Spar, outboard CC670−13012 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A025 ✩
−4
59 Bracket, position CC670−13067 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A025 ✩
indicator −1
60 Rib CC670−13020 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−1
61 Rib CC670−13020 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−2
62 Strap, joint CC670−13058 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A023 ✩
−1
63 Strap, joint CC670−13058 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A023 ✩
−2

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 7)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 27
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
64 Rib CC670−13021 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−1
65 Rib CC670−13021 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−2
66 Strap, joint CC670−13059 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A023 ✩
−1
67 Angle CC670−13087 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A023 ✩
−1
68 Rib CC670−13022 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 7597−7597
−1 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
68A Rib CC670−13022 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 8044−8400
−3

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 8)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 28
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
69 Rib CC670−13022 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 7597−7597
−2 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
69A Rib CC670−13022 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 8044−8400
−4
70 Plate CC670−13074 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T3 ††† A023 7597−7597
−1 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
70A Plate CC670−13074 0.071 (1.80) clad 2024−T3 ††† A023 8044−8400
−3
71 Rib CC670−13023 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−1
72 Rib CC670−13023 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−2

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 9)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 29
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
73 Strap, joint CC670−13060 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A023 ✩
−1
74 Rib CC670−13024 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−3
75 Rib CC670−13024 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−4
76 Strap, Joint CC670−13061 0.040 (1.02) clad 2024−T3 ††† A023 ✩
−1
77 Fitting, hinge actuator CC670−13013 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A025 7597−7597
−5 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
77A Fitting, hinge actuator CC670−13013 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A025 8044−8400
−9

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 10)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 30
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
78 Fitting, hinge actuator CC670−13013 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A025 7597−7597
−6 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
78A Fitting, hinge actuator CC670−13013 Alloy 7475−T7351 † A025 8044−8400
−10
79 Angle 600−13031 Alloy 2024−T4 §§ ΣΣ A012 ✩
−41
80 Splice CC670−13062 0.063 (1.60) Alloy 7075−T62 α A023 ✩
−1
81 Cover, drain hole 601R12089 Alloy 2024−T351 ♣ A043 ✩
−3
82 Fitting, static base CC670−13091 Alloy Bar 6061−T651 ααα A025 ✩
−3
83 Bracket, anti−migration CC670−13089 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−1
84 Bracket, anti−migration CC670−13089 0.063 (1.60) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−2
85 Bracket, anti−migration CC670−13090 Alloy 7075−T6 §§§ ΣΣΣ A025 ✩
−3
86 Bracket, anti−migration CC670−13090 Alloy 7075−T6 §§§ ΣΣΣ A025 ✩
−4
87 Retainer 600−13039 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−21

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 11)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 31
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
88 Retainer 600−13039 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T42 ††† A023 ✩
−22
89 Packing CC670−13094 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
−1
90 Packing CC670−13095 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
−1
91 Packing CC670−13095 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
−2
92 Packing CC670−13096 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
−3
93 Laminated shim CC670−13092 0.032 (0.81) A003 ✩
−1 M/F S5316−63−250−300
94 Laminated shim CC670−13093 0.063 (1.60) A003 ✩
−1 M/F S5316−32−230−480
95 Skin, upper CC670−13050 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A014 7597−7597
(chem−milled) −1 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
95A Skin, upper CC670−13050 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A014 8044−8400
(chem−milled) −3

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 12)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 32
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
96 Skin, upper CC670−13050 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A014 7597−7597
(chem−milled) −2 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
96A Skin, upper CC670−13050 0.100 (2.54) clad 2024−T3 ††† A014 8044−8400
(chem−milled) −4
97 Skin, upper CC670−13052 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 7597−7597
(chem−milled) −1 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−7785
97A Skin, upper CC670−13052 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 7786−8400
(chem−milled) −3

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 13)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 33
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
98 Skin, upper CC670−13052 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 7597−7597
(chem−milled) −2 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−7785
98A Skin, upper CC670−13052 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 7786−8400
(chem−milled) −4
99 Skin, lower CC670−13055 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −1
100 Skin, lower CC670−13055 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −2
101 Skin, lower CC670−13053 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −1
102 Skin, lower CC670−13053 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −2
103 Panel, removable CC670−13056 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −3
104 Panel, removable CC670−13056 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −4
105 Skin, lower CC670−13057 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −1
106 Skin, lower CC670−13057 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −2
107 Skin, lower CC670−13054 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −1

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 14)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 34
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
108 Skin, lower CC670−13054 0.090 (2.29) clad 2024−T3 ††† A025 ✩
(chem−milled) −2
109 Skin, lower CC670−13051 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T3 ††† A014 7597−7597
(chem−milled) −1 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
109A Skin, lower CC670−13051 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T3 ††† A014 8044−8400
(chem−milled) −3
110 Skin, lower CC670−13051 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T3 ††† A014 7597−7597
(chem−milled) −2 7600−7600
7602−7602
7609−7609
7615−7615
7617−7617
7619−7619
7628−7628
7630−7630
7632−7632
7634−7634
7636−7636
7638−7660
7662−7675
7677−7685
7687−7699
7701−7704
7707−8043
110A Skin, lower CC670−13051 0.160 (4.06) clad 2024−T3 ††† A014 8044−8400
(chem−milled) −4
♦ Refer to 51−21−16.
† Bombardier Aerospace Materials Specification BAMS 516−002/CMS 516−02.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 15)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 35
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FIN-
ISH
CODE EFFECTIV-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ ITY
††† Aluminum Alloy, Specification QQ−A−250/5
§§ Specification QQ−A_200/3.
§§§ Specification QQ−A−200/11.
♣ Specification QQ−A−250/4.
Σ Make from extrusion S7063.
ΣΣ Make from extrusion S4031.
ΣΣΣ Make from S2188−T.
α Specification QQ−A−250/13.
αα Specification QQ−A−200/15.
ααα Specification QQ−A−225/8.
✩ Effectivity is: 7597−7597, 7600−7600, 7602−7602, 7609−7609, 7615−7615, 7617−7617, 7619−7619,
7628−7628, 7630−7630, 7632−7632, 7634−7634, 7636−7636, 7638−7660, 7662−7675, 7677−7685,
7687−7699, 7701−7704, 7707−8400
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches (millimeters) unless specified otherwise.

Key to Figure 2 (Sheet 16)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 36
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
AILERON − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
A. The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00 may not apply to this
section. You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item
identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section
2 below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM
51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES B
1. The structure is symmetrical around the aircraft
centerline, unless shown differently. C
3
2 View on outer surface.
D
DAMAGE DEPTH E
CODE REMARKS F
in. mm
0.010 0.25 Maximum blend A AILERON
0.005 0.13 depth permitted
− − No rework permitted
A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA
302.649 323.843 323.843 329.875

B LOWER SKIN SHROUD 2 C LOWER SKIN SHROUD 2


A/STA A/STA
329.875 357.250

D LOWER SKIN SHROUD 2

A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA


357.250 370.031 370.031 375.857

E LOWER SKIN SHROUD 2 F LOWER SKIN SHROUD 2


A/STA A/STA
302.649 2 370.031
rsr57152.dg, lr, 26/04/04

G UPPER SKIN SHROUD 2

Aileron Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES H
1. The structure is symmetrical around the aircraft
centerline, unless shown differently.

3 No rework permitted within 2D on both sides of any fastener line.


D is the average diameter of countersunk fastener hole. This
comment applies to skins, access cover and shrouds.
J
A/STA
308.420 A
1

A/STA
A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA 381.549
A/STA A/STA
302.649 318.239 330.679 343.534 358.014 370.664
H AILERON − UPPER SKIN − VIEW LOOKING DOWN

A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA A/STA


302.649 311.539 324.459 337.034 351.539 364.016 375.562

INTER−
COSTAL 5 4 A/STA
(REF)
381.550
J AILERON −LOWER SKIN − VIEW LOOKING UP

DAMAGE DEPTH
CODE REMARKS
rsr57153.dg, lr, 26/04/04

in. mm 2D
0.010 0.25 Maximum blend 3
0.005 0.13 depth permitted 2D
− − No rework permitted

Aileron Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

K K

W MAJ X

W MIN
d

W MAJ

K K
L

NOTES
4. There are no limitations on dent orientation.
5. Dents must be smooth and not have sharp creases or gouges.
6. Dents may be circular, in which case W MAJ = W MIN.
7. Only one dent is permitted per bay. A bay is defined by the
front and rear spar and by two consecutive ribs.

LEGEND
WMAJ = Dent major diameter less than or = 2.0 in. (50.8 mm).
WMIN = Dent minor diameter.
d = Dent depth less than or = 0.080 in. (2.0 mm).
t = Skin thickness.
t MAX = Maximum skin thickness for which dent is permitted = 0.070 in. (1.78 mm).
d/t = Dent depth to thickness ratio less than or = 2.
WMIN /d = Dent minor diameter to depth ratio greater than or = 25.
X = Distance between dent to a fastener greater than or = WMAJ or 1.0 in. (25.4 mm),
rsr57154.dg, lr, 10/05/04

which ever is greater.

DEFINITION OF DENTS FOR RIVETED


SKIN TYPE STRUCTURE

Aileron Skin − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 104
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING AND PART NUMBER


1 Skin Panel − Upper (Aileron) 601R13071 −3/−4
2 Upper Skin Shroud 601R13031 −125/−126
3 Lower Skin Shroud 601R13031−119/−120/−121/−122−123
/−124/−127/−128/−129/−130
4 Skin Panel − Lower (Aileron) 601R13072 −9/−10
5 Access Panel Aileron Lower Skin 601R13065 −5/−6

AILERON SKIN − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE


Figure 101 (Sheet 4)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 105
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

TYPE OF DAM-
ITEM AGE REMARKS
Cracks Edge trim is permitted as per SRM 57−00−31, page block 101−199.
Blending of upper and lower skins including respective shrouds and
Scratches, nicks,
access panel on the lower skin is permitted to their respective
gouges and
allowable limits given in Figure 101 of this section. Blending should
corrosion
be done as per SRM 57−00−31, page block 101−199
All items 1, 2, Holes and Holes and punctures are permitted as per SRM 57−00−31, page
3, 4 and 5 punctures block 101−199.
Dents are permitted as per SRM 57−00−31, page block 101−199 as
follows:
Dents − The entire dent area must be located within the skin pocket with
the exception of item 5 only. For item 5 the dent is also permitted in
the three additional zones located just forward of the intercostal.
Damage is permitted in only one element at a given cross−section. removed damage at
one element must not have an overlap an removed damage at another location.
General
If the part was shot peened when it was originally made, it must be shot peened again
(refer to SRM 51−24−11) after damage removal.
NOTE: Approved repair or replacement of a member is necessary when more than 30% of its
length/cross−section area is damaged. Contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft Customer
Support.
NOTE: No rework is permitted on both sides of any fastener line within twice the average diameter for a
countersunk fastener hole.
NOTE: For full instructions on treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.

AILERON SKIN − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE


Figure 101 (Sheet 5)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 106
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
AILERON − REPAIRS

1. General
For repairs to the ailerons, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer
to SRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
A. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−60−013 Repair to aileron leading edge
601R−57−60−014 Repair to aileron static discharger mounting base
601R−57−60−020 Repair to aileron lower leading edge
601R−57−61−023 Aileron upper leading edge skin rework
601R−57−61−101 Disposition for disbonded aileron rubbing block, LWS352.29
and RWS352.29
601R−57−61−151 Generic repair to aileron skins
670−57−61−001 Generic repair to aileron skin

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 201
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
AILERON − REPAIR NO. 1 − REPAIR TO AILERON SKIN AND PLATING

1. General
This section gives the procedure to repair the aileron skins that have damage, which is more than the
allowable damage limits (refer to SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA FOR REPAIRS TO THE
PRIMARY STRUCTURE. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED REPAIR DATA CAN
DECREASE THE DAMAGE TOLERANCE PROPERTIES OF THE REPAIRED
STRUCTURE. IF THIS OCCURS, A NEW DAMAGE TOLERANCE ANALYSIS AND
AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY APPROVAL IS NECESSARY.
2. Applicability
This repair is applicable to aileron assembly 601R13000 only, refer to Figure 202.
A. Limitations
(1) No repair of the aileron skin is permitted between the aileron hinge line and 6 in. 152.4 mm
aft of aileron hinge line. If skin damage is detected in the subject area, contact Bombardier
Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Service.
(2) No repair of the skin is permitted between aileron STA330.619 and aileron STA351.539. If
skin damage is detected in the subject area, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional
Aircraft, Customer Service.
(3) Non−flush repaired skin total area must not exceed 216 inch² (1393.55 cm²) on either upper
or lower skin surface, or in combination of both the skin surfaces. If it does exceeds, contact
Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Service.
(4) The repair must be a minimum of one bay away from any existing repair. If not, contact
Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Service.
(5) Maximum repair(s) is (are) limited to a maximum allowable increase in the aileron hinge line
rotational inertia (AHLRI) of 165 lbs. inch² (482.85 Kg cm²) of all repairs combined (both
existing and current repair(s) on the subject aileron). Calculate AHLRI as follows:
AHLRI = area of repair in inch² (cm²) X thickness of the doubler in inches (cm) X density in
lb./inch³ (grams/cm³) X hinge line arm in inches (cm).
The total of ALHRI must be calculated by adding the total of all addition of fillers and
doublers and by subtracting the cut−out areas.
The hinge line arm shall be calculated as the normal distance between the hinge line and
the centroid of the doubler/filler/cut−out.
For the calculation of the centroid of a doubler/filler/cut−out, treat it as the closet rectangle,
square or circle.
Density of Aluminum alloy = 0.101 lb/in³ (2.796 grams/cm³).
3. Repair material
A. For a list of repair materials for the aileron skins repair, refer to Figure 201.
4. Repair Procedure
A. Repair to the Aileron Skin.
(1) Remove the existing fasteners, if any, in the repair area.
(2) Cut away damaged skin with 0.50 (12.50 mm) radius as shown and as required.

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 201
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE WHEN
CUTTING SKIN.
(3) Remove nicks and burrs and smooth the cut edges to a 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) radius and a
surface finish of 125 RHR or less.
NOTE: RHR is the Roughness Height Rating and is measured in microinch or
micrometer (in parentheses). A finish of 64 (1.63) RHR to 125 (3.2) RHR is the
average finish typical of smooth hand filing.
(4) Inspect cut edges using Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI) per NDTM 51−20−08 or per eddy
current per NDTM 51−20−06 .
(5) Clean the repair area per SRM 51−26−00.
(6) Touch up cut edges A023 per SRM 51−21−16.
(7) Apply aerodynamic sealant per SRM 51−23−00.
(8) Form to contour per SRM 51−24−16.
(9) Install all solid rivets per SRM 51−42−06.
(10) Install all Cherrymax blind rivets per SRM 51−42−13.
(11) All corner radii 0.31 inch Min (7.87 mm) unless otherwise stated.
(12) Seal all faying surfaces. Fill gaps and wet assemble all items per SRM 51−23−00.
(13) Apply finish per SRM 51−21−11.
(14) Fastener quantity and pitch may vary except as noted.
(15) Maintain the existing fastener pitch except as noted.
(16) Maintain a 4D to 6D pitch on all new fasteners except as noted. Adjust the pitch to prevent
rivet hole interference with chem−mill pocked radius.
(17) Fill all redundant countersinks per SRM 51−40−11.
(18) Update the SDIR (Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements) document for the affected
aircraft/component to reflect changes to the inspection requirements.
5. Continuing Airworthiness Inspection Requirements
A. The inspection intervals are 40000 flight cycles threshold and 15000 flight cycles repeat.
B. The inspection method is “Special Detailed” (refer to NDTM 51−53−00−102, Part 6).
C. Record Keeping − Structural Deviation Inspection Requirements
(1) As instructed in the SDIR, record the inspection intervals and inspection technique in Table
2.1, Section 2 of the SDIR of the aircraft repaired. The repair number, type and location of
the repair should be clearly identified in the SDIR.
(2) These inspection intervals start at the time of incorporation of the repair, (Suffix (R) in the
SDIR).

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 202
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL REFERENCE CODE
1 Doubler (External) † Clad 2024−T3 A023
2 Filler†† Clad 2024−T3 A010
NOTE: † See table below for doubler thickness.
†† Thickness of filler to be determined by thickness of the cut out of skin.
Each filler Min 2 fasteners per row for a total Min of 4 fasteners per filler.
Each filler Max 4 fasteners per row for a total Max of 8 fasteners per filler.
All dimensions are in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Aileron − Repair No.1 − Repair to Aileron Skin and Plating


Figure 201 (Sheet 1)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 203
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DOUBLER THICKNESS TABLE


PART BAY/POCKET
(UPPER AND LOWER
LOWER SKIN UPPER SKIN SKIN)
Thickness of the 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) 0.063 inch (1.60 mm) 0.040 inch (1.02 mm)
doublers

Aileron − Repair No.1 − to Aileron Skin and Plating


Figure 201 (Sheet 2)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 204
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FASTENER CODE
Existing fastener.
CR3212−4.
MS20426AD4.
CR3214−4.
A/STA
FULL POCKET
CUT LINE AILERON
TRAILING EDGE
MAXIMUM CUT LINE
MINIMUM CUT LINE

2
MAXIMUM TYPICAL 2
CUT LINE
MINIMUM 1 1
CUT−OUT
R. 0.50 in.
(12.7 mm)
TYPICAL
= INTERCOSTAL
= DATUM
TYPICAL
R. 0.31 in.
(7.87 mm)
FULL POCKET CUT−LINE 0.38 in. TYPICAL
CUT−OUT TO FOLLOW (9.65 mm)
CHEM MILL PROFILE TYPICAL

FRONT
SPAR
Filler DATUM
(typical for item 2)

AILERON
NOTES HINGE
A/STA A/STA A/STA
1 Chamfer external doublers
as shown per SRM 51−14−06.
2 Gap between end of part of adjacent
parts or between end of part of parts
and cut out to be 0.030/0.060 in.
rsr57159.dg, ds/lr, 5/05/04

(0.76/1.52 mm).
3. Left side shown, right side opposite.

CORNER SKIN REPAIR (NON−FLUSH)


INVERTED PLAN VIEW ON AILERON LOWER SKIN, UPPER SKIN SIMILAR

Aileron − Repair No. 1 − Repair to Aileron Skin and Plating


Figure 202 (Sheet 1)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 205
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES FASTENER CODE

1 Existing fastener.
Chamfer external doublers
as shown per SRM 51−14−06. CR3212−4.
MS20426AD4.
2 Gap between end of part of adjacent CR3214−4.
parts or between end of part of parts
and cut out to be 0.030/0.060 in.
(0.76/1.52 mm).
3. Left side shown, right side opposite. Filler
(typical for item 2)

A/STA

AILERON CUT LINE


TRAILING EDGE

==
MINIMUM
CUT LINE
2 MAXIMUM
CUT LINE
FULL POCKET CUT−LINE
1 1 CUT−OUT TO FOLLOW
TYPICAL CHEM MILL PROFILE
R. 0.50 in.
(12.7 mm)
TYPICAL 2 =
INTERCOSTAL =
DATUM
TYPICAL
R. 0.31 in. 0.38 in.
(7.87 mm) (9.65 mm)
TYPICAL TYPICAL

FRONT
SPAR
DATUM

AILERON
HINGE A/STA
rsr57164.dg, ds/lr, 5/05/04

A/STA A/STA A/STA

CORNER SKIN REPAIR (NON−FLUSH)


INVERTED PLAN VIEW ON AILERON LOWER SKIN, UPPER SKIN SIMILAR

Aileron − Repair No. 1 − Repair to Aileron Skin and Plating


Figure 202 (Sheet 2)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 206
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES
FASTENER CODE 1 Chamfer external doublers
Existing fastener. as shown per SRM 51−14−06.
CR3212−4. 2 Gap between end of part of adjacent
MS20426AD4. parts or between end of part of parts
CR3214−4. Filler and cut out to be 0.030/0.060 in.
(typical for item 2) (0.76/1.52 mm).
3. Left side shown, right side opposite.

FULL POCKET
CUT LINE
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM MINIMUM CUT LINE
CUT LINE CUT LINE
TYPICAL ==
AILERON
TRAILING
EDGE
CUT LINE TYPICAL 2 MAXIMUM
CUT LINE
2

FULL POCKET CUT−LINE


CUT−OUT TO FOLLOW
CHEM MILL PROFILE
R. 0.50 in. 1 1
A (12.7 mm)
TYPICAL

INTERCOSTAL
DATUM rsr57162.dg, ds/lr, 5/05/04

0.38 in.
(9.65 mm)
A/STA TYPICAL A/STA
SKIN REPAIR, ONE BAY (NON−FLUSH)
INVERTED PLAN VIEW ON AILERON LOWER SKIN, UPPER SKIN SIMILAR

Aileron − Repair No. 1 − Repair to Aileron Skin and Plating


Figure 202 (Sheet 3)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 207
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FASTENER CODE
1 (REF)
Existing fastener.
CR3212−4.
MS20426AD4.
CR3214−4.
3 FASTENER
MINIMUM
Filler TYPICAL
(typical for item 2)

NOTE
3. Left side shown,
right side opposite.
A TYPICAL FOR ALL NON−FLUSH REPAIRS

3 FASTENER
MINIMUM TYPICAL
EACH SIDE

2 (REF)

1 (REF)

rsr57163.dg, ds/lr, 5/05/04

B TYPICAL FOR ALL NON−FLUSH REPAIRS

Aileron − Repair No. 1 − Repair to Aileron Skin and Plating


Figure 202 (Sheet 4)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 208
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTES
1 Chamfer external doublers FASTENER CODE
as shown per SRM 51−14−06.
Existing fastener.
2 Gap between end of part of adjacent CR3212−4.
parts or between end of part of parts
MS20426AD4.
and cut out to be 0.030/0.060 in.
(0.76/1.52 mm). CR3214−4.

3. Left side shown, right side opposite.

FULL POCKET
CUT LINE
MAXIMUM CUT LINE
AILERON
MINIMUM TRAILING EDGE
CUT LINE
TYPICAL ==

2
MINIMUM
CUT LINE 2 TYPICAL

MAXIMUM 1 1
CUT LINE
R. 0.50 in.
(12.7 mm)
FULL POCKET CUT−LINE TYPICAL
CUT−OUT TO FOLLOW
CHEM MILL PROFILE INTER−
COSTAL
DATUM

0.38 in.
(9.65 mm)
TYPICAL

A/STA A/STA
A/STA

Filler
rsr57160.dg, ds/lr, 5/05/04

(typical for item 2)

SKIN REPAIR, TWO BAYS (NON−FLUSH)


INVERTED PLAN VIEW ON AILERON LOWER SKIN, UPPER SKIN SIMILAR
TWO BAY REPAIR MAY INCLUDE ONE CORNER BAY

Aileron − Repair No. 1 − Repair to Aileron Skin and Plating


Figure 202 (Sheet 5)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 209
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1 1
AILERON
TRAILING EDGE

0.50/0.75 in.
(12.7/19.05 mm)
TYPICAL
2D
TYPICAL

CUT LINE
DIAMETER 1.00 in.
(25.40 mm) MINIMUM
0.50 in.
(12.7 mm) 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) MAXIMUM.
MINIMUM
ALL AROUND

INTERCOSTAL
DATUM

0.38 in.
(9.65 mm)
TYPICAL

A/STA A/STA

FASTENER CODE
Existing fastener. NOTES
CR3212−4. 1 Chamfer external doublers
MS20426AD4. as shown per SRM 51−14−06.
rsr57161.dg, ds/rm, 11/05/04

CR3214−4. 3. Left side shown, right side opposite.

SKIN REPAIR, PART BAY/POCKET ONLY (NON−FLUSH)


INVERTED PLAN VIEW ON AILERON LOWER SKIN, UPPER SKIN SIMILAR

Aileron − Repair No. 1 − Repair to Aileron Skin and Plating


Figure 202 (Sheet 6)

Master Repair No. − 01


EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−60−00 Page 210
Apr 10/2005
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SPOILERS − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
A. For the structural identification of the spoilers, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−70−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

57−71−00

57−72−00

57−73−00

57−74−00

LH SHOWN
RH OPPOSITE
rsr57127, ng, 28/02/00

Spoilers – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−70−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INBOARD GROUND SPOILER − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the inboard ground spoiler, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−71−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

3
4

1
15 10

5
14

16

11
13
9
6

7 12

17
8
rsr57123.cgm, yf, 14/02/00

2
10
7

Inboard Ground Spoiler – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−71−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
On/Off Spoiler Assembly 601R10822 ♣
1 Upper skin (chem−milled) 0.050/0.025 (1.27/0.64) clad A110
2024−T3
2 Lower skin (chem−milled) 0.050/0.020 (1.27/0.51) clad A048
2024−T3
3 Honeycomb core Aluminum 5052 †
4 Wedge 601R10821 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ‡ A048
5 Center rib 601R10824 Machined 7475−T7351 plate ‡ § A048
6 Filler 0.050 (1.27) clad 2024−T3 A048
7 Rubbing strip 0.020 (0.51) Teflon ‡‡
8 Teflon strip 0.020 (0.51) Teflon ‡‡
9 Lower strap 0.040 (1.02) clad 7075−T62 A048
10 Plate 0.062 (1.58) clad 2024−T3 A048
11 Inner spar 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A048
12 Outer spar 0.050 (1.27) clad 7075−T62 A048
13 Bracket, proximity switch 601R10512 S–2287 extruded 7075−T6511 A012
ON/OFF Spoiler Closing 601R10823
Rib Assembly (bonded)
14 Plate Machined 7475−T7351 plate ‡ § A048
15 Rib Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A048
ON/OFF Spoiler Closing 601R10825
Rib Assembly (bonded)
16 Plate Machined 7475−T7351 plate ‡ § A048
17 Rib Machined 7475−T7351 plate ‡ § A048
† Specification MIL−C−7438−4.5−1/8−10
†† Specification MIL−S−5059, Cond A, Comp 302
‡ Canadair Specification CMS 516−02
‡‡ Canadair Specification CMS 533−01, one side etched
§ Shot−peened (except inside of holes)
♦ Refer to 51−21−16
♣ Finish internal surfaces to code X055 (this includes hinge fitting, except holes)

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−71−00 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−71−00 Page 4
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INBOARD GROUND SPOILER − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
When specific damage limits are not supplied in the subject for a given structural element, use the
general allowable damage limits in this chapter (refer to SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits for the Inboard Ground Spoiler, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−71−00 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2
2

5
3

1
rsr57135.dg, yf, 16/12/03

Inboard Ground Spoiler − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−71−00 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION REMARKS


1 Rib No damage permitted.
2 Plate No damage permitted.
3 Center rib No damage permitted.
Maximum 0.010 (0.25) blend depth is permitted on the upper skin.
Maximum 0.003 (0.08) blend depth is permitted on the lower skin.
4 Upper/Lower Skin No punctures or holes are permitted.
For the allowable damage limits for edge cracks, refer to SRM
57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
Inner/Outer spar For the allowable damage limits for formed parts, refer to SRM
5
57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
Dents are not permitted on any structure.
General For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.
All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parenthesis.

Inboard Ground Spoiler − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−71−00 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INBOARD GROUND SPOILER − REPAIRS

1. General
A. For repairs to the inboard ground spoiler, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft,
Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−71−00 Page 201
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
OUTBOARD GROUND SPOILER − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the outboard ground spoiler, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−72−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

11
9

12

2
15 8

14
16

18

3
13
6
7

5 4

17
10
rsr57124.cgm, yf, 14/02/00

1
8
5

Outboard Ground Spoiler − Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−72−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
ON/OFF Spoiler 600−10502 ♣
Assembly
1 Lower skin (chem−milled) 0.040/0.015 (1.02/0.38) clad A048
2024−T3
2 Upper skin (chem−milled) 0.050/0.040/0.025 A110
(1.27/1.02/0.64) clad 2024−T3
3 Inner spar 0.032 (0.81) clad 7075−T62 A048
4 Outer spar 0.032 (0.81) clad 7075−T62 A048
5 Rubbing strip 0.020 (0.51) Teflon ‡‡
6 Lower strap 0.040 (1.02) clad 7075−T62 A048
7 Filler 0.032 (0.81) clad 2024−T3 A048
8 Plate 0.062 (1.58) clad 2024−T3
9 Trailing edge extrusion S–6882 extruded 2024−T8511 A048
10 Teflon strip 0.020 (0.51) Teflon †
11 Inner honeycomb core Aluminum 5052 ‡
12 Outer honeycomb core Aluminum 5052 ‡
13 Bracket, proximity sensor 601R90550 S–3324 extruded 7075−T6 A024
target
14 Center rib 600−10504 Machined 7475−T7351 plate †† A048
§
ON/OFF spoiler Closing 600−10503
Rib Assembly at SP./STA.
104.429
15 Rib Machined 7475−T7351 plate †† A048
§
16 Plate Machined 7475−T7351 plate †† A010
§
ON/OFF Spoiler Closing 600−10505
Rib Assembly at SP./STA.
140.367
17 Rib Machined 7475−T7351 plate †† A048
§
18 Plate Machined 7475−T7351 plate †† A010
§
† Specification CMS 533−01, etched one side

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−72−00 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
†† Canadair Specification CMS 516−02
‡ Specification MIL−C−7438, 4.5−1/8−10N
‡‡ Specification AMS 3651, etched one side
§ Shot−peened
♦ Refer to 51−21−16
♣ Finish internal surfaces to code X055 (this includes hinge fitting, except holes)
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−72−00 Page 4
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
OUTBOARD GROUND SPOILER − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
When specific damage limits are not supplied in the subject for a given structural element, use the
general allowable damage limits in this chapter (refer to SRM 57−00−00, page block 101−199.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−72−00 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2
2

5
3

1
rsr57136.dg, yf, 16/12/03

Outboard Ground Spoiler − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−72−00 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION REMARKS


1 Rib No damage permitted.
2 Plate No damage permitted.
3 Center rib No damage permitted.
Maximum blend depth of 10% skin thickness is permitted on the
upper and lower skin.
4 Upper/Lower Skin No punctures or holes are permitted.
For the allowable damage limits for edge cracks, refer to SRM
57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
Inner/Outer spar For the allowable damage limits for formed parts, refer to SRM
5
57−00−00, Page Block 101−199.
Dents are not permitted on any structure.
General For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.
All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parenthesis.

Outboard Ground Spoiler − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−72−00 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
OUTBOARD GROUND SPOILER − REPAIRS

1. General
A. For repairs to the outboard ground spoiler, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft,
Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−72−00 Page 201
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLIGHT SPOILER − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the flight spoiler, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−73−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

8
4
7

6
16

13

17
12

15
2

10

11
3

10 14
rsr57125.cgm, yf, 23/02/00

10

Flight Spoiler – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−73−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Proportional Spoiler 600−10602 ♣
Assembly
1 Inner spar 0.032 (0.81) clad 7075−T62 A048
2 Center spar 0.032 (0.81) clad 7075−T62 A048
3 Outer spar 0.032 (0.81) clad 7075−T62 A048
4 Trailing edge S−6882 extruded 2024−T8511 A048
5 Lower skin (chem−milled) 0.050/0.030/0.015 A048
(1.27/0.76/0.38) clad 2024−T3
6 Upper skin (chem−milled) 0.050/0.025 (1.27/0.64) clad A110
2024−T3
7 Center honeycomb core Aluminum 5052 ‡
8 Inner honeycomb core Aluminum 5052 ‡
9 Outer honeycomb core Aluminum 5052 ‡
10 Rubbing strip 0.020 (0.51) Teflon ††
11 Teflon strip 0.032 (0.81) Teflon ††
12 Fitting 600−10604 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A048 7003−7340
Fitting 600−10604 15−5PH CRES, Cond H1100 ‡‡ S010 7002−7002
¶ 7341−8400
13 Fitting 600−10605 Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A048 7003−7340
Fitting 600−10605 15−5PH CRES, Cond H1100 ‡‡ S010 7002−7002
¶ 7341−8400
Fitting Assembly SP/STA. 600−10603
227.46032
14 Fitting Machined 7475−T7351 plate † § A048
15 Plate Machined 2024−T351 plate A012
Fitting Assembly Sp/STA. 600−10606
173.4603
16 Fitting Machined 7475−T7351 plate † ‡ A048
17 Plate Machined 2024−T3 plate A010
† Bombardier Specification CMS 516−02
†† Bombardier Specification CMS 533−01 (5% carbon added), one side etched
‡ Specification MIL−C−7438, 4.5−1/8−10N

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−73−00 Page 3
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
‡‡ Specification AMS 5659
¶ Heat treat per Bombardier Specification MIL−H−6875 (refer toSRM 51−24−06).
§ Shot−peened
♦ Refer to 51−21−16
♣ Finish internal surfaces to code X055 (this includes hinge fitting, except holes)
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−73−00 Page 4
Mar 10/2006
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLIGHT SPOILER − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199 may not
apply to this section. You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item
identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2
below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage for the flight spoilers, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−73−00 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

1
rsr57165.dg, lr, 27/04/04

Flight Spoiler − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−73−00 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

B
C

B
C

W MAJ1 S W MAJ2 X

t
d

B B
NOTES
1. There are no limitations on dent orientation.
2. Dents must be smooth and not have sharp creases or gouges.
3. Dents may be circular, in which case W MAJ = W MIN.
W MIN
4. No disbonding permitted between skin and honeycomb core in the dented
areas. Inspect using TAP TEST as described in SRM 51−72−00, Section 4.
5. For multiple dents in a given cross section, WMAJ1 + WMAJ2 less than W MAJ
or = 1.00 in. (25.4 mm).
6. Maximum three dents per flight spoiler.
C

LEGEND
WMAJ = Dent major diameter less than or = 1.0 in. (25.6 mm).
WMIN = Dent minor diameter.
d = Dent depth less than or = 0.030 in. (0.76 mm).
t = Skin thickness.
t MAX = Maximum skin thickness for which dent is permitted = 0.050 in. (1.27 mm).
WMIN /d = Dent minor diameter to depth ratio greater than or = 25.
X = Distance between dent to a fastener greater than or = WMAJ2 or 1.0 in. (25.4 mm),
which ever is greater.
S = Distance between dents greater than or = WMAJ1 or WMAJ2 , which ever is greater.
B = Panel length (measured from fastener line to fastener line or from edge to edge).
rsr57166.dg, lr, 11/05/04

C = Panel width (measured from fastener line to fastener line or from edge to edge).

DEFINITION OF DENTS FOR BONDED


SKIN TYPE STRUCTURE

Flight Spoiler − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−73−00 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

ITEM DESCRIPTION DAMAGE REMARKS


Cracks Not permitted.

Skins Scratches, nicks, gouges 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) surface blending is
1 (600−10602−41, and corrosion permitted (refer to SRM 57−00−31.
−65) Holes and punctures Not permitted.
Dents Refer to definition of dents in this Figure.
Cracks
All other parts Scratches, nicks, gouges
from SRM and corrosion Not permitted.
57−73−00, Page
Block 1−99. Holes and punctures
Dents
NOTE: No rework permitted in an area within a 2D radius around fasteners.
NOTE: For full instructions on the treatment of allowable damage, refer to SRM 51−12−00.

Skin and Plating, Trailing Edge − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 3)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−73−00 Page 104
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FLIGHT SPOILER − REPAIRS

1. General
A. For repairs to the flight spoiler, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer
Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−73−00 Page 201
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SPOILERON − STRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION

1. General
For the structural identification of the spoileron, refer to Figure 1.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−74−00 Page 1
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

2 1 3
rsr57126, na, 24/05/01

Spoileron – Structural Identification


Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−74−00 Page 2
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

FINISH
CODE EFFEC-
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL REFERENCE ♦ TIVITY
Spoileron Assembly 601R10702 ♣
1 Inboard lug fitting Machined 7475–T7351 plate † § A043

2 Outboard lug fitting Machined 7475–T7351 plate † § A043

3 Nylon washer 0.20 (0.51) 6/6 nylon L–P–410
¶¶
4 Spoileron 601R10703 Machined 7475–T7351 plate † § A043
† Canadair Specification CMS 516–02
§ Shot–peened (includes machined surfaces but not inside of holes)
¶ Cold bonded (refer to SRM 51–22–41), with epoxy adhesive EA 9345 A/B
¶¶ Cold bonded (refer to SRM 51−22−66), with adhesive EC–2216 or Redux 410 NA
♦ Refer to SRM 51–21–16
♣ Finish internal surfaces of spoileron assy to code X055. This includes lug fittings (except inside of holes)
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches followed by millimeters in parentheses.

Key to Figure 1

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−74−00 Page 3
Feb 18/2003
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SPOILERON − ALLOWABLE DAMAGE

CAUTION: ALWAYS REFER TO THE SUBJECT PAGE BLOCK 101−199 APPLICABLE TO A GIVEN
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FOR SPECIFIC ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS. IF THIS IS
NOT DONE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL USE INCORRECT DATA.
1. General
The general allowable damage limits of 10% given in SRM 57−00−00, Page Block 101−199 may not
apply to this section. You must replace the general limits of 10% with the limits specified for each item
identified in section 2 below. For the allowable damage limits for any item not specified in section 2
below, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REMOVED DAMAGE, INCLUDING ANY PREVIOUS DAMAGE
REMOVAL, IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS AT ANY SPECIFIC LOCATION. RECORD
DAMAGE REMOVAL LOCATION.
2. Specific
For the allowable damage limits, refer to Figure 101.

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−74−00 Page 101
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

NOTE
The structure is symmetrical
around the aircraft centerline,
unless shown differently.

INBOARD
SEGMENT

1
OUTBOARD
SEGMENT

SP/STA
241.80

SP/STA
263.601
SP/STA
272.601

SP/STA
295.801

0.606 in.
d1
(15.40 mm)
MID SECTION
d2
0.876 in.
(22.25 mm)

DAMAGE DEPTH
rsr57010.dg, rm, 22/04/04

CODE REMARKS
in. mm
0.020 0.51 Maximum blend
0.010 0.25 depth permitted
− − No damage permitted

Spoileron − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 1)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−74−00 Page 102
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL

DAMAGE TYPE
HOLES
AND
DESCRIP- SCRATCHES, NICKS, PUNCTU-
ITEM TION DRAWING DENTS CRACKS GOUGES AND CORROSION RES
Blending is permitted on the
top surface only, with the
following restrictions:
− between SP.STA263.00 and
SP.STA272.601 only in the
area having the shaded
cross−section shown in Figure
101 (i.e. lugs and zone around
lugs are not included).
601R10702 − a maximum depth of 0.010
Not Not Not
inch (0.25 mm) at a distance
601R10703 permitted permitted
d1=0.606 inch (15.40 mm) in
permitted
1 Spoileron the aft flange.
− a maximum depth of 0.010
inch (0.25 mm) at a distance
d2=0.876 inch (22.25 mm) in
the aft flange.
− a maximum depth of 0.020
inch (0.51 mm) in the mid
section (between fwd and aft
flanges).
− No damage is permitted Inboard of SP.STA263.601 as shown in Figure 101.
− No damage is permitted outboard of SP.STA272.601 as shown in Figure 101.
NOTE: For definition of blending and trimming and applicable limitations refer to SRM 57−00−00, Figure
101.

Spoileron − Allowable Damage


Figure 101 (Sheet 2)

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−74−00 Page 103
Jun 22/2004
C
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SPOILERON − REPAIRS

1. General
A. For repairs to the spoileron, contact Bombardier Aerospace Regional Aircraft, Customer Support
(refer to SRM 51−13−01), except for the REOs listed below.
B. List of REOs
The repairs listed below are only applicable to this subject. Details of these repairs are found in
appropriate chapters of the Structural Generic Engineering Orders (SGREO) Manual,
CSP−A−092.
The SGREO Manual contains the latest issue of each repair. Repairs to an earlier issue remain
valid unless otherwise indicated on the current issue of the REO. Make sure that you record the
issue of the REO that was used.

REO TITLE/DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVITY


601R−57−74−006 Generic repair for fouling condition between spoileron and
wing trailing edge upper skin, left side and right side

Master
EFFECTIVITY: ALL
57−74−00 Page 201
Mar 10/2006

You might also like